Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/hid

Pull HID fixes from Jiri Kosina:

 - fix a small bug in computation of report size, which might cause some
   devices (Atmel touchpad found on the Samsung Ativ 9) to reject
   reports with otherwise valid contents

 - a few device-ID specific quirks/additions piggy-backing on top of it

* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/hid:
  HID: sensor-hub: Add in quirk for sensor hub in Lenovo Ideapad Yogas
  HID: add NO_INIT_REPORTS quirk for Synaptics Touch Pad V 103S
  HID: core: fix computation of the report size
  HID: multitouch: add support of EliteGroup 05D8 panels
diff --git a/.mailmap b/.mailmap
index 658003a..df1baba 100644
--- a/.mailmap
+++ b/.mailmap
@@ -99,6 +99,7 @@
 Sam Ravnborg <sam@mars.ravnborg.org>
 Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
 S.Ça─člar Onur <caglar@pardus.org.tr>
+Shiraz Hashim <shiraz.linux.kernel@gmail.com> <shiraz.hashim@st.com>
 Simon Kelley <simon@thekelleys.org.uk>
 Stéphane Witzmann <stephane.witzmann@ubpmes.univ-bpclermont.fr>
 Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org>
diff --git a/CREDITS b/CREDITS
index 4f2f45d..c322dcf 100644
--- a/CREDITS
+++ b/CREDITS
@@ -630,6 +630,13 @@
 E: mec@shout.net
 D: Configure, Menuconfig, xconfig
 
+N: Mauro Carvalho Chehab
+E: m.chehab@samsung.org
+E: mchehab@infradead.org
+D: Media subsystem (V4L/DVB) drivers and core
+D: EDAC drivers and EDAC 3.0 core rework
+S: Brazil
+
 N: Raymond Chen
 E: raymondc@microsoft.com
 D: Author of Configure script
@@ -2564,6 +2571,10 @@
 E: wolfgang@iksw-muees.de
 D: Auerswald USB driver
 
+N: Paul Mundt
+E: paul.mundt@gmail.com
+D: SuperH maintainer
+
 N: Ian A. Murdock
 E: imurdock@gnu.ai.mit.edu
 D: Creator of Debian distribution
@@ -2707,6 +2718,9 @@
 E: gpage@sovereign.org
 D: IPX development and support
 
+N: Venkatesh Pallipadi (Venki)
+D: x86/HPET
+
 N: David Parsons
 E: orc@pell.chi.il.us
 D: improved memory detection code.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram
index 3f0b9ae..70ec992 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram
@@ -43,6 +43,36 @@
 		The invalid_io file is read-only and specifies the number of
 		non-page-size-aligned I/O requests issued to this device.
 
+What:		/sys/block/zram<id>/failed_reads
+Date:		February 2014
+Contact:	Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		The failed_reads file is read-only and specifies the number of
+		failed reads happened on this device.
+
+What:		/sys/block/zram<id>/failed_writes
+Date:		February 2014
+Contact:	Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		The failed_writes file is read-only and specifies the number of
+		failed writes happened on this device.
+
+What:		/sys/block/zram<id>/max_comp_streams
+Date:		February 2014
+Contact:	Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		The max_comp_streams file is read-write and specifies the
+		number of backend's zcomp_strm compression streams (number of
+		concurrent compress operations).
+
+What:		/sys/block/zram<id>/comp_algorithm
+Date:		February 2014
+Contact:	Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		The comp_algorithm file is read-write and lets to show
+		available and selected compression algorithms, change
+		compression algorithm selection.
+
 What:		/sys/block/zram<id>/notify_free
 Date:		August 2010
 Contact:	Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
@@ -53,15 +83,6 @@
 		is freed. This statistic is applicable only when this disk is
 		being used as a swap disk.
 
-What:		/sys/block/zram<id>/discard
-Date:		August 2010
-Contact:	Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
-Description:
-		The discard file is read-only and specifies the number of
-		discard requests received by this device. These requests
-		provide information to block device regarding blocks which are
-		no longer used by filesystem.
-
 What:		/sys/block/zram<id>/zero_pages
 Date:		August 2010
 Contact:	Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mdio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mdio
index 6349749..491baaf 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mdio
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mdio
@@ -7,3 +7,23 @@
 		by the device during bus enumeration, encoded in hexadecimal.
 		This ID is used to match the device with the appropriate
 		driver.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../phy_interface
+Date:		February 2014
+KernelVersion:	3.15
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		This attribute contains the PHY interface as configured by the
+		Ethernet driver during bus enumeration, encoded in string.
+		This interface mode is used to configure the Ethernet MAC with the
+		appropriate mode for its data lines to the PHY hardware.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../phy_has_fixups
+Date:		February 2014
+KernelVersion:	3.15
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		This attribute contains the boolean value whether a given PHY
+		device has had any "fixup" workaround running on it, encoded as
+		a boolean. This information is provided to help troubleshooting
+		PHY configurations.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d922060
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net
@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
+What:		/sys/class/net/<iface>/addr_assign_type
+Date:		July 2010
+KernelVersion:	3.2
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates the address assignment type. Possible values are:
+		0: permanent address
+		1: randomly generated
+		2: stolen from another device
+		3: set using dev_set_mac_address
+
+What:		/sys/class/net/<iface>/addr_len
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates the hardware address size in bytes.
+		Values vary based on the lower-level protocol used by the
+		interface (Ethernet, FDDI, ATM, IEEE 802.15.4...). See
+		include/uapi/linux/if_*.h for actual values.
+
+What:		/sys/class/net/<iface>/address
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Hardware address currently assigned to this interface.
+		Format is a string, e.g: 00:11:22:33:44:55 for an Ethernet MAC
+		address.
+
+What:		/sys/class/net/<iface>/broadcast
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Hardware broadcast address for this interface. Format is a
+		string, e.g: ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff for an Ethernet broadcast MAC
+		address.
+
+What:		/sys/class/net/<iface>/carrier
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates the current physical link state of the interface.
+		Posssible values are:
+		0: physical link is down
+		1: physical link is up
+
+		Note: some special devices, e.g: bonding and team drivers will
+		allow this attribute to be written to force a link state for
+		operating correctly and designating another fallback interface.
+
+What:		/sys/class/net/<iface>/dev_id
+Date:		April 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates the device unique identifier. Format is an hexadecimal
+		value. This is used to disambiguate interfaces which might be
+		stacked (e.g: VLAN interfaces) but still have the same MAC
+		address as their parent device.
+
+What:		/sys/class/net/<iface>/dormant
+Date:		March 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.17
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates whether the interface is in dormant state. Possible
+		values are:
+		0: interface is not dormant
+		1: interface is dormant
+
+		This attribute can be used by supplicant software to signal that
+		the device is not usable unless some supplicant-based
+		authentication is performed (e.g: 802.1x). 'link_mode' attribute
+		will also reflect the dormant state.
+
+What:		/sys/clas/net/<iface>/duplex
+Date:		October 2009
+KernelVersion:	2.6.33
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates the interface latest or current duplex value. Possible
+		values are:
+		half: half duplex
+		full: full duplex
+
+		Note: This attribute is only valid for interfaces that implement
+		the ethtool get_settings method (mostly Ethernet).
+
+What:		/sys/class/net/<iface>/flags
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates the interface flags as a bitmask in hexadecimal. See
+		include/uapi/linux/if.h for a list of all possible values and
+		the flags semantics.
+
+What:		/sys/class/net/<iface>/ifalias
+Date:		September 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.28
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates/stores an interface alias name as a string. This can
+		be used for system management purposes.
+
+What:		/sys/class/net/<iface>/ifindex
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates the system-wide interface unique index identifier as a
+		decimal number. This attribute is used for mapping an interface
+		identifier to an interface name. It is used throughout the
+		networking stack for specifying the interface specific
+		requests/events.
+
+What:		/sys/class/net/<iface>/iflink
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates the system-wide interface unique index identifier a
+		the interface is linked to. Format is decimal. This attribute is
+		used to resolve interfaces chaining, linking and stacking.
+		Physical interfaces have the same 'ifindex' and 'iflink' values.
+
+What:		/sys/class/net/<iface>/link_mode
+Date:		March 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.17
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates the interface link mode, as a decimal number. This
+		attribute should be used in conjunction with 'dormant' attribute
+		to determine the interface usability. Possible values:
+		0: default link mode
+		1: dormant link mode
+
+What:		/sys/class/net/<iface>/mtu
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates the interface currently configured MTU value, in
+		bytes, and in decimal format. Specific values depends on the
+		lower-level interface protocol used. Ethernet devices will show
+		a 'mtu' attribute value of 1500 unless changed.
+
+What:		/sys/calss/net/<iface>/netdev_group
+Date:		January 2011
+KernelVersion:	2.6.39
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates the interface network device group, as a decimal
+		integer. Default value is 0 which corresponds to the initial
+		network devices group. The group can be changed to affect
+		routing decisions (see: net/ipv4/fib_rules and
+		net/ipv6/fib6_rules.c).
+
+What:		/sys/class/net/<iface>/operstate
+Date:		March 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.17
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates the interface RFC2863 operational state as a string.
+		Possible values are:
+		"unknown", "notpresent", "down", "lowerlayerdown", "testing",
+		"dormant", "up".
+
+What:		/sys/class/net/<iface>/speed
+Date:		October 2009
+KernelVersion:	2.6.33
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates the interface latest or current speed value. Value is
+		an integer representing the link speed in Mbits/sec.
+
+		Note: this attribute is only valid for interfaces that implement
+		the ethtool get_settings method (mostly Ethernet ).
+
+What:		/sys/class/net/<iface>/tx_queue_len
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates the interface transmit queue len in number of packets,
+		as an integer value. Value depend on the type of interface,
+		Ethernet network adapters have a default value of 1000 unless
+		configured otherwise
+
+What:		/sys/class/net/<iface>/type
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates the interface protocol type as a decimal value. See
+		include/uapi/linux/if_arp.h for all possible values.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh
index 4793d3d..c464062 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh
@@ -76,6 +76,15 @@
 		is used to classify clients as "isolated" by the
 		Extended Isolation feature.
 
+What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/multicast_mode
+Date:           Feb 2014
+Contact:        Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@web.de>
+Description:
+                Indicates whether multicast optimizations are enabled
+                or disabled. If set to zero then all nodes in the
+                mesh are going to use classic flooding for any
+                multicast packet with no optimizations.
+
 What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/network_coding
 Date:           Nov 2012
 Contact:        Martin Hundeboll <martin@hundeboll.net>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b65674d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+What:		/sys/class/rc/
+Date:		Apr 2010
+KernelVersion:	2.6.35
+Contact:	Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com>
+Description:
+		The rc/ class sub-directory belongs to the Remote Controller
+		core and provides a sysfs interface for configuring infrared
+		remote controller receivers.
+
+What:		/sys/class/rc/rcN/
+Date:		Apr 2010
+KernelVersion:	2.6.35
+Contact:	Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com>
+Description:
+		A /sys/class/rc/rcN directory is created for each remote
+		control receiver device where N is the number of the receiver.
+
+What:		/sys/class/rc/rcN/protocols
+Date:		Jun 2010
+KernelVersion:	2.6.36
+Contact:	Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com>
+Description:
+		Reading this file returns a list of available protocols,
+		something like:
+		    "rc5 [rc6] nec jvc [sony]"
+		Enabled protocols are shown in [] brackets.
+		Writing "+proto" will add a protocol to the list of enabled
+		protocols.
+		Writing "-proto" will remove a protocol from the list of enabled
+		protocols.
+		Writing "proto" will enable only "proto".
+		Writing "none" will disable all protocols.
+		Write fails with EINVAL if an invalid protocol combination or
+		unknown protocol name is used.
+
+What:		/sys/class/rc/rcN/filter
+Date:		Jan 2014
+KernelVersion:	3.15
+Contact:	Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com>
+Description:
+		Sets the scancode filter expected value.
+		Use in combination with /sys/class/rc/rcN/filter_mask to set the
+		expected value of the bits set in the filter mask.
+		If the hardware supports it then scancodes which do not match
+		the filter will be ignored. Otherwise the write will fail with
+		an error.
+		This value may be reset to 0 if the current protocol is altered.
+
+What:		/sys/class/rc/rcN/filter_mask
+Date:		Jan 2014
+KernelVersion:	3.15
+Contact:	Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com>
+Description:
+		Sets the scancode filter mask of bits to compare.
+		Use in combination with /sys/class/rc/rcN/filter to set the bits
+		of the scancode which should be compared against the expected
+		value. A value of 0 disables the filter to allow all valid
+		scancodes to be processed.
+		If the hardware supports it then scancodes which do not match
+		the filter will be ignored. Otherwise the write will fail with
+		an error.
+		This value may be reset to 0 if the current protocol is altered.
+
+What:		/sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_protocols
+Date:		Feb 2014
+KernelVersion:	3.15
+Contact:	Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com>
+Description:
+		Reading this file returns a list of available protocols to use
+		for the wakeup filter, something like:
+		    "rc5 rc6 nec jvc [sony]"
+		The enabled wakeup protocol is shown in [] brackets.
+		Writing "+proto" will add a protocol to the list of enabled
+		wakeup protocols.
+		Writing "-proto" will remove a protocol from the list of enabled
+		wakeup protocols.
+		Writing "proto" will use "proto" for wakeup events.
+		Writing "none" will disable wakeup.
+		Write fails with EINVAL if an invalid protocol combination or
+		unknown protocol name is used, or if wakeup is not supported by
+		the hardware.
+
+What:		/sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_filter
+Date:		Jan 2014
+KernelVersion:	3.15
+Contact:	Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com>
+Description:
+		Sets the scancode wakeup filter expected value.
+		Use in combination with /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_filter_mask to
+		set the expected value of the bits set in the wakeup filter mask
+		to trigger a system wake event.
+		If the hardware supports it and wakeup_filter_mask is not 0 then
+		scancodes which match the filter will wake the system from e.g.
+		suspend to RAM or power off.
+		Otherwise the write will fail with an error.
+		This value may be reset to 0 if the wakeup protocol is altered.
+
+What:		/sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_filter_mask
+Date:		Jan 2014
+KernelVersion:	3.15
+Contact:	Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com>
+Description:
+		Sets the scancode wakeup filter mask of bits to compare.
+		Use in combination with /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_filter to set
+		the bits of the scancode which should be compared against the
+		expected value to trigger a system wake event.
+		If the hardware supports it and wakeup_filter_mask is not 0 then
+		scancodes which match the filter will wake the system from e.g.
+		suspend to RAM or power off.
+		Otherwise the write will fail with an error.
+		This value may be reset to 0 if the wakeup protocol is altered.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power
index 7dbf96b..676fdf5 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power
@@ -83,8 +83,10 @@
 Description:
 		The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_count attribute contains the number
 		of signaled wakeup events associated with the device.  This
-		attribute is read-only.  If the device is not enabled to wake up
+		attribute is read-only.  If the device is not capable to wake up
 		the system from sleep states, this attribute is not present.
+		If the device is not enabled to wake up the system from sleep
+		states, this attribute is empty.
 
 What:		/sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_active_count
 Date:		September 2010
@@ -93,8 +95,10 @@
 		The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_active_count attribute contains the
 		number of times the processing of wakeup events associated with
 		the device was completed (at the kernel level).  This attribute
-		is read-only.  If the device is not enabled to wake up the
-		system from sleep states, this attribute is not present.
+		is read-only.  If the device is not capable to wake up the
+		system from sleep states, this attribute is not present.  If
+		the device is not enabled to wake up the system from sleep
+		states, this attribute is empty.
 
 What:		/sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_abort_count
 Date:		February 2012
@@ -104,8 +108,9 @@
 		number of times the processing of a wakeup event associated with
 		the device might have aborted system transition into a sleep
 		state in progress.  This attribute is read-only.  If the device
-		is not enabled to wake up the system from sleep states, this
-		attribute is not present.
+		is not capable to wake up the system from sleep states, this
+		attribute is not present.  If the device is not enabled to wake
+		up the system from sleep states, this attribute is empty.
 
 What:		/sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_expire_count
 Date:		February 2012
@@ -114,8 +119,10 @@
 		The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_expire_count attribute contains the
 		number of times a wakeup event associated with the device has
 		been reported with a timeout that expired.  This attribute is
-		read-only.  If the device is not enabled to wake up the system
-		from sleep states, this attribute is not present.
+		read-only.  If the device is not capable to wake up the system
+		from sleep states, this attribute is not present.  If the
+		device is not enabled to wake up the system from sleep states,
+		this attribute is empty.
 
 What:		/sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_active
 Date:		September 2010
@@ -124,8 +131,10 @@
 		The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_active attribute contains either 1,
 		or 0, depending on whether or not a wakeup event associated with
 		the device is being processed (1).  This attribute is read-only.
-		If the device is not enabled to wake up the system from sleep
-		states, this attribute is not present.
+		If the device is not capable to wake up the system from sleep
+		states, this attribute is not present.  If the device is not
+		enabled to wake up the system from sleep states, this attribute
+		is empty.
 
 What:		/sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_total_time_ms
 Date:		September 2010
@@ -134,8 +143,9 @@
 		The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_total_time_ms attribute contains
 		the total time of processing wakeup events associated with the
 		device, in milliseconds.  This attribute is read-only.  If the
-		device is not enabled to wake up the system from sleep states,
-		this attribute is not present.
+		device is not capable to wake up the system from sleep states,
+		this attribute is not present.  If the device is not enabled to
+		wake up the system from sleep states, this attribute is empty.
 
 What:		/sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_max_time_ms
 Date:		September 2010
@@ -144,8 +154,10 @@
 		The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_max_time_ms attribute contains
 		the maximum time of processing a single wakeup event associated
 		with the device, in milliseconds.  This attribute is read-only.
-		If the device is not enabled to wake up the system from sleep
-		states, this attribute is not present.
+		If the device is not capable to wake up the system from sleep
+		states, this attribute is not present.  If the device is not
+		enabled to wake up the system from sleep states, this attribute
+		is empty.
 
 What:		/sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_last_time_ms
 Date:		September 2010
@@ -156,7 +168,8 @@
 		signaling the last wakeup event associated with the device, in
 		milliseconds.  This attribute is read-only.  If the device is
 		not enabled to wake up the system from sleep states, this
-		attribute is not present.
+		attribute is not present.  If the device is not enabled to wake
+		up the system from sleep states, this attribute is empty.
 
 What:		/sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_prevent_sleep_time_ms
 Date:		February 2012
@@ -165,9 +178,10 @@
 		The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_prevent_sleep_time_ms attribute
 		contains the total time the device has been preventing
 		opportunistic transitions to sleep states from occurring.
-		This attribute is read-only.  If the device is not enabled to
+		This attribute is read-only.  If the device is not capable to
 		wake up the system from sleep states, this attribute is not
-		present.
+		present.  If the device is not enabled to wake up the system
+		from sleep states, this attribute is empty.
 
 What:		/sys/devices/.../power/autosuspend_delay_ms
 Date:		September 2010
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs
index 32b0809..62dd725 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs
@@ -55,3 +55,15 @@
 Contact:	"Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com>
 Description:
 		 Controls the number of trials to find a victim segment.
+
+What:		/sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/dir_level
+Date:		March 2014
+Contact:	"Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com>
+Description:
+		 Controls the directory level for large directory.
+
+What:		/sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/ram_thresh
+Date:		March 2014
+Contact:	"Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com>
+Description:
+		 Controls the memory footprint used by f2fs.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module
index 47064c2..0aac02e 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module
@@ -49,3 +49,4 @@
 			O - out-of-tree module
 			F - force-loaded module
 			C - staging driver module
+			E - unsigned module
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp
index 05aeedf..44806a6 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp
@@ -54,6 +54,26 @@
 		This file contains the number of programmable periodic
 		output channels offered by the PTP hardware clock.
 
+What:		/sys/class/ptp/ptpN/n_pins
+Date:		March 2014
+Contact:	Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		This file contains the number of programmable pins
+		offered by the PTP hardware clock.
+
+What:		/sys/class/ptp/ptpN/pins
+Date:		March 2014
+Contact:	Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		This directory contains one file for each programmable
+		pin offered by the PTP hardware clock. The file name
+		is the hardware dependent pin name. Reading from this
+		file produces two numbers, the assigned function (see
+		the PTP_PF_ enumeration values in linux/ptp_clock.h)
+		and the channel number. The function and channel
+		assignment may be changed by two writing numbers into
+		the file.
+
 What:		/sys/class/ptp/ptpN/pps_avaiable
 Date:		September 2010
 Contact:	Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl
index 46ad6fa..044b764 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl
@@ -98,6 +98,8 @@
 !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h priv_to_wiphy
 !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h set_wiphy_dev
 !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wdev_priv
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_iface_limit
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_iface_combination
       </chapter>
       <chapter>
       <title>Actions and configuration</title>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile b/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile
index 8d96ebf..b444f2e 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
 	    alsa-driver-api.xml writing-an-alsa-driver.xml \
 	    tracepoint.xml drm.xml media_api.xml w1.xml
 
-include $(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/media/Makefile
+include Documentation/DocBook/media/Makefile
 
 ###
 # The build process is as follows (targets):
@@ -36,6 +36,7 @@
 # The targets that may be used.
 PHONY += xmldocs sgmldocs psdocs pdfdocs htmldocs mandocs installmandocs cleandocs
 
+targets += $(DOCBOOKS)
 BOOKS := $(addprefix $(obj)/,$(DOCBOOKS))
 xmldocs: $(BOOKS)
 sgmldocs: xmldocs
@@ -58,14 +59,14 @@
 
 installmandocs: mandocs
 	mkdir -p /usr/local/man/man9/
-	install Documentation/DocBook/man/*.9.gz /usr/local/man/man9/
+	install $(obj)/man/*.9.gz /usr/local/man/man9/
 
 ###
 #External programs used
 KERNELDOC = $(srctree)/scripts/kernel-doc
 DOCPROC   = $(objtree)/scripts/docproc
 
-XMLTOFLAGS = -m $(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/stylesheet.xsl
+XMLTOFLAGS = -m $(srctree)/$(src)/stylesheet.xsl
 XMLTOFLAGS += --skip-validation
 
 ###
@@ -87,21 +88,9 @@
         ) > $(dir $@).$(notdir $@).cmd
 endef
 
-%.xml: %.tmpl FORCE
+%.xml: %.tmpl $(KERNELDOC) $(DOCPROC) FORCE
 	$(call if_changed_rule,docproc)
 
-###
-#Read in all saved dependency files
-cmd_files := $(wildcard $(foreach f,$(BOOKS),$(dir $(f)).$(notdir $(f)).cmd))
-
-ifneq ($(cmd_files),)
-  include $(cmd_files)
-endif
-
-###
-# Changes in kernel-doc force a rebuild of all documentation
-$(BOOKS): $(KERNELDOC)
-
 # Tell kbuild to always build the programs
 always := $(hostprogs-y)
 
@@ -139,7 +128,7 @@
 
 
 index = index.html
-main_idx = Documentation/DocBook/$(index)
+main_idx = $(obj)/$(index)
 build_main_index = rm -rf $(main_idx); \
 		   echo '<h1>Linux Kernel HTML Documentation</h1>' >> $(main_idx) && \
 		   echo '<h2>Kernel Version: $(KERNELVERSION)</h2>' >> $(main_idx) && \
@@ -148,7 +137,7 @@
 quiet_cmd_db2html = HTML    $@
       cmd_db2html = xmlto html $(XMLTOFLAGS) -o $(patsubst %.html,%,$@) $< && \
 		echo '<a HREF="$(patsubst %.html,%,$(notdir $@))/index.html"> \
-        $(patsubst %.html,%,$(notdir $@))</a><p>' > $@
+		$(patsubst %.html,%,$(notdir $@))</a><p>' > $@
 
 %.html:	%.xml
 	@(which xmlto > /dev/null 2>&1) || \
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl
index f517008..cc63f30 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@
      </para>
 
      <sect1><title>Frame Buffer Memory</title>
-!Edrivers/video/fbmem.c
+!Edrivers/video/fbdev/core/fbmem.c
      </sect1>
 <!--
      <sect1><title>Frame Buffer Console</title>
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@
      </sect1>
 -->
      <sect1><title>Frame Buffer Colormap</title>
-!Edrivers/video/fbcmap.c
+!Edrivers/video/fbdev/core/fbcmap.c
      </sect1>
 <!-- FIXME:
   drivers/video/fbgen.c has no docs, which stuffs up the sgml.  Comment
@@ -294,11 +294,11 @@
      </sect1>
 KAO -->
      <sect1><title>Frame Buffer Video Mode Database</title>
-!Idrivers/video/modedb.c
-!Edrivers/video/modedb.c
+!Idrivers/video/fbdev/core/modedb.c
+!Edrivers/video/fbdev/core/modedb.c
      </sect1>
      <sect1><title>Frame Buffer Macintosh Video Mode Database</title>
-!Edrivers/video/macmodes.c
+!Edrivers/video/fbdev/macmodes.c
      </sect1>
      <sect1><title>Frame Buffer Fonts</title>
         <para>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl
index ed1d6d2..677a025 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl
@@ -29,12 +29,26 @@
 	  </address>
 	</affiliation>
       </author>
+      <author>
+	<firstname>Daniel</firstname>
+	<surname>Vetter</surname>
+	<contrib>Contributions all over the place</contrib>
+	<affiliation>
+	  <orgname>Intel Corporation</orgname>
+	  <address>
+	    <email>daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch</email>
+	  </address>
+	</affiliation>
+      </author>
     </authorgroup>
 
     <copyright>
       <year>2008-2009</year>
-      <year>2012</year>
+      <year>2013-2014</year>
       <holder>Intel Corporation</holder>
+    </copyright>
+    <copyright>
+      <year>2012</year>
       <holder>Laurent Pinchart</holder>
     </copyright>
 
@@ -60,7 +74,15 @@
 
 <toc></toc>
 
-  <!-- Introduction -->
+<part id="drmCore">
+  <title>DRM Core</title>
+  <partintro>
+    <para>
+      This first part of the DRM Developer's Guide documents core DRM code,
+      helper libraries for writting drivers and generic userspace interfaces
+      exposed by DRM drivers.
+    </para>
+  </partintro>
 
   <chapter id="drmIntroduction">
     <title>Introduction</title>
@@ -264,8 +286,8 @@
       <para>
         The <methodname>load</methodname> method is the driver and device
         initialization entry point. The method is responsible for allocating and
-        initializing driver private data, specifying supported performance
-        counters, performing resource allocation and mapping (e.g. acquiring
+	initializing driver private data, performing resource allocation and
+	mapping (e.g. acquiring
         clocks, mapping registers or allocating command buffers), initializing
         the memory manager (<xref linkend="drm-memory-management"/>), installing
         the IRQ handler (<xref linkend="drm-irq-registration"/>), setting up
@@ -295,7 +317,7 @@
 	their <methodname>load</methodname> method called with flags to 0.
       </para>
       <sect3>
-        <title>Driver Private &amp; Performance Counters</title>
+        <title>Driver Private Data</title>
         <para>
           The driver private hangs off the main
           <structname>drm_device</structname> structure and can be used for
@@ -307,14 +329,6 @@
           <structname>drm_device</structname>.<structfield>dev_priv</structfield>
           set to NULL when the driver is unloaded.
         </para>
-        <para>
-          DRM supports several counters which were used for rough performance
-          characterization. This stat counter system is deprecated and should not
-          be used. If performance monitoring is desired, the developer should
-          investigate and potentially enhance the kernel perf and tracing
-          infrastructure to export GPU related performance information for
-          consumption by performance monitoring tools and applications.
-        </para>
       </sect3>
       <sect3 id="drm-irq-registration">
         <title>IRQ Registration</title>
@@ -697,55 +711,16 @@
           respectively. The conversion is handled by the DRM core without any
           driver-specific support.
         </para>
-        <para>
-          Similar to global names, GEM file descriptors are also used to share GEM
-          objects across processes. They offer additional security: as file
-          descriptors must be explicitly sent over UNIX domain sockets to be shared
-          between applications, they can't be guessed like the globally unique GEM
-          names.
-        </para>
-        <para>
-          Drivers that support GEM file descriptors, also known as the DRM PRIME
-          API, must set the DRIVER_PRIME bit in the struct
-          <structname>drm_driver</structname>
-          <structfield>driver_features</structfield> field, and implement the
-          <methodname>prime_handle_to_fd</methodname> and
-          <methodname>prime_fd_to_handle</methodname> operations.
-        </para>
-        <para>
-          <synopsis>int (*prime_handle_to_fd)(struct drm_device *dev,
-                            struct drm_file *file_priv, uint32_t handle,
-                            uint32_t flags, int *prime_fd);
-  int (*prime_fd_to_handle)(struct drm_device *dev,
-                            struct drm_file *file_priv, int prime_fd,
-                            uint32_t *handle);</synopsis>
-          Those two operations convert a handle to a PRIME file descriptor and
-          vice versa. Drivers must use the kernel dma-buf buffer sharing framework
-          to manage the PRIME file descriptors.
-        </para>
-        <para>
-          While non-GEM drivers must implement the operations themselves, GEM
-          drivers must use the <function>drm_gem_prime_handle_to_fd</function>
-          and <function>drm_gem_prime_fd_to_handle</function> helper functions.
-          Those helpers rely on the driver
-          <methodname>gem_prime_export</methodname> and
-          <methodname>gem_prime_import</methodname> operations to create a dma-buf
-          instance from a GEM object (dma-buf exporter role) and to create a GEM
-          object from a dma-buf instance (dma-buf importer role).
-        </para>
-        <para>
-          <synopsis>struct dma_buf * (*gem_prime_export)(struct drm_device *dev,
-                                       struct drm_gem_object *obj,
-                                       int flags);
-  struct drm_gem_object * (*gem_prime_import)(struct drm_device *dev,
-                                              struct dma_buf *dma_buf);</synopsis>
-          These two operations are mandatory for GEM drivers that support DRM
-          PRIME.
-        </para>
-        <sect4>
-          <title>DRM PRIME Helper Functions Reference</title>
-!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_prime.c PRIME Helpers
-        </sect4>
+	<para>
+	  GEM also supports buffer sharing with dma-buf file descriptors through
+	  PRIME. GEM-based drivers must use the provided helpers functions to
+	  implement the exporting and importing correctly. See <xref linkend="drm-prime-support" />.
+	  Since sharing file descriptors is inherently more secure than the
+	  easily guessable and global GEM names it is the preferred buffer
+	  sharing mechanism. Sharing buffers through GEM names is only supported
+	  for legacy userspace. Furthermore PRIME also allows cross-device
+	  buffer sharing since it is based on dma-bufs.
+	</para>
       </sect3>
       <sect3 id="drm-gem-objects-mapping">
         <title>GEM Objects Mapping</title>
@@ -830,62 +805,6 @@
         </para>
       </sect3>
       <sect3>
-        <title>Dumb GEM Objects</title>
-        <para>
-          The GEM API doesn't standardize GEM objects creation and leaves it to
-          driver-specific ioctls. While not an issue for full-fledged graphics
-          stacks that include device-specific userspace components (in libdrm for
-          instance), this limit makes DRM-based early boot graphics unnecessarily
-          complex.
-        </para>
-        <para>
-          Dumb GEM objects partly alleviate the problem by providing a standard
-          API to create dumb buffers suitable for scanout, which can then be used
-          to create KMS frame buffers.
-        </para>
-        <para>
-          To support dumb GEM objects drivers must implement the
-          <methodname>dumb_create</methodname>,
-          <methodname>dumb_destroy</methodname> and
-          <methodname>dumb_map_offset</methodname> operations.
-        </para>
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <synopsis>int (*dumb_create)(struct drm_file *file_priv, struct drm_device *dev,
-                     struct drm_mode_create_dumb *args);</synopsis>
-            <para>
-              The <methodname>dumb_create</methodname> operation creates a GEM
-              object suitable for scanout based on the width, height and depth
-              from the struct <structname>drm_mode_create_dumb</structname>
-              argument. It fills the argument's <structfield>handle</structfield>,
-              <structfield>pitch</structfield> and <structfield>size</structfield>
-              fields with a handle for the newly created GEM object and its line
-              pitch and size in bytes.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <synopsis>int (*dumb_destroy)(struct drm_file *file_priv, struct drm_device *dev,
-                      uint32_t handle);</synopsis>
-            <para>
-              The <methodname>dumb_destroy</methodname> operation destroys a dumb
-              GEM object created by <methodname>dumb_create</methodname>.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <synopsis>int (*dumb_map_offset)(struct drm_file *file_priv, struct drm_device *dev,
-                         uint32_t handle, uint64_t *offset);</synopsis>
-            <para>
-              The <methodname>dumb_map_offset</methodname> operation associates an
-              mmap fake offset with the GEM object given by the handle and returns
-              it. Drivers must use the
-              <function>drm_gem_create_mmap_offset</function> function to
-              associate the fake offset as described in
-              <xref linkend="drm-gem-objects-mapping"/>.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </sect3>
-      <sect3>
         <title>Memory Coherency</title>
         <para>
           When mapped to the device or used in a command buffer, backing pages
@@ -924,7 +843,99 @@
           abstracted from the client in libdrm.
         </para>
       </sect3>
-    </sect2>
+      <sect3>
+        <title>GEM Function Reference</title>
+!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_gem.c
+      </sect3>
+      </sect2>
+      <sect2>
+	<title>VMA Offset Manager</title>
+!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_vma_manager.c vma offset manager
+!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_vma_manager.c
+!Iinclude/drm/drm_vma_manager.h
+      </sect2>
+      <sect2 id="drm-prime-support">
+	<title>PRIME Buffer Sharing</title>
+	<para>
+	  PRIME is the cross device buffer sharing framework in drm, originally
+	  created for the OPTIMUS range of multi-gpu platforms. To userspace
+	  PRIME buffers are dma-buf based file descriptors.
+	</para>
+	<sect3>
+	  <title>Overview and Driver Interface</title>
+	  <para>
+	    Similar to GEM global names, PRIME file descriptors are
+	    also used to share buffer objects across processes. They offer
+	    additional security: as file descriptors must be explicitly sent over
+	    UNIX domain sockets to be shared between applications, they can't be
+	    guessed like the globally unique GEM names.
+	  </para>
+	  <para>
+	    Drivers that support the PRIME
+	    API must set the DRIVER_PRIME bit in the struct
+	    <structname>drm_driver</structname>
+	    <structfield>driver_features</structfield> field, and implement the
+	    <methodname>prime_handle_to_fd</methodname> and
+	    <methodname>prime_fd_to_handle</methodname> operations.
+	  </para>
+	  <para>
+	    <synopsis>int (*prime_handle_to_fd)(struct drm_device *dev,
+			  struct drm_file *file_priv, uint32_t handle,
+			  uint32_t flags, int *prime_fd);
+int (*prime_fd_to_handle)(struct drm_device *dev,
+			  struct drm_file *file_priv, int prime_fd,
+			  uint32_t *handle);</synopsis>
+	    Those two operations convert a handle to a PRIME file descriptor and
+	    vice versa. Drivers must use the kernel dma-buf buffer sharing framework
+	    to manage the PRIME file descriptors. Similar to the mode setting
+	    API PRIME is agnostic to the underlying buffer object manager, as
+	    long as handles are 32bit unsinged integers.
+	  </para>
+	  <para>
+	    While non-GEM drivers must implement the operations themselves, GEM
+	    drivers must use the <function>drm_gem_prime_handle_to_fd</function>
+	    and <function>drm_gem_prime_fd_to_handle</function> helper functions.
+	    Those helpers rely on the driver
+	    <methodname>gem_prime_export</methodname> and
+	    <methodname>gem_prime_import</methodname> operations to create a dma-buf
+	    instance from a GEM object (dma-buf exporter role) and to create a GEM
+	    object from a dma-buf instance (dma-buf importer role).
+	  </para>
+	  <para>
+	    <synopsis>struct dma_buf * (*gem_prime_export)(struct drm_device *dev,
+				     struct drm_gem_object *obj,
+				     int flags);
+struct drm_gem_object * (*gem_prime_import)(struct drm_device *dev,
+					    struct dma_buf *dma_buf);</synopsis>
+	    These two operations are mandatory for GEM drivers that support
+	    PRIME.
+	  </para>
+	</sect3>
+        <sect3>
+          <title>PRIME Helper Functions</title>
+!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_prime.c PRIME Helpers
+        </sect3>
+      </sect2>
+      <sect2>
+	<title>PRIME Function References</title>
+!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_prime.c
+      </sect2>
+      <sect2>
+	<title>DRM MM Range Allocator</title>
+	<sect3>
+	  <title>Overview</title>
+!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_mm.c Overview
+	</sect3>
+	<sect3>
+	  <title>LRU Scan/Eviction Support</title>
+!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_mm.c lru scan roaster
+	</sect3>
+      </sect2>
+      <sect2>
+	<title>DRM MM Range Allocator Function References</title>
+!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_mm.c
+!Iinclude/drm/drm_mm.h
+      </sect2>
   </sect1>
 
   <!-- Internals: mode setting -->
@@ -953,6 +964,11 @@
       </listitem>
     </itemizedlist>
     <sect2>
+      <title>Display Modes Function Reference</title>
+!Iinclude/drm/drm_modes.h
+!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_modes.c
+    </sect2>
+    <sect2>
       <title>Frame Buffer Creation</title>
       <synopsis>struct drm_framebuffer *(*fb_create)(struct drm_device *dev,
 				     struct drm_file *file_priv,
@@ -968,9 +984,11 @@
         Frame buffers rely on the underneath memory manager for low-level memory
         operations. When creating a frame buffer applications pass a memory
         handle (or a list of memory handles for multi-planar formats) through
-        the <parameter>drm_mode_fb_cmd2</parameter> argument. This document
-        assumes that the driver uses GEM, those handles thus reference GEM
-        objects.
+	the <parameter>drm_mode_fb_cmd2</parameter> argument. For drivers using
+	GEM as their userspace buffer management interface this would be a GEM
+	handle.  Drivers are however free to use their own backing storage object
+	handles, e.g. vmwgfx directly exposes special TTM handles to userspace
+	and so expects TTM handles in the create ioctl and not GEM handles.
       </para>
       <para>
         Drivers must first validate the requested frame buffer parameters passed
@@ -992,7 +1010,7 @@
       </para>
 
       <para>
-	The initailization of the new framebuffer instance is finalized with a
+	The initialization of the new framebuffer instance is finalized with a
 	call to <function>drm_framebuffer_init</function> which takes a pointer
 	to DRM frame buffer operations (struct
 	<structname>drm_framebuffer_funcs</structname>). Note that this function
@@ -1042,7 +1060,7 @@
       <para>
 	The lifetime of a drm framebuffer is controlled with a reference count,
 	drivers can grab additional references with
-	<function>drm_framebuffer_reference</function> </para> and drop them
+	<function>drm_framebuffer_reference</function>and drop them
 	again with <function>drm_framebuffer_unreference</function>. For
 	driver-private framebuffers for which the last reference is never
 	dropped (e.g. for the fbdev framebuffer when the struct
@@ -1050,6 +1068,72 @@
 	helper struct) drivers can manually clean up a framebuffer at module
 	unload time with
 	<function>drm_framebuffer_unregister_private</function>.
+      </para>
+    </sect2>
+    <sect2>
+      <title>Dumb Buffer Objects</title>
+      <para>
+	The KMS API doesn't standardize backing storage object creation and
+	leaves it to driver-specific ioctls. Furthermore actually creating a
+	buffer object even for GEM-based drivers is done through a
+	driver-specific ioctl - GEM only has a common userspace interface for
+	sharing and destroying objects. While not an issue for full-fledged
+	graphics stacks that include device-specific userspace components (in
+	libdrm for instance), this limit makes DRM-based early boot graphics
+	unnecessarily complex.
+      </para>
+      <para>
+        Dumb objects partly alleviate the problem by providing a standard
+        API to create dumb buffers suitable for scanout, which can then be used
+        to create KMS frame buffers.
+      </para>
+      <para>
+        To support dumb objects drivers must implement the
+        <methodname>dumb_create</methodname>,
+        <methodname>dumb_destroy</methodname> and
+        <methodname>dumb_map_offset</methodname> operations.
+      </para>
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <synopsis>int (*dumb_create)(struct drm_file *file_priv, struct drm_device *dev,
+                   struct drm_mode_create_dumb *args);</synopsis>
+          <para>
+            The <methodname>dumb_create</methodname> operation creates a driver
+	    object (GEM or TTM handle) suitable for scanout based on the
+	    width, height and depth from the struct
+	    <structname>drm_mode_create_dumb</structname> argument. It fills the
+	    argument's <structfield>handle</structfield>,
+	    <structfield>pitch</structfield> and <structfield>size</structfield>
+	    fields with a handle for the newly created object and its line
+            pitch and size in bytes.
+          </para>
+        </listitem>
+        <listitem>
+          <synopsis>int (*dumb_destroy)(struct drm_file *file_priv, struct drm_device *dev,
+                    uint32_t handle);</synopsis>
+          <para>
+            The <methodname>dumb_destroy</methodname> operation destroys a dumb
+            object created by <methodname>dumb_create</methodname>.
+          </para>
+        </listitem>
+        <listitem>
+          <synopsis>int (*dumb_map_offset)(struct drm_file *file_priv, struct drm_device *dev,
+                       uint32_t handle, uint64_t *offset);</synopsis>
+          <para>
+            The <methodname>dumb_map_offset</methodname> operation associates an
+            mmap fake offset with the object given by the handle and returns
+            it. Drivers must use the
+            <function>drm_gem_create_mmap_offset</function> function to
+            associate the fake offset as described in
+            <xref linkend="drm-gem-objects-mapping"/>.
+          </para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+      <para>
+        Note that dumb objects may not be used for gpu acceleration, as has been
+	attempted on some ARM embedded platforms. Such drivers really must have
+	a hardware-specific ioctl to allocate suitable buffer objects.
+      </para>
     </sect2>
     <sect2>
       <title>Output Polling</title>
@@ -1110,7 +1194,7 @@
           pointer to CRTC functions.
         </para>
       </sect3>
-      <sect3>
+      <sect3 id="drm-kms-crtcops">
         <title>CRTC Operations</title>
         <sect4>
           <title>Set Configuration</title>
@@ -1130,8 +1214,11 @@
             This operation is called with the mode config lock held.
           </para>
           <note><para>
-            FIXME: How should set_config interact with DPMS? If the CRTC is
-            suspended, should it be resumed?
+	    Note that the drm core has no notion of restoring the mode setting
+	    state after resume, since all resume handling is in the full
+	    responsibility of the driver. The common mode setting helper library
+	    though provides a helper which can be used for this:
+	    <function>drm_helper_resume_force_mode</function>.
           </para></note>
         </sect4>
         <sect4>
@@ -1248,15 +1335,47 @@
 	optionally scale it to a destination size. The result is then blended
 	with or overlayed on top of a CRTC.
       </para>
+      <para>
+      The DRM core recognizes three types of planes:
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+        DRM_PLANE_TYPE_PRIMARY represents a "main" plane for a CRTC.  Primary
+        planes are the planes operated upon by by CRTC modesetting and flipping
+        operations described in <xref linkend="drm-kms-crtcops"/>.
+        </listitem>
+        <listitem>
+        DRM_PLANE_TYPE_CURSOR represents a "cursor" plane for a CRTC.  Cursor
+        planes are the planes operated upon by the DRM_IOCTL_MODE_CURSOR and
+        DRM_IOCTL_MODE_CURSOR2 ioctls.
+        </listitem>
+        <listitem>
+        DRM_PLANE_TYPE_OVERLAY represents all non-primary, non-cursor planes.
+        Some drivers refer to these types of planes as "sprites" internally.
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+      For compatibility with legacy userspace, only overlay planes are made
+      available to userspace by default.  Userspace clients may set the
+      DRM_CLIENT_CAP_UNIVERSAL_PLANES client capability bit to indicate that
+      they wish to receive a universal plane list containing all plane types.
+      </para>
       <sect3>
         <title>Plane Initialization</title>
         <para>
-          Planes are optional. To create a plane, a KMS drivers allocates and
+          To create a plane, a KMS drivers allocates and
           zeroes an instances of struct <structname>drm_plane</structname>
           (possibly as part of a larger structure) and registers it with a call
-          to <function>drm_plane_init</function>. The function takes a bitmask
+          to <function>drm_universal_plane_init</function>. The function takes a bitmask
           of the CRTCs that can be associated with the plane, a pointer to the
-          plane functions and a list of format supported formats.
+          plane functions, a list of format supported formats, and the type of
+          plane (primary, cursor, or overlay) being initialized.
+        </para>
+        <para>
+          Cursor and overlay planes are optional.  All drivers should provide
+          one primary plane per CRTC (although this requirement may change in
+          the future); drivers that do not wish to provide special handling for
+          primary planes may make use of the helper functions described in
+          <xref linkend="drm-kms-planehelpers"/> to create and register a
+          primary plane with standard capabilities.
         </para>
       </sect3>
       <sect3>
@@ -1687,7 +1806,7 @@
   <sect1>
     <title>Mode Setting Helper Functions</title>
     <para>
-      The CRTC, encoder and connector functions provided by the drivers
+      The plane, CRTC, encoder and connector functions provided by the drivers
       implement the DRM API. They're called by the DRM core and ioctl handlers
       to handle device state changes and configuration request. As implementing
       those functions often requires logic not specific to drivers, mid-layer
@@ -1695,8 +1814,8 @@
     </para>
     <para>
       The DRM core contains one mid-layer implementation. The mid-layer provides
-      implementations of several CRTC, encoder and connector functions (called
-      from the top of the mid-layer) that pre-process requests and call
+      implementations of several plane, CRTC, encoder and connector functions
+      (called from the top of the mid-layer) that pre-process requests and call
       lower-level functions provided by the driver (at the bottom of the
       mid-layer). For instance, the
       <function>drm_crtc_helper_set_config</function> function can be used to
@@ -2134,7 +2253,7 @@
             set the <structfield>display_info</structfield>
             <structfield>width_mm</structfield> and
             <structfield>height_mm</structfield> fields if they haven't been set
-            already (for instance at initilization time when a fixed-size panel is
+            already (for instance at initialization time when a fixed-size panel is
             attached to the connector). The mode <structfield>width_mm</structfield>
             and <structfield>height_mm</structfield> fields are only used internally
             during EDID parsing and should not be set when creating modes manually.
@@ -2168,6 +2287,11 @@
 !Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_crtc_helper.c
     </sect2>
     <sect2>
+      <title>Output Probing Helper Functions Reference</title>
+!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_probe_helper.c output probing helper overview
+!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_probe_helper.c
+    </sect2>
+    <sect2>
       <title>fbdev Helper Functions Reference</title>
 !Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_fb_helper.c fbdev helpers
 !Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_fb_helper.c
@@ -2196,10 +2320,19 @@
 !Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_flip_work.c
     </sect2>
     <sect2>
-      <title>VMA Offset Manager</title>
-!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_vma_manager.c vma offset manager
-!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_vma_manager.c
-!Iinclude/drm/drm_vma_manager.h
+      <title>HDMI Infoframes Helper Reference</title>
+      <para>
+	Strictly speaking this is not a DRM helper library but generally useable
+	by any driver interfacing with HDMI outputs like v4l or alsa drivers.
+	But it nicely fits into the overall topic of mode setting helper
+	libraries and hence is also included here.
+      </para>
+!Iinclude/linux/hdmi.h
+!Edrivers/video/hdmi.c
+    </sect2>
+    <sect2>
+      <title id="drm-kms-planehelpers">Plane Helper Reference</title>
+!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_plane_helper.c Plane Helpers
     </sect2>
   </sect1>
 
@@ -2561,42 +2694,44 @@
       </para>
     </sect2>
   </sect1>
-
   <sect1>
-    <title>Command submission &amp; fencing</title>
+    <title>Legacy Support Code</title>
     <para>
-      This should cover a few device-specific command submission
-      implementations.
+      The section very brievely covers some of the old legacy support code which
+      is only used by old DRM drivers which have done a so-called shadow-attach
+      to the underlying device instead of registering as a real driver. This
+      also includes some of the old generic buffer mangement and command
+      submission code. Do not use any of this in new and modern drivers.
     </para>
-  </sect1>
 
-  <!-- Internals: suspend/resume -->
+    <sect2>
+      <title>Legacy Suspend/Resume</title>
+      <para>
+	The DRM core provides some suspend/resume code, but drivers wanting full
+	suspend/resume support should provide save() and restore() functions.
+	These are called at suspend, hibernate, or resume time, and should perform
+	any state save or restore required by your device across suspend or
+	hibernate states.
+      </para>
+      <synopsis>int (*suspend) (struct drm_device *, pm_message_t state);
+  int (*resume) (struct drm_device *);</synopsis>
+      <para>
+	Those are legacy suspend and resume methods which
+	<emphasis>only</emphasis> work with the legacy shadow-attach driver
+	registration functions. New driver should use the power management
+	interface provided by their bus type (usually through
+	the struct <structname>device_driver</structname> dev_pm_ops) and set
+	these methods to NULL.
+      </para>
+    </sect2>
 
-  <sect1>
-    <title>Suspend/Resume</title>
-    <para>
-      The DRM core provides some suspend/resume code, but drivers wanting full
-      suspend/resume support should provide save() and restore() functions.
-      These are called at suspend, hibernate, or resume time, and should perform
-      any state save or restore required by your device across suspend or
-      hibernate states.
-    </para>
-    <synopsis>int (*suspend) (struct drm_device *, pm_message_t state);
-int (*resume) (struct drm_device *);</synopsis>
-    <para>
-      Those are legacy suspend and resume methods. New driver should use the
-      power management interface provided by their bus type (usually through
-      the struct <structname>device_driver</structname> dev_pm_ops) and set
-      these methods to NULL.
-    </para>
-  </sect1>
-
-  <sect1>
-    <title>DMA services</title>
-    <para>
-      This should cover how DMA mapping etc. is supported by the core.
-      These functions are deprecated and should not be used.
-    </para>
+    <sect2>
+      <title>Legacy DMA Services</title>
+      <para>
+	This should cover how DMA mapping etc. is supported by the core.
+	These functions are deprecated and should not be used.
+      </para>
+    </sect2>
   </sect1>
   </chapter>
 
@@ -2658,8 +2793,8 @@
         DRM core provides multiple character-devices for user-space to use.
         Depending on which device is opened, user-space can perform a different
         set of operations (mainly ioctls). The primary node is always created
-        and called <term>card&lt;num&gt;</term>. Additionally, a currently
-        unused control node, called <term>controlD&lt;num&gt;</term> is also
+        and called card&lt;num&gt;. Additionally, a currently
+        unused control node, called controlD&lt;num&gt; is also
         created. The primary node provides all legacy operations and
         historically was the only interface used by userspace. With KMS, the
         control node was introduced. However, the planned KMS control interface
@@ -2674,21 +2809,21 @@
         nodes were introduced. Render nodes solely serve render clients, that
         is, no modesetting or privileged ioctls can be issued on render nodes.
         Only non-global rendering commands are allowed. If a driver supports
-        render nodes, it must advertise it via the <term>DRIVER_RENDER</term>
+        render nodes, it must advertise it via the DRIVER_RENDER
         DRM driver capability. If not supported, the primary node must be used
         for render clients together with the legacy drmAuth authentication
         procedure.
       </para>
       <para>
         If a driver advertises render node support, DRM core will create a
-        separate render node called <term>renderD&lt;num&gt;</term>. There will
+        separate render node called renderD&lt;num&gt;. There will
         be one render node per device. No ioctls except  PRIME-related ioctls
-        will be allowed on this node. Especially <term>GEM_OPEN</term> will be
+        will be allowed on this node. Especially GEM_OPEN will be
         explicitly prohibited. Render nodes are designed to avoid the
         buffer-leaks, which occur if clients guess the flink names or mmap
         offsets on the legacy interface. Additionally to this basic interface,
         drivers must mark their driver-dependent render-only ioctls as
-        <term>DRM_RENDER_ALLOW</term> so render clients can use them. Driver
+        DRM_RENDER_ALLOW so render clients can use them. Driver
         authors must be careful not to allow any privileged ioctls on render
         nodes.
       </para>
@@ -2749,15 +2884,73 @@
     </sect1>
 
   </chapter>
+</part>
+<part id="drmDrivers">
+  <title>DRM Drivers</title>
 
-  <!-- API reference -->
-
-  <appendix id="drmDriverApi">
-    <title>DRM Driver API</title>
+  <partintro>
     <para>
-      Include auto-generated API reference here (need to reference it
-      from paragraphs above too).
+      This second part of the DRM Developer's Guide documents driver code,
+      implementation details and also all the driver-specific userspace
+      interfaces. Especially since all hardware-acceleration interfaces to
+      userspace are driver specific for efficiency and other reasons these
+      interfaces can be rather substantial. Hence every driver has its own
+      chapter.
     </para>
-  </appendix>
+  </partintro>
 
+  <chapter id="drmI915">
+    <title>drm/i915 Intel GFX Driver</title>
+    <para>
+      The drm/i915 driver supports all (with the exception of some very early
+      models) integrated GFX chipsets with both Intel display and rendering
+      blocks. This excludes a set of SoC platforms with an SGX rendering unit,
+      those have basic support through the gma500 drm driver.
+    </para>
+    <sect1>
+      <title>Display Hardware Handling</title>
+      <para>
+        This section covers everything related to the display hardware including
+        the mode setting infrastructure, plane, sprite and cursor handling and
+        display, output probing and related topics.
+      </para>
+      <sect2>
+        <title>Mode Setting Infrastructure</title>
+        <para>
+          The i915 driver is thus far the only DRM driver which doesn't use the
+          common DRM helper code to implement mode setting sequences. Thus it
+          has its own tailor-made infrastructure for executing a display
+          configuration change.
+        </para>
+      </sect2>
+      <sect2>
+        <title>Plane Configuration</title>
+        <para>
+	  This section covers plane configuration and composition with the
+	  primary plane, sprites, cursors and overlays. This includes the
+	  infrastructure to do atomic vsync'ed updates of all this state and
+	  also tightly coupled topics like watermark setup and computation,
+	  framebuffer compression and panel self refresh.
+        </para>
+      </sect2>
+      <sect2>
+        <title>Output Probing</title>
+        <para>
+	  This section covers output probing and related infrastructure like the
+	  hotplug interrupt storm detection and mitigation code. Note that the
+	  i915 driver still uses most of the common DRM helper code for output
+	  probing, so those sections fully apply.
+        </para>
+      </sect2>
+    </sect1>
+
+    <sect1>
+      <title>Memory Management and Command Submission</title>
+      <para>
+	This sections covers all things related to the GEM implementation in the
+	i915 driver.
+      </para>
+    </sect1>
+  </chapter>
+</part>
 </book>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-hacking.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-hacking.tmpl
index d0758b2..e84f094 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-hacking.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-hacking.tmpl
@@ -671,7 +671,7 @@
 
   <sect1 id="routines-local-irqs">
    <title><function>local_irq_save()</function>/<function>local_irq_restore()</function>
-    <filename class="headerfile">include/asm/system.h</filename>
+    <filename class="headerfile">include/linux/irqflags.h</filename>
    </title>
 
    <para>
@@ -850,16 +850,6 @@
     <returnvalue>-ERESTARTSYS</returnvalue> if a signal is received.
     The <function>wait_event()</function> version ignores signals.
    </para>
-   <para>
-   Do not use the <function>sleep_on()</function> function family -
-   it is very easy to accidentally introduce races; almost certainly
-   one of the <function>wait_event()</function> family will do, or a
-   loop around <function>schedule_timeout()</function>. If you choose
-   to loop around <function>schedule_timeout()</function> remember
-   you must set the task state (with 
-   <function>set_current_state()</function>) on each iteration to avoid
-   busy-looping.
-   </para>
  
   </sect1>
 
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/demux.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/demux.xml
index 86de89c..c8683d6 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/demux.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/demux.xml
@@ -1042,7 +1042,14 @@
 </para>
 <informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
  align="char">
-<para>This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome.</para>
+<para>This ioctl call allows to add multiple PIDs to a transport stream filter
+previously set up with DMX_SET_PES_FILTER and output equal to DMX_OUT_TSDEMUX_TAP.
+</para></entry></row><row><entry align="char"><para>
+It is used by readers of /dev/dvb/adapterX/demuxY.
+</para></entry></row><row><entry align="char"><para>
+It may be called at any time, i.e. before or after the first filter on the
+shared file descriptor was started. It makes it possible to record multiple
+services without the need to de-multiplex or re-multiplex TS packets.</para>
 </entry>
  </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
 <para>SYNOPSIS
@@ -1075,7 +1082,7 @@
 </para>
 </entry><entry
  align="char">
-<para>Undocumented.</para>
+<para>PID number to be filtered.</para>
 </entry>
  </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
 &return-value-dvb;
@@ -1087,7 +1094,15 @@
 </para>
 <informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
  align="char">
-<para>This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome.</para>
+<para>This ioctl call allows to remove a PID when multiple PIDs are set on a
+transport stream filter, e. g. a filter previously set up with output equal to
+DMX_OUT_TSDEMUX_TAP, created via either DMX_SET_PES_FILTER or DMX_ADD_PID.
+</para></entry></row><row><entry align="char"><para>
+It is used by readers of /dev/dvb/adapterX/demuxY.
+</para></entry></row><row><entry align="char"><para>
+It may be called at any time, i.e. before or after the first filter on the
+shared file descriptor was started. It makes it possible to record multiple
+services without the need to de-multiplex or re-multiplex TS packets.</para>
 </entry>
  </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
 <para>SYNOPSIS
@@ -1120,7 +1135,7 @@
 </para>
 </entry><entry
  align="char">
-<para>Undocumented.</para>
+<para>PID of the PES filter to be removed.</para>
 </entry>
  </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
 &return-value-dvb;
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbapi.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbapi.xml
index 0197bcc..4c15396 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbapi.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbapi.xml
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
 <firstname>Mauro</firstname>
 <othername role="mi">Carvalho</othername>
 <surname>Chehab</surname>
-<affiliation><address><email>mchehab@redhat.com</email></address></affiliation>
+<affiliation><address><email>m.chehab@samsung.com</email></address></affiliation>
 <contrib>Ported document to Docbook XML.</contrib>
 </author>
 </authorgroup>
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 	<holder>Convergence GmbH</holder>
 </copyright>
 <copyright>
-	<year>2009-2012</year>
+	<year>2009-2014</year>
 	<holder>Mauro Carvalho Chehab</holder>
 </copyright>
 
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/frontend.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/frontend.xml
index 0d6e81b..8a6a6ff 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/frontend.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/frontend.xml
@@ -744,7 +744,7 @@
 </para>
 <informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
  align="char">
-<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = <link linkend="FE_READ_SNR">FE_READ_SNR</link>, int16_t
+<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = <link linkend="FE_READ_SNR">FE_READ_SNR</link>, uint16_t
  &#x22C6;snr);</para>
 </entry>
  </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
@@ -766,7 +766,7 @@
 </entry>
  </row><row><entry
  align="char">
-<para>int16_t *snr</para>
+<para>uint16_t *snr</para>
 </entry><entry
  align="char">
 <para>The signal-to-noise ratio is stored into *snr.</para>
@@ -791,7 +791,7 @@
 <informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
  align="char">
 <para>int ioctl( int fd, int request =
- <link linkend="FE_READ_SIGNAL_STRENGTH">FE_READ_SIGNAL_STRENGTH</link>, int16_t &#x22C6;strength);</para>
+ <link linkend="FE_READ_SIGNAL_STRENGTH">FE_READ_SIGNAL_STRENGTH</link>, uint16_t &#x22C6;strength);</para>
 </entry>
  </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
 
@@ -814,7 +814,7 @@
 </entry>
  </row><row><entry
  align="char">
-<para>int16_t *strength</para>
+<para>uint16_t *strength</para>
 </entry><entry
  align="char">
 <para>The signal strength value is stored into *strength.</para>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/common.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/common.xml
index 1ddf354..71f6bf9 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/common.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/common.xml
@@ -38,70 +38,41 @@
 
       <para>V4L2 drivers are implemented as kernel modules, loaded
 manually by the system administrator or automatically when a device is
-first opened. The driver modules plug into the "videodev" kernel
+first discovered. The driver modules plug into the "videodev" kernel
 module. It provides helper functions and a common application
 interface specified in this document.</para>
 
       <para>Each driver thus loaded registers one or more device nodes
-with major number 81 and a minor number between 0 and 255. Assigning
-minor numbers to V4L2 devices is entirely up to the system administrator,
-this is primarily intended to solve conflicts between devices.<footnote>
-	  <para>Access permissions are associated with character
-device special files, hence we must ensure device numbers cannot
-change with the module load order. To this end minor numbers are no
-longer automatically assigned by the "videodev" module as in V4L but
-requested by the driver. The defaults will suffice for most people
-unless two drivers compete for the same minor numbers.</para>
-	</footnote> The module options to select minor numbers are named
-after the device special file with a "_nr" suffix. For example "video_nr"
-for <filename>/dev/video</filename> video capture devices. The number is
-an offset to the base minor number associated with the device type.
-<footnote>
-	  <para>In earlier versions of the V4L2 API the module options
-where named after the device special file with a "unit_" prefix, expressing
-the minor number itself, not an offset. Rationale for this change is unknown.
-Lastly the naming and semantics are just a convention among driver writers,
-the point to note is that minor numbers are not supposed to be hardcoded
-into drivers.</para>
-	</footnote> When the driver supports multiple devices of the same
-type more than one minor number can be assigned, separated by commas:
-<informalexample>
+with major number 81 and a minor number between 0 and 255. Minor numbers
+are allocated dynamically unless the kernel is compiled with the kernel
+option CONFIG_VIDEO_FIXED_MINOR_RANGES. In that case minor numbers are
+allocated in ranges depending on the device node type (video, radio, etc.).</para>
+
+      <para>Many drivers support "video_nr", "radio_nr" or "vbi_nr"
+module options to select specific video/radio/vbi node numbers. This allows
+the user to request that the device node is named e.g. /dev/video5 instead
+of leaving it to chance. When the driver supports multiple devices of the same
+type more than one device node number can be assigned, separated by commas:
+	<informalexample>
 	  <screen>
-&gt; insmod mydriver.o video_nr=0,1 radio_nr=0,1</screen>
+&gt; modprobe mydriver video_nr=0,1 radio_nr=0,1</screen>
 	</informalexample></para>
 
       <para>In <filename>/etc/modules.conf</filename> this may be
 written as: <informalexample>
 	  <screen>
-alias char-major-81-0 mydriver
-alias char-major-81-1 mydriver
-alias char-major-81-64 mydriver              <co id="alias" />
-options mydriver video_nr=0,1 radio_nr=0,1   <co id="options" />
+options mydriver video_nr=0,1 radio_nr=0,1
 	  </screen>
-	  <calloutlist>
-	    <callout arearefs="alias">
-	      <para>When an application attempts to open a device
-special file with major number 81 and minor number 0, 1, or 64, load
-"mydriver" (and the "videodev" module it depends upon).</para>
-	    </callout>
-	    <callout arearefs="options">
-	      <para>Register the first two video capture devices with
-minor number 0 and 1 (base number is 0), the first two radio device
-with minor number 64 and 65 (base 64).</para>
-	    </callout>
-	  </calloutlist>
-	</informalexample> When no minor number is given as module
-option the driver supplies a default. <xref linkend="devices" />
-recommends the base minor numbers to be used for the various device
-types. Obviously minor numbers must be unique. When the number is
-already in use the <emphasis>offending device</emphasis> will not be
-registered. <!-- Blessed by Linus Torvalds on
-linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org, 2002-11-20. --></para>
+	</informalexample> When no device node number is given as module
+option the driver supplies a default.</para>
 
-      <para>By convention system administrators create various
-character device special files with these major and minor numbers in
-the <filename>/dev</filename> directory. The names recommended for the
-different V4L2 device types are listed in <xref linkend="devices" />.
+      <para>Normally udev will create the device nodes in /dev automatically
+for you. If udev is not installed, then you need to enable the
+CONFIG_VIDEO_FIXED_MINOR_RANGES kernel option in order to be able to correctly
+relate a minor number to a device node number. I.e., you need to be certain
+that minor number 5 maps to device node name video5. With this kernel option
+different device types have different minor number ranges. These ranges are
+listed in <xref linkend="devices" />.
 </para>
 
       <para>The creation of character special files (with
@@ -110,85 +81,66 @@
 applications cannot <emphasis>reliable</emphasis> scan for loaded or
 installed drivers. The user must enter a device name, or the
 application can try the conventional device names.</para>
-
-      <para>Under the device filesystem (devfs) the minor number
-options are ignored. V4L2 drivers (or by proxy the "videodev" module)
-automatically create the required device files in the
-<filename>/dev/v4l</filename> directory using the conventional device
-names above.</para>
     </section>
 
     <section id="related">
       <title>Related Devices</title>
 
-      <para>Devices can support several related functions. For example
-video capturing, video overlay and VBI capturing are related because
-these functions share, amongst other, the same video input and tuner
-frequency. V4L and earlier versions of V4L2 used the same device name
-and minor number for video capturing and overlay, but different ones
-for VBI. Experience showed this approach has several problems<footnote>
-	  <para>Given a device file name one cannot reliable find
-related devices. For once names are arbitrary and in a system with
-multiple devices, where only some support VBI capturing, a
-<filename>/dev/video2</filename> is not necessarily related to
-<filename>/dev/vbi2</filename>. The V4L
-<constant>VIDIOCGUNIT</constant> ioctl would require a search for a
-device file with a particular major and minor number.</para>
-	</footnote>, and to make things worse the V4L videodev module
-used to prohibit multiple opens of a device.</para>
+      <para>Devices can support several functions. For example
+video capturing, VBI capturing and radio support.</para>
 
-      <para>As a remedy the present version of the V4L2 API relaxed the
-concept of device types with specific names and minor numbers. For
-compatibility with old applications drivers must still register different
-minor numbers to assign a default function to the device. But if related
-functions are supported by the driver they must be available under all
-registered minor numbers. The desired function can be selected after
-opening the device as described in <xref linkend="devices" />.</para>
+      <para>The V4L2 API creates different nodes for each of these functions.</para>
 
-      <para>Imagine a driver supporting video capturing, video
-overlay, raw VBI capturing, and FM radio reception. It registers three
-devices with minor number 0, 64 and 224 (this numbering scheme is
-inherited from the V4L API). Regardless if
-<filename>/dev/video</filename> (81, 0) or
-<filename>/dev/vbi</filename> (81, 224) is opened the application can
-select any one of the video capturing, overlay or VBI capturing
-functions. Without programming (e.&nbsp;g. reading from the device
-with <application>dd</application> or <application>cat</application>)
-<filename>/dev/video</filename> captures video images, while
-<filename>/dev/vbi</filename> captures raw VBI data.
-<filename>/dev/radio</filename> (81, 64) is invariable a radio device,
-unrelated to the video functions. Being unrelated does not imply the
-devices can be used at the same time, however. The &func-open;
-function may very well return an &EBUSY;.</para>
+      <para>The V4L2 API was designed with the idea that one device node could support
+all functions. However, in practice this never worked: this 'feature'
+was never used by applications and many drivers did not support it and if
+they did it was certainly never tested. In addition, switching a device
+node between different functions only works when using the streaming I/O
+API, not with the read()/write() API.</para>
+
+      <para>Today each device node supports just one function.</para>
 
       <para>Besides video input or output the hardware may also
 support audio sampling or playback. If so, these functions are
-implemented as OSS or ALSA PCM devices and eventually OSS or ALSA
-audio mixer. The V4L2 API makes no provisions yet to find these
-related devices. If you have an idea please write to the linux-media
-mailing list: &v4l-ml;.</para>
+implemented as ALSA PCM devices with optional ALSA audio mixer
+devices.</para>
+
+      <para>One problem with all these devices is that the V4L2 API
+makes no provisions to find these related devices. Some really
+complex devices use the Media Controller (see <xref linkend="media_controller" />)
+which can be used for this purpose. But most drivers do not use it,
+and while some code exists that uses sysfs to discover related devices
+(see libmedia_dev in the <ulink url="http://git.linuxtv.org/v4l-utils/">v4l-utils</ulink>
+git repository), there is no library yet that can provide a single API towards
+both Media Controller-based devices and devices that do not use the Media Controller.
+If you want to work on this please write to the linux-media mailing list: &v4l-ml;.</para>
     </section>
 
     <section>
       <title>Multiple Opens</title>
 
-      <para>In general, V4L2 devices can be opened more than once.
+      <para>V4L2 devices can be opened more than once.<footnote><para>
+There are still some old and obscure drivers that have not been updated to
+allow for multiple opens. This implies that for such drivers &func-open; can
+return an &EBUSY; when the device is already in use.</para></footnote>
 When this is supported by the driver, users can for example start a
 "panel" application to change controls like brightness or audio
 volume, while another application captures video and audio. In other words, panel
-applications are comparable to an OSS or ALSA audio mixer application.
-When a device supports multiple functions like capturing and overlay
-<emphasis>simultaneously</emphasis>, multiple opens allow concurrent
-use of the device by forked processes or specialized applications.</para>
+applications are comparable to an ALSA audio mixer application.
+Just opening a V4L2 device should not change the state of the device.<footnote>
+<para>Unfortunately, opening a radio device often switches the state of the
+device to radio mode in many drivers. This behavior should be fixed eventually
+as it violates the V4L2 specification.</para></footnote></para>
 
-      <para>Multiple opens are optional, although drivers should
-permit at least concurrent accesses without data exchange, &ie; panel
-applications. This implies &func-open; can return an &EBUSY; when the
-device is already in use, as well as &func-ioctl; functions initiating
-data exchange (namely the &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl), and the &func-read;
-and &func-write; functions.</para>
+      <para>Once an application has allocated the memory buffers needed for
+streaming data (by calling the &VIDIOC-REQBUFS; or &VIDIOC-CREATE-BUFS; ioctls,
+or implicitly by calling the &func-read; or &func-write; functions) that
+application (filehandle) becomes the owner of the device. It is no longer
+allowed to make changes that would affect the buffer sizes (e.g. by calling
+the &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl) and other applications are no longer allowed to allocate
+buffers or start or stop streaming. The &EBUSY; will be returned instead.</para>
 
-      <para>Mere opening a V4L2 device does not grant exclusive
+      <para>Merely opening a V4L2 device does not grant exclusive
 access.<footnote>
 	  <para>Drivers could recognize the
 <constant>O_EXCL</constant> open flag. Presently this is not required,
@@ -206,12 +158,7 @@
       <para>V4L2 drivers should not support multiple applications
 reading or writing the same data stream on a device by copying
 buffers, time multiplexing or similar means. This is better handled by
-a proxy application in user space. When the driver supports stream
-sharing anyway it must be implemented transparently. The V4L2 API does
-not specify how conflicts are solved. <!-- For example O_EXCL when the
-application does not want to be preempted, PROT_READ mmapped buffers
-which can be mapped twice, what happens when image formats do not
-match etc.--></para>
+a proxy application in user space.</para>
     </section>
 
     <section>
@@ -240,15 +187,15 @@
 
     <para>Starting with kernel version 3.1, VIDIOC-QUERYCAP will return the
 V4L2 API version used by the driver, with generally matches the Kernel version.
-There's no need of using &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; to check if an specific ioctl is
-supported, the V4L2 core now returns ENOIOCTLCMD if a driver doesn't provide
+There's no need of using &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; to check if a specific ioctl is
+supported, the V4L2 core now returns ENOTTY if a driver doesn't provide
 support for an ioctl.</para>
 
     <para>Other features can be queried
 by calling the respective ioctl, for example &VIDIOC-ENUMINPUT;
 to learn about the number, types and names of video connectors on the
 device. Although abstraction is a major objective of this API, the
-ioctl also allows driver specific applications to reliable identify
+&VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl also allows driver specific applications to reliably identify
 the driver.</para>
 
     <para>All V4L2 drivers must support
@@ -278,9 +225,7 @@
 the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl.</para>
 
     <para>Ioctls changing driver properties, such as &VIDIOC-S-INPUT;,
-return an &EBUSY; after another application obtained higher priority.
-An event mechanism to notify applications about asynchronous property
-changes has been proposed but not added yet.</para>
+return an &EBUSY; after another application obtained higher priority.</para>
   </section>
 
   <section id="video">
@@ -288,9 +233,9 @@
 
     <para>Video inputs and outputs are physical connectors of a
 device. These can be for example RF connectors (antenna/cable), CVBS
-a.k.a. Composite Video, S-Video or RGB connectors. Only video and VBI
-capture devices have inputs, output devices have outputs, at least one
-each. Radio devices have no video inputs or outputs.</para>
+a.k.a. Composite Video, S-Video or RGB connectors. Video and VBI
+capture devices have inputs. Video and VBI output devices have outputs,
+at least one each. Radio devices have no video inputs or outputs.</para>
 
     <para>To learn about the number and attributes of the
 available inputs and outputs applications can enumerate them with the
@@ -299,30 +244,13 @@
 ioctl also contains signal status information applicable when the
 current video input is queried.</para>
 
-    <para>The &VIDIOC-G-INPUT; and &VIDIOC-G-OUTPUT; ioctl return the
+    <para>The &VIDIOC-G-INPUT; and &VIDIOC-G-OUTPUT; ioctls return the
 index of the current video input or output. To select a different
 input or output applications call the &VIDIOC-S-INPUT; and
-&VIDIOC-S-OUTPUT; ioctl. Drivers must implement all the input ioctls
+&VIDIOC-S-OUTPUT; ioctls. Drivers must implement all the input ioctls
 when the device has one or more inputs, all the output ioctls when the
 device has one or more outputs.</para>
 
-    <!--
-    <figure id=io-tree>
-      <title>Input and output enumeration is the root of most device properties.</title>
-      <mediaobject>
-	<imageobject>
-	  <imagedata fileref="links.pdf" format="ps" />
-	</imageobject>
-	<imageobject>
-	  <imagedata fileref="links.gif" format="gif" />
-	</imageobject>
-	<textobject>
-	  <phrase>Links between various device property structures.</phrase>
-	</textobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </figure>
-    -->
-
     <example>
       <title>Information about the current video input</title>
 
@@ -330,20 +258,20 @@
 &v4l2-input; input;
 int index;
 
-if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-G-INPUT;, &amp;index)) {
-	perror ("VIDIOC_G_INPUT");
-	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+if (-1 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-G-INPUT;, &amp;index)) {
+	perror("VIDIOC_G_INPUT");
+	exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
 }
 
-memset (&amp;input, 0, sizeof (input));
+memset(&amp;input, 0, sizeof(input));
 input.index = index;
 
-if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-ENUMINPUT;, &amp;input)) {
-	perror ("VIDIOC_ENUMINPUT");
-	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+if (-1 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-ENUMINPUT;, &amp;input)) {
+	perror("VIDIOC_ENUMINPUT");
+	exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
 }
 
-printf ("Current input: %s\n", input.name);
+printf("Current input: %s\n", input.name);
       </programlisting>
     </example>
 
@@ -355,9 +283,9 @@
 
 index = 0;
 
-if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-S-INPUT;, &amp;index)) {
-	perror ("VIDIOC_S_INPUT");
-	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+if (-1 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-S-INPUT;, &amp;index)) {
+	perror("VIDIOC_S_INPUT");
+	exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
 }
       </programlisting>
     </example>
@@ -397,7 +325,7 @@
 also contains signal status information applicable when the current
 audio input is queried.</para>
 
-    <para>The &VIDIOC-G-AUDIO; and &VIDIOC-G-AUDOUT; ioctl report
+    <para>The &VIDIOC-G-AUDIO; and &VIDIOC-G-AUDOUT; ioctls report
 the current audio input and output, respectively. Note that, unlike
 &VIDIOC-G-INPUT; and &VIDIOC-G-OUTPUT; these ioctls return a structure
 as <constant>VIDIOC_ENUMAUDIO</constant> and
@@ -408,11 +336,11 @@
 output (which presently has no changeable properties) applications
 call the &VIDIOC-S-AUDOUT; ioctl.</para>
 
-    <para>Drivers must implement all input ioctls when the device
-has one or more inputs, all output ioctls when the device has one
-or more outputs. When the device has any audio inputs or outputs the
-driver must set the <constant>V4L2_CAP_AUDIO</constant> flag in the
-&v4l2-capability; returned by the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl.</para>
+    <para>Drivers must implement all audio input ioctls when the device
+has multiple selectable audio inputs, all audio output ioctls when the
+device has multiple selectable audio outputs. When the device has any
+audio inputs or outputs the driver must set the <constant>V4L2_CAP_AUDIO</constant>
+flag in the &v4l2-capability; returned by the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl.</para>
 
     <example>
       <title>Information about the current audio input</title>
@@ -420,14 +348,14 @@
       <programlisting>
 &v4l2-audio; audio;
 
-memset (&amp;audio, 0, sizeof (audio));
+memset(&amp;audio, 0, sizeof(audio));
 
-if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-G-AUDIO;, &amp;audio)) {
-	perror ("VIDIOC_G_AUDIO");
-	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+if (-1 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-G-AUDIO;, &amp;audio)) {
+	perror("VIDIOC_G_AUDIO");
+	exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
 }
 
-printf ("Current input: %s\n", audio.name);
+printf("Current input: %s\n", audio.name);
       </programlisting>
     </example>
 
@@ -437,13 +365,13 @@
       <programlisting>
 &v4l2-audio; audio;
 
-memset (&amp;audio, 0, sizeof (audio)); /* clear audio.mode, audio.reserved */
+memset(&amp;audio, 0, sizeof(audio)); /* clear audio.mode, audio.reserved */
 
 audio.index = 0;
 
-if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-S-AUDIO;, &amp;audio)) {
-	perror ("VIDIOC_S_AUDIO");
-	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+if (-1 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-S-AUDIO;, &amp;audio)) {
+	perror("VIDIOC_S_AUDIO");
+	exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
 }
       </programlisting>
     </example>
@@ -468,7 +396,7 @@
 video inputs.</para>
 
       <para>To query and change tuner properties applications use the
-&VIDIOC-G-TUNER; and &VIDIOC-S-TUNER; ioctl, respectively. The
+&VIDIOC-G-TUNER; and &VIDIOC-S-TUNER; ioctls, respectively. The
 &v4l2-tuner; returned by <constant>VIDIOC_G_TUNER</constant> also
 contains signal status information applicable when the tuner of the
 current video or radio input is queried. Note that
@@ -533,7 +461,7 @@
 support another set of standards. This set is reported by the
 <structfield>std</structfield> field of &v4l2-input; and
 &v4l2-output; returned by the &VIDIOC-ENUMINPUT; and
-&VIDIOC-ENUMOUTPUT; ioctl, respectively.</para>
+&VIDIOC-ENUMOUTPUT; ioctls, respectively.</para>
 
     <para>V4L2 defines one bit for each analog video standard
 currently in use worldwide, and sets aside bits for driver defined
@@ -564,28 +492,10 @@
     <para>To query and select the standard used by the current video
 input or output applications call the &VIDIOC-G-STD; and
 &VIDIOC-S-STD; ioctl, respectively. The <emphasis>received</emphasis>
-standard can be sensed with the &VIDIOC-QUERYSTD; ioctl. Note that the parameter of all these ioctls is a pointer to a &v4l2-std-id; type (a standard set), <emphasis>not</emphasis> an index into the standard enumeration.<footnote>
-	<para>An alternative to the current scheme is to use pointers
-to indices as arguments of <constant>VIDIOC_G_STD</constant> and
-<constant>VIDIOC_S_STD</constant>, the &v4l2-input; and
-&v4l2-output; <structfield>std</structfield> field would be a set of
-indices like <structfield>audioset</structfield>.</para>
-	<para>Indices are consistent with the rest of the API
-and identify the standard unambiguously. In the present scheme of
-things an enumerated standard is looked up by &v4l2-std-id;. Now the
-standards supported by the inputs of a device can overlap. Just
-assume the tuner and composite input in the example above both
-exist on a device. An enumeration of "PAL-B/G", "PAL-H/I" suggests
-a choice which does not exist. We cannot merge or omit sets, because
-applications would be unable to find the standards reported by
-<constant>VIDIOC_G_STD</constant>. That leaves separate enumerations
-for each input. Also selecting a standard by &v4l2-std-id; can be
-ambiguous. Advantage of this method is that applications need not
-identify the standard indirectly, after enumerating.</para><para>So in
-summary, the lookup itself is unavoidable. The difference is only
-whether the lookup is necessary to find an enumerated standard or to
-switch to a standard by &v4l2-std-id;.</para>
-      </footnote> Drivers must implement all video standard ioctls
+standard can be sensed with the &VIDIOC-QUERYSTD; ioctl. Note that the
+parameter of all these ioctls is a pointer to a &v4l2-std-id; type
+(a standard set), <emphasis>not</emphasis> an index into the standard
+enumeration. Drivers must implement all video standard ioctls
 when the device has one or more video inputs or outputs.</para>
 
     <para>Special rules apply to devices such as USB cameras where the notion of video
@@ -604,17 +514,10 @@
 <constant>VIDIOC_S_STD</constant>,
 <constant>VIDIOC_QUERYSTD</constant> and
 <constant>VIDIOC_ENUMSTD</constant> ioctls shall return the
-&ENOTTY;.<footnote>
-	<para>See <xref linkend="buffer" /> for a rationale.</para>
+&ENOTTY; or the &EINVAL;.</para>
 	<para>Applications can make use of the <xref linkend="input-capabilities" /> and
 <xref linkend="output-capabilities"/> flags to determine whether the video standard ioctls
-are available for the device.</para>
-
-	<para>See <xref linkend="buffer" /> for a rationale. Probably
-even USB cameras follow some well known video standard. It might have
-been better to explicitly indicate elsewhere if a device cannot live
-up to normal expectations, instead of this exception.</para>
-	    </footnote></para>
+can be used with the given input or output.</para>
 
     <example>
       <title>Information about the current video standard</title>
@@ -623,22 +526,22 @@
 &v4l2-std-id; std_id;
 &v4l2-standard; standard;
 
-if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-G-STD;, &amp;std_id)) {
+if (-1 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-G-STD;, &amp;std_id)) {
 	/* Note when VIDIOC_ENUMSTD always returns ENOTTY this
 	   is no video device or it falls under the USB exception,
 	   and VIDIOC_G_STD returning ENOTTY is no error. */
 
-	perror ("VIDIOC_G_STD");
-	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+	perror("VIDIOC_G_STD");
+	exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
 }
 
-memset (&amp;standard, 0, sizeof (standard));
+memset(&amp;standard, 0, sizeof(standard));
 standard.index = 0;
 
-while (0 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-ENUMSTD;, &amp;standard)) {
+while (0 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-ENUMSTD;, &amp;standard)) {
 	if (standard.id &amp; std_id) {
-	       printf ("Current video standard: %s\n", standard.name);
-	       exit (EXIT_SUCCESS);
+	       printf("Current video standard: %s\n", standard.name);
+	       exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
 	}
 
 	standard.index++;
@@ -648,8 +551,8 @@
    empty unless this device falls under the USB exception. */
 
 if (errno == EINVAL || standard.index == 0) {
-	perror ("VIDIOC_ENUMSTD");
-	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+	perror("VIDIOC_ENUMSTD");
+	exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
 }
       </programlisting>
     </example>
@@ -662,26 +565,26 @@
 &v4l2-input; input;
 &v4l2-standard; standard;
 
-memset (&amp;input, 0, sizeof (input));
+memset(&amp;input, 0, sizeof(input));
 
-if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-G-INPUT;, &amp;input.index)) {
-	perror ("VIDIOC_G_INPUT");
-	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+if (-1 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-G-INPUT;, &amp;input.index)) {
+	perror("VIDIOC_G_INPUT");
+	exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
 }
 
-if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-ENUMINPUT;, &amp;input)) {
-	perror ("VIDIOC_ENUM_INPUT");
-	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+if (-1 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-ENUMINPUT;, &amp;input)) {
+	perror("VIDIOC_ENUM_INPUT");
+	exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
 }
 
-printf ("Current input %s supports:\n", input.name);
+printf("Current input %s supports:\n", input.name);
 
-memset (&amp;standard, 0, sizeof (standard));
+memset(&amp;standard, 0, sizeof(standard));
 standard.index = 0;
 
-while (0 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-ENUMSTD;, &amp;standard)) {
+while (0 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-ENUMSTD;, &amp;standard)) {
 	if (standard.id &amp; input.std)
-		printf ("%s\n", standard.name);
+		printf("%s\n", standard.name);
 
 	standard.index++;
 }
@@ -690,8 +593,8 @@
    empty unless this device falls under the USB exception. */
 
 if (errno != EINVAL || standard.index == 0) {
-	perror ("VIDIOC_ENUMSTD");
-	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+	perror("VIDIOC_ENUMSTD");
+	exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
 }
       </programlisting>
     </example>
@@ -703,21 +606,21 @@
 &v4l2-input; input;
 &v4l2-std-id; std_id;
 
-memset (&amp;input, 0, sizeof (input));
+memset(&amp;input, 0, sizeof(input));
 
-if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-G-INPUT;, &amp;input.index)) {
-	perror ("VIDIOC_G_INPUT");
-	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+if (-1 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-G-INPUT;, &amp;input.index)) {
+	perror("VIDIOC_G_INPUT");
+	exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
 }
 
-if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-ENUMINPUT;, &amp;input)) {
-	perror ("VIDIOC_ENUM_INPUT");
-	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+if (-1 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-ENUMINPUT;, &amp;input)) {
+	perror("VIDIOC_ENUM_INPUT");
+	exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
 }
 
 if (0 == (input.std &amp; V4L2_STD_PAL_BG)) {
-	fprintf (stderr, "Oops. B/G PAL is not supported.\n");
-	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+	fprintf(stderr, "Oops. B/G PAL is not supported.\n");
+	exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
 }
 
 /* Note this is also supposed to work when only B
@@ -725,9 +628,9 @@
 
 std_id = V4L2_STD_PAL_BG;
 
-if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-S-STD;, &amp;std_id)) {
-	perror ("VIDIOC_S_STD");
-	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+if (-1 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-S-STD;, &amp;std_id)) {
+	perror("VIDIOC_S_STD");
+	exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
 }
       </programlisting>
     </example>
@@ -740,26 +643,25 @@
 such as High Definition TV interfaces (HDMI), VGA, DVI connectors etc., that carry
 video signals and there is a need to extend the API to select the video timings
 for these interfaces. Since it is not possible to extend the &v4l2-std-id; due to
-the limited bits available, a new set of IOCTLs was added to set/get video timings at
-the input and output: </para><itemizedlist>
-	<listitem>
-	<para>DV Timings: This will allow applications to define detailed
-video timings for the interface. This includes parameters such as width, height,
-polarities, frontporch, backporch etc. The <filename>linux/v4l2-dv-timings.h</filename>
+the limited bits available, a new set of ioctls was added to set/get video timings at
+the input and output.</para>
+
+	<para>These ioctls deal with the detailed digital video timings that define
+each video format. This includes parameters such as the active video width and height,
+signal polarities, frontporches, backporches, sync widths etc. The <filename>linux/v4l2-dv-timings.h</filename>
 header can be used to get the timings of the formats in the <xref linkend="cea861" /> and
 <xref linkend="vesadmt" /> standards.
 	</para>
-	</listitem>
-	</itemizedlist>
-	<para>To enumerate and query the attributes of the DV timings supported by a device,
+
+	<para>To enumerate and query the attributes of the DV timings supported by a device
 	applications use the &VIDIOC-ENUM-DV-TIMINGS; and &VIDIOC-DV-TIMINGS-CAP; ioctls.
-	To set DV timings for the device, applications use the
+	To set DV timings for the device applications use the
 &VIDIOC-S-DV-TIMINGS; ioctl and to get current DV timings they use the
 &VIDIOC-G-DV-TIMINGS; ioctl. To detect the DV timings as seen by the video receiver applications
 use the &VIDIOC-QUERY-DV-TIMINGS; ioctl.</para>
 	<para>Applications can make use of the <xref linkend="input-capabilities" /> and
-<xref linkend="output-capabilities"/> flags to decide what ioctls are available to set the
-video timings for the device.</para>
+<xref linkend="output-capabilities"/> flags to determine whether the digital video ioctls
+can be used with the given input or output.</para>
   </section>
 
   &sub-controls;
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml
index 86c6dd2..eee6f0f 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml
@@ -2535,6 +2535,16 @@
       </orderedlist>
     </section>
 
+    <section>
+      <title>V4L2 in Linux 3.15</title>
+      <orderedlist>
+        <listitem>
+	  <para>Added Software Defined Radio (SDR) Interface.
+	  </para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+
     <section id="other">
       <title>Relation of V4L2 to other Linux multimedia APIs</title>
 
@@ -2651,6 +2661,9 @@
         <listitem>
 	  <para>Exporting DMABUF files using &VIDIOC-EXPBUF; ioctl.</para>
         </listitem>
+        <listitem>
+	  <para>Software Defined Radio (SDR) Interface, <xref linkend="sdr" />.</para>
+        </listitem>
       </itemizedlist>
     </section>
 
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml
index a5a3188..47198ee 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml
@@ -2258,6 +2258,26 @@
 VBV buffer control.</entry>
 	      </row>
 
+		  <row><entry></entry></row>
+	      <row id="v4l2-mpeg-video-hor-search-range">
+		<entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MV_H_SEARCH_RANGE</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		<entry>integer</entry>
+	      </row>
+		<row><entry spanname="descr">Horizontal search range defines maximum horizontal search area in pixels
+to search and match for the present Macroblock (MB) in the reference picture. This V4L2 control macro is used to set
+horizontal search range for motion estimation module in video encoder.</entry>
+	      </row>
+
+		 <row><entry></entry></row>
+	      <row id="v4l2-mpeg-video-vert-search-range">
+		<entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MV_V_SEARCH_RANGE</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		<entry>integer</entry>
+	      </row>
+		<row><entry spanname="descr">Vertical search range defines maximum vertical search area in pixels
+to search and match for the present Macroblock (MB) in the reference picture. This V4L2 control macro is used to set
+vertical search range for motion estimation module in video encoder.</entry>
+	      </row>
+
 	      <row><entry></entry></row>
 	      <row>
 		<entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_CPB_SIZE</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
@@ -4370,6 +4390,24 @@
     		  <entry>The flash controller has detected a short or open
     		  circuit condition on the indicator LED.</entry>
     		</row>
+		<row>
+		  <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_FAULT_UNDER_VOLTAGE</constant></entry>
+		  <entry>Flash controller voltage to the flash LED
+		  has been below the minimum limit specific to the flash
+		  controller.</entry>
+		</row>
+		<row>
+		  <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_FAULT_INPUT_VOLTAGE</constant></entry>
+		  <entry>The input voltage of the flash controller is below
+		  the limit under which strobing the flash at full current
+		  will not be possible.The condition persists until this flag
+		  is no longer set.</entry>
+		</row>
+		<row>
+		  <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_FAULT_LED_OVER_TEMPERATURE</constant></entry>
+		  <entry>The temperature of the LED has exceeded its
+		  allowed upper limit.</entry>
+		</row>
     	      </tbody>
     	    </entrytbl>
     	  </row>
@@ -4971,4 +5009,142 @@
       </table>
 
       </section>
+
+    <section id="rf-tuner-controls">
+      <title>RF Tuner Control Reference</title>
+
+      <para>
+The RF Tuner (RF_TUNER) class includes controls for common features of devices
+having RF tuner.
+      </para>
+      <para>
+In this context, RF tuner is radio receiver circuit between antenna and
+demodulator. It receives radio frequency (RF) from the antenna and converts that
+received signal to lower intermediate frequency (IF) or baseband frequency (BB).
+Tuners that could do baseband output are often called Zero-IF tuners. Older
+tuners were typically simple PLL tuners inside a metal box, whilst newer ones
+are highly integrated chips without a metal box "silicon tuners". These controls
+are mostly applicable for new feature rich silicon tuners, just because older
+tuners does not have much adjustable features.
+      </para>
+      <para>
+For more information about RF tuners see
+<ulink url="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tuner_%28radio%29">Tuner (radio)</ulink>
+and
+<ulink url="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/RF_front_end">RF front end</ulink>
+from Wikipedia.
+      </para>
+
+      <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="rf-tuner-control-id">
+        <title>RF_TUNER Control IDs</title>
+
+        <tgroup cols="4">
+          <colspec colname="c1" colwidth="1*" />
+          <colspec colname="c2" colwidth="6*" />
+          <colspec colname="c3" colwidth="2*" />
+          <colspec colname="c4" colwidth="6*" />
+          <spanspec namest="c1" nameend="c2" spanname="id" />
+          <spanspec namest="c2" nameend="c4" spanname="descr" />
+          <thead>
+            <row>
+              <entry spanname="id" align="left">ID</entry>
+              <entry align="left">Type</entry>
+            </row>
+            <row rowsep="1">
+              <entry spanname="descr" align="left">Description</entry>
+            </row>
+          </thead>
+          <tbody valign="top">
+            <row><entry></entry></row>
+            <row>
+              <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_CLASS</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+              <entry>class</entry>
+            </row><row><entry spanname="descr">The RF_TUNER class
+descriptor. Calling &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL; for this control will return a
+description of this control class.</entry>
+            </row>
+            <row>
+              <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_BANDWIDTH_AUTO</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+              <entry>boolean</entry>
+            </row>
+            <row>
+              <entry spanname="descr">Enables/disables tuner radio channel
+bandwidth configuration. In automatic mode bandwidth configuration is performed
+by the driver.</entry>
+            </row>
+            <row>
+              <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_BANDWIDTH</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+              <entry>integer</entry>
+            </row>
+            <row>
+              <entry spanname="descr">Filter(s) on tuner signal path are used to
+filter signal according to receiving party needs. Driver configures filters to
+fulfill desired bandwidth requirement. Used when V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_BANDWIDTH_AUTO is not
+set. Unit is in Hz. The range and step are driver-specific.</entry>
+            </row>
+            <row>
+              <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_LNA_GAIN_AUTO</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+              <entry>boolean</entry>
+            </row>
+            <row>
+              <entry spanname="descr">Enables/disables LNA automatic gain control (AGC)</entry>
+            </row>
+            <row>
+              <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_MIXER_GAIN_AUTO</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+              <entry>boolean</entry>
+            </row>
+            <row>
+              <entry spanname="descr">Enables/disables mixer automatic gain control (AGC)</entry>
+            </row>
+            <row>
+              <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_IF_GAIN_AUTO</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+              <entry>boolean</entry>
+            </row>
+            <row>
+              <entry spanname="descr">Enables/disables IF automatic gain control (AGC)</entry>
+            </row>
+            <row>
+              <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_LNA_GAIN</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+              <entry>integer</entry>
+            </row>
+            <row>
+              <entry spanname="descr">LNA (low noise amplifier) gain is first
+gain stage on the RF tuner signal path. It is located very close to tuner
+antenna input. Used when <constant>V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_LNA_GAIN_AUTO</constant> is not set.
+The range and step are driver-specific.</entry>
+            </row>
+            <row>
+              <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_MIXER_GAIN</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+              <entry>integer</entry>
+            </row>
+            <row>
+              <entry spanname="descr">Mixer gain is second gain stage on the RF
+tuner signal path. It is located inside mixer block, where RF signal is
+down-converted by the mixer. Used when <constant>V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_MIXER_GAIN_AUTO</constant>
+is not set. The range and step are driver-specific.</entry>
+            </row>
+            <row>
+              <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_IF_GAIN</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+              <entry>integer</entry>
+            </row>
+            <row>
+              <entry spanname="descr">IF gain is last gain stage on the RF tuner
+signal path. It is located on output of RF tuner. It controls signal level of
+intermediate frequency output or baseband output. Used when
+<constant>V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_IF_GAIN_AUTO</constant> is not set. The range and step are
+driver-specific.</entry>
+            </row>
+            <row>
+              <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_PLL_LOCK</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+              <entry>boolean</entry>
+            </row>
+            <row>
+              <entry spanname="descr">Is synthesizer PLL locked? RF tuner is
+receiving given frequency when that control is set. This is a read-only control.
+</entry>
+            </row>
+          </tbody>
+        </tgroup>
+      </table>
+    </section>
 </section>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-osd.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-osd.xml
index dd91d61..5485332 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-osd.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-osd.xml
@@ -56,18 +56,18 @@
 unsigned int i;
 int fb_fd;
 
-if (-1 == ioctl (fd, VIDIOC_G_FBUF, &amp;fbuf)) {
-	perror ("VIDIOC_G_FBUF");
-	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+if (-1 == ioctl(fd, VIDIOC_G_FBUF, &amp;fbuf)) {
+	perror("VIDIOC_G_FBUF");
+	exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
 }
 
-for (i = 0; i &gt; 30; ++i) {
+for (i = 0; i &lt; 30; i++) {
 	char dev_name[16];
 	struct fb_fix_screeninfo si;
 
-	snprintf (dev_name, sizeof (dev_name), "/dev/fb%u", i);
+	snprintf(dev_name, sizeof(dev_name), "/dev/fb%u", i);
 
-	fb_fd = open (dev_name, O_RDWR);
+	fb_fd = open(dev_name, O_RDWR);
 	if (-1 == fb_fd) {
 		switch (errno) {
 		case ENOENT: /* no such file */
@@ -75,19 +75,19 @@
 			continue;
 
 		default:
-			perror ("open");
-			exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+			perror("open");
+			exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
 		}
 	}
 
-	if (0 == ioctl (fb_fd, FBIOGET_FSCREENINFO, &amp;si)) {
-		if (si.smem_start == (unsigned long) fbuf.base)
+	if (0 == ioctl(fb_fd, FBIOGET_FSCREENINFO, &amp;si)) {
+		if (si.smem_start == (unsigned long)fbuf.base)
 			break;
 	} else {
 		/* Apparently not a framebuffer device. */
 	}
 
-	close (fb_fd);
+	close(fb_fd);
 	fb_fd = -1;
 }
 
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sdr.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sdr.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc14804
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sdr.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+  <title>Software Defined Radio Interface (SDR)</title>
+
+  <note>
+    <title>Experimental</title>
+    <para>This is an <link linkend="experimental"> experimental </link>
+    interface and may change in the future.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <para>
+SDR is an abbreviation of Software Defined Radio, the radio device
+which uses application software for modulation or demodulation. This interface
+is intended for controlling and data streaming of such devices.
+  </para>
+
+  <para>
+SDR devices are accessed through character device special files named
+<filename>/dev/swradio0</filename> to <filename>/dev/swradio255</filename>
+with major number 81 and dynamically allocated minor numbers 0 to 255.
+  </para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Querying Capabilities</title>
+
+    <para>
+Devices supporting the SDR receiver interface set the
+<constant>V4L2_CAP_SDR_CAPTURE</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_CAP_TUNER</constant> flag in the
+<structfield>capabilities</structfield> field of &v4l2-capability;
+returned by the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl. That flag means the device has an
+Analog to Digital Converter (ADC), which is a mandatory element for the SDR receiver.
+At least one of the read/write, streaming or asynchronous I/O methods must
+be supported.
+    </para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Supplemental Functions</title>
+
+    <para>
+SDR devices can support <link linkend="control">controls</link>, and must
+support the <link linkend="tuner">tuner</link> ioctls. Tuner ioctls are used
+for setting the ADC sampling rate (sampling frequency) and the possible RF tuner
+frequency.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>
+The <constant>V4L2_TUNER_ADC</constant> tuner type is used for ADC tuners, and
+the <constant>V4L2_TUNER_RF</constant> tuner type is used for RF tuners. The
+tuner index of the RF tuner (if any) must always follow the ADC tuner index.
+Normally the ADC tuner is #0 and the RF tuner is #1.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>
+The &VIDIOC-S-HW-FREQ-SEEK; ioctl is not supported.
+    </para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Data Format Negotiation</title>
+
+    <para>
+The SDR capture device uses the <link linkend="format">format</link> ioctls to
+select the capture format. Both the sampling resolution and the data streaming
+format are bound to that selectable format. In addition to the basic
+<link linkend="format">format</link> ioctls, the &VIDIOC-ENUM-FMT; ioctl
+must be supported as well.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>
+To use the <link linkend="format">format</link> ioctls applications set the
+<structfield>type</structfield> field of a &v4l2-format; to
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SDR_CAPTURE</constant> and use the &v4l2-sdr-format;
+<structfield>sdr</structfield> member of the <structfield>fmt</structfield>
+union as needed per the desired operation.
+Currently only the <structfield>pixelformat</structfield> field of
+&v4l2-sdr-format; is used. The content of that field is the V4L2 fourcc code
+of the data format.
+    </para>
+
+    <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-sdr-format">
+      <title>struct <structname>v4l2_sdr_format</structname></title>
+      <tgroup cols="3">
+        &cs-str;
+        <tbody valign="top">
+          <row>
+            <entry>__u32</entry>
+            <entry><structfield>pixelformat</structfield></entry>
+            <entry>
+The data format or type of compression, set by the application. This is a
+little endian <link linkend="v4l2-fourcc">four character code</link>.
+V4L2 defines SDR formats in <xref linkend="sdr-formats" />.
+           </entry>
+          </row>
+          <row>
+            <entry>__u8</entry>
+            <entry><structfield>reserved[28]</structfield></entry>
+            <entry>This array is reserved for future extensions.
+Drivers and applications must set it to zero.</entry>
+          </row>
+        </tbody>
+      </tgroup>
+    </table>
+
+    <para>
+An SDR device may support <link linkend="rw">read/write</link>
+and/or streaming (<link linkend="mmap">memory mapping</link>
+or <link linkend="userp">user pointer</link>) I/O.
+    </para>
+
+  </section>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml
index 2c4c068..97a69bf 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml
@@ -339,8 +339,8 @@
 queues as a side effect. Since there is no notion of doing anything
 "now" on a multitasking system, if an application needs to synchronize
 with another event it should examine the &v4l2-buffer;
-<structfield>timestamp</structfield> of captured buffers, or set the
-field before enqueuing buffers for output.</para>
+<structfield>timestamp</structfield> of captured or outputted buffers.
+</para>
 
     <para>Drivers implementing memory mapping I/O must
 support the <constant>VIDIOC_REQBUFS</constant>,
@@ -457,7 +457,7 @@
 notion of doing anything "now" on a multitasking system, if an
 application needs to synchronize with another event it should examine
 the &v4l2-buffer; <structfield>timestamp</structfield> of captured
-buffers, or set the field before enqueuing buffers for output.</para>
+or outputted buffers.</para>
 
     <para>Drivers implementing user pointer I/O must
 support the <constant>VIDIOC_REQBUFS</constant>,
@@ -620,8 +620,7 @@
 unlocks all buffers as a side effect. Since there is no notion of doing
 anything "now" on a multitasking system, if an application needs to synchronize
 with another event it should examine the &v4l2-buffer;
-<structfield>timestamp</structfield> of captured buffers, or set the field
-before enqueuing buffers for output.</para>
+<structfield>timestamp</structfield> of captured or outputted buffers.</para>
 
     <para>Drivers implementing DMABUF importing I/O must support the
 <constant>VIDIOC_REQBUFS</constant>, <constant>VIDIOC_QBUF</constant>,
@@ -654,38 +653,19 @@
 In that case, struct <structname>v4l2_buffer</structname> contains an array of
 plane structures.</para>
 
-      <para>Nominally timestamps refer to the first data byte transmitted.
-In practice however the wide range of hardware covered by the V4L2 API
-limits timestamp accuracy. Often an interrupt routine will
-sample the system clock shortly after the field or frame was stored
-completely in memory. So applications must expect a constant
-difference up to one field or frame period plus a small (few scan
-lines) random error. The delay and error can be much
-larger due to compression or transmission over an external bus when
-the frames are not properly stamped by the sender. This is frequently
-the case with USB cameras. Here timestamps refer to the instant the
-field or frame was received by the driver, not the capture time. These
-devices identify by not enumerating any video standards, see <xref
-linkend="standard" />.</para>
-
-      <para>Similar limitations apply to output timestamps. Typically
-the video hardware locks to a clock controlling the video timing, the
-horizontal and vertical synchronization pulses. At some point in the
-line sequence, possibly the vertical blanking, an interrupt routine
-samples the system clock, compares against the timestamp and programs
-the hardware to repeat the previous field or frame, or to display the
-buffer contents.</para>
-
-      <para>Apart of limitations of the video device and natural
-inaccuracies of all clocks, it should be noted system time itself is
-not perfectly stable. It can be affected by power saving cycles,
-warped to insert leap seconds, or even turned back or forth by the
-system administrator affecting long term measurements. <footnote>
-	  <para>Since no other Linux multimedia
-API supports unadjusted time it would be foolish to introduce here. We
-must use a universally supported clock to synchronize different media,
-hence time of day.</para>
-	</footnote></para>
+    <para>Dequeued video buffers come with timestamps. The driver
+    decides at which part of the frame and with which clock the
+    timestamp is taken. Please see flags in the masks
+    <constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMESTAMP_MASK</constant> and
+    <constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TSTAMP_SRC_MASK</constant> in <xref
+    linkend="buffer-flags" />. These flags are always valid and constant
+    across all buffers during the whole video stream. Changes in these
+    flags may take place as a side effect of &VIDIOC-S-INPUT; or
+    &VIDIOC-S-OUTPUT; however. The
+    <constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMESTAMP_COPY</constant> timestamp type
+    which is used by e.g. on mem-to-mem devices is an exception to the
+    rule: the timestamp source flags are copied from the OUTPUT video
+    buffer to the CAPTURE video buffer.</para>
 
     <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="v4l2-buffer">
       <title>struct <structname>v4l2_buffer</structname></title>
@@ -696,10 +676,11 @@
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
 	    <entry><structfield>index</structfield></entry>
 	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>Number of the buffer, set by the application. This
-field is only used for <link linkend="mmap">memory mapping</link> I/O
-and can range from zero to the number of buffers allocated
-with the &VIDIOC-REQBUFS; ioctl (&v4l2-requestbuffers; <structfield>count</structfield>) minus one.</entry>
+	    <entry>Number of the buffer, set by the application except
+when calling &VIDIOC-DQBUF;, then it is set by the driver.
+This field can range from zero to the number of buffers allocated
+with the &VIDIOC-REQBUFS; ioctl (&v4l2-requestbuffers; <structfield>count</structfield>),
+plus any buffers allocated with &VIDIOC-CREATE-BUFS; minus one.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
@@ -718,7 +699,7 @@
 buffer. It depends on the negotiated data format and may change with
 each buffer for compressed variable size data like JPEG images.
 Drivers must set this field when <structfield>type</structfield>
-refers to an input stream, applications when an output stream.</entry>
+refers to an input stream, applications when it refers to an output stream.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
@@ -735,7 +716,7 @@
 buffer, see <xref linkend="v4l2-field" />. This field is not used when
 the buffer contains VBI data. Drivers must set it when
 <structfield>type</structfield> refers to an input stream,
-applications when an output stream.</entry>
+applications when it refers to an output stream.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>struct timeval</entry>
@@ -745,15 +726,13 @@
 	    byte was captured, as returned by the
 	    <function>clock_gettime()</function> function for the relevant
 	    clock id; see <constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMESTAMP_*</constant> in
-	    <xref linkend="buffer-flags" />. For output streams the data
-	    will not be displayed before this time, secondary to the nominal
-	    frame rate determined by the current video standard in enqueued
-	    order. Applications can for example zero this field to display
-	    frames as soon as possible. The driver stores the time at which
-	    the first data byte was actually sent out in the
-	    <structfield>timestamp</structfield> field. This permits
+	    <xref linkend="buffer-flags" />. For output streams the driver
+	    stores the time at which the last data byte was actually sent out
+	    in the  <structfield>timestamp</structfield> field. This permits
 	    applications to monitor the drift between the video and system
-	    clock.</para></entry>
+	    clock. For output streams that use <constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMESTAMP_COPY</constant>
+	    the application has to fill in the timestamp which will be copied
+	    by the driver to the capture stream.</para></entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>&v4l2-timecode;</entry>
@@ -846,7 +825,8 @@
 	    <entry><structfield>length</structfield></entry>
 	    <entry></entry>
 	    <entry>Size of the buffer (not the payload) in bytes for the
-	    single-planar API. For the multi-planar API the application sets
+	    single-planar API. This is set by the driver based on the calls to
+	    &VIDIOC-REQBUFS; and/or &VIDIOC-CREATE-BUFS;. For the multi-planar API the application sets
 	    this to the number of elements in the <structfield>planes</structfield>
 	    array. The driver will fill in the actual number of valid elements in
 	    that array.
@@ -880,13 +860,15 @@
 	    <entry><structfield>bytesused</structfield></entry>
 	    <entry></entry>
 	    <entry>The number of bytes occupied by data in the plane
-	    (its payload).</entry>
+	      (its payload). Drivers must set this field when <structfield>type</structfield>
+	      refers to an input stream, applications when it refers to an output stream.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
 	    <entry><structfield>length</structfield></entry>
 	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>Size in bytes of the plane (not its payload).</entry>
+	    <entry>Size in bytes of the plane (not its payload). This is set by the driver
+	    based on the calls to &VIDIOC-REQBUFS; and/or &VIDIOC-CREATE-BUFS;.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>union</entry>
@@ -925,7 +907,9 @@
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
 	    <entry><structfield>data_offset</structfield></entry>
 	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>Offset in bytes to video data in the plane, if applicable.
+	    <entry>Offset in bytes to video data in the plane.
+	      Drivers must set this field when <structfield>type</structfield>
+	      refers to an input stream, applications when it refers to an output stream.
 	    </entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
@@ -1005,6 +989,12 @@
 	    <entry>Buffer for video output overlay (OSD), see <xref
 		linkend="osd" />.</entry>
 	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SDR_CAPTURE</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>11</entry>
+	    <entry>Buffer for Software Defined Radio (SDR), see <xref
+		linkend="sdr" />.</entry>
+	  </row>
 	</tbody>
       </tgroup>
     </table>
@@ -1016,7 +1006,7 @@
 	<tbody valign="top">
 	  <row>
 	    <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_MAPPED</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>0x0001</entry>
+	    <entry>0x00000001</entry>
 	    <entry>The buffer resides in device memory and has been mapped
 into the application's address space, see <xref linkend="mmap" /> for details.
 Drivers set or clear this flag when the
@@ -1026,7 +1016,7 @@
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_QUEUED</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>0x0002</entry>
+	    <entry>0x00000002</entry>
 	  <entry>Internally drivers maintain two buffer queues, an
 incoming and outgoing queue. When this flag is set, the buffer is
 currently on the incoming queue. It automatically moves to the
@@ -1039,7 +1029,7 @@
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_DONE</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>0x0004</entry>
+	    <entry>0x00000004</entry>
 	    <entry>When this flag is set, the buffer is currently on
 the outgoing queue, ready to be dequeued from the driver. Drivers set
 or clear this flag when the <constant>VIDIOC_QUERYBUF</constant> ioctl
@@ -1049,11 +1039,11 @@
 <constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_QUEUED</constant> and
 <constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_DONE</constant> flag are mutually exclusive.
 They can be both cleared however, then the buffer is in "dequeued"
-state, in the application domain to say so.</entry>
+state, in the application domain so to say.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_ERROR</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>0x0040</entry>
+	    <entry>0x00000040</entry>
 	    <entry>When this flag is set, the buffer has been dequeued
 	    successfully, although the data might have been corrupted.
 	    This is recoverable, streaming may continue as normal and
@@ -1063,35 +1053,43 @@
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_KEYFRAME</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>0x0008</entry>
+	    <entry>0x00000008</entry>
 	  <entry>Drivers set or clear this flag when calling the
 <constant>VIDIOC_DQBUF</constant> ioctl. It may be set by video
 capture devices when the buffer contains a compressed image which is a
-key frame (or field), &ie; can be decompressed on its own.</entry>
+key frame (or field), &ie; can be decompressed on its own. Also know as
+an I-frame.  Applications can set this bit when <structfield>type</structfield>
+refers to an output stream.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_PFRAME</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>0x0010</entry>
+	    <entry>0x00000010</entry>
 	    <entry>Similar to <constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_KEYFRAME</constant>
 this flags predicted frames or fields which contain only differences to a
-previous key frame.</entry>
+previous key frame. Applications can set this bit when <structfield>type</structfield>
+refers to an output stream.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_BFRAME</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>0x0020</entry>
-	    <entry>Similar to <constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_PFRAME</constant>
-	this is a bidirectional predicted frame or field. [ooc tbd]</entry>
+	    <entry>0x00000020</entry>
+	    <entry>Similar to <constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_KEYFRAME</constant>
+this flags a bi-directional predicted frame or field which contains only
+the differences between the current frame and both the preceding and following
+key frames to specify its content. Applications can set this bit when
+<structfield>type</structfield> refers to an output stream.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMECODE</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>0x0100</entry>
+	    <entry>0x00000100</entry>
 	    <entry>The <structfield>timecode</structfield> field is valid.
 Drivers set or clear this flag when the <constant>VIDIOC_DQBUF</constant>
-ioctl is called.</entry>
+ioctl is called.  Applications can set this bit and the corresponding
+<structfield>timecode</structfield> structure when <structfield>type</structfield>
+refers to an output stream.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_PREPARED</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>0x0400</entry>
+	    <entry>0x00000400</entry>
 	    <entry>The buffer has been prepared for I/O and can be queued by the
 application. Drivers set or clear this flag when the
 <link linkend="vidioc-querybuf">VIDIOC_QUERYBUF</link>, <link
@@ -1101,7 +1099,7 @@
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_NO_CACHE_INVALIDATE</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>0x0800</entry>
+	    <entry>0x00000800</entry>
 	    <entry>Caches do not have to be invalidated for this buffer.
 Typically applications shall use this flag if the data captured in the buffer
 is not going to be touched by the CPU, instead the buffer will, probably, be
@@ -1110,7 +1108,7 @@
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_NO_CACHE_CLEAN</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>0x1000</entry>
+	    <entry>0x00001000</entry>
 	    <entry>Caches do not have to be cleaned for this buffer.
 Typically applications shall use this flag for output buffers if the data
 in this buffer has not been created by the CPU but by some DMA-capable unit,
@@ -1118,7 +1116,7 @@
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMESTAMP_MASK</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>0xe000</entry>
+	    <entry>0x0000e000</entry>
 	    <entry>Mask for timestamp types below. To test the
 	    timestamp type, mask out bits not belonging to timestamp
 	    type by performing a logical and operation with buffer
@@ -1126,7 +1124,7 @@
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMESTAMP_UNKNOWN</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>0x0000</entry>
+	    <entry>0x00000000</entry>
 	    <entry>Unknown timestamp type. This type is used by
 	    drivers before Linux 3.9 and may be either monotonic (see
 	    below) or realtime (wall clock). Monotonic clock has been
@@ -1139,7 +1137,7 @@
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMESTAMP_MONOTONIC</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>0x2000</entry>
+	    <entry>0x00002000</entry>
 	    <entry>The buffer timestamp has been taken from the
 	    <constant>CLOCK_MONOTONIC</constant> clock. To access the
 	    same clock outside V4L2, use
@@ -1147,10 +1145,42 @@
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMESTAMP_COPY</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>0x4000</entry>
+	    <entry>0x00004000</entry>
 	    <entry>The CAPTURE buffer timestamp has been taken from the
 	    corresponding OUTPUT buffer. This flag applies only to mem2mem devices.</entry>
 	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TSTAMP_SRC_MASK</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>0x00070000</entry>
+	    <entry>Mask for timestamp sources below. The timestamp source
+	    defines the point of time the timestamp is taken in relation to
+	    the frame. Logical 'and' operation between the
+	    <structfield>flags</structfield> field and
+	    <constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TSTAMP_SRC_MASK</constant> produces the
+	    value of the timestamp source. Applications must set the timestamp
+	    source when <structfield>type</structfield> refers to an output stream
+	    and <constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMESTAMP_COPY</constant> is set.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TSTAMP_SRC_EOF</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>0x00000000</entry>
+	    <entry>End Of Frame. The buffer timestamp has been taken
+	    when the last pixel of the frame has been received or the
+	    last pixel of the frame has been transmitted. In practice,
+	    software generated timestamps will typically be read from
+	    the clock a small amount of time after the last pixel has
+	    been received or transmitten, depending on the system and
+	    other activity in it.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TSTAMP_SRC_SOE</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>0x00010000</entry>
+	    <entry>Start Of Exposure. The buffer timestamp has been
+	    taken when the exposure of the frame has begun. This is
+	    only valid for the
+	    <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant> buffer
+	    type.</entry>
+	  </row>
 	</tbody>
       </tgroup>
     </table>
@@ -1440,10 +1470,9 @@
 <constant>V4L2_FIELD_BOTTOM</constant>. Any two successive fields pair
 to build a frame. If fields are successive, without any dropped fields
 between them (fields can drop individually), can be determined from
-the &v4l2-buffer; <structfield>sequence</structfield> field. Image
-sizes refer to the frame, not fields. This format cannot be selected
-when using the read/write I/O method.<!-- Where it's indistinguishable
-from V4L2_FIELD_SEQ_*. --></entry>
+the &v4l2-buffer; <structfield>sequence</structfield> field. This format
+cannot be selected when using the read/write I/O method since there
+is no way to communicate if a field was a top or bottom field.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry><constant>V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED_TB</constant></entry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv16m.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv16m.xml
index c51d5a4..fb2b5e3 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv16m.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv16m.xml
@@ -12,18 +12,17 @@
       <refsect1>
 	<title>Description</title>
 
-	<para>This is a multi-planar, two-plane version of the YUV 4:2:0 format.
+	<para>This is a multi-planar, two-plane version of the YUV 4:2:2 format.
 The three components are separated into two sub-images or planes.
 <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV16M</constant> differs from <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV16
 </constant> in that the two planes are non-contiguous in memory, i.e. the chroma
-plane does not necessarily immediately follows the luma plane.
+plane does not necessarily immediately follow the luma plane.
 The luminance data occupies the first plane. The Y plane has one byte per pixel.
 In the second plane there is chrominance data with alternating chroma samples.
 The CbCr plane is the same width and height, in bytes, as the Y plane.
-Each CbCr pair belongs to four pixels. For example,
+Each CbCr pair belongs to two pixels. For example,
 Cb<subscript>0</subscript>/Cr<subscript>0</subscript> belongs to
-Y'<subscript>00</subscript>, Y'<subscript>01</subscript>,
-Y'<subscript>10</subscript>, Y'<subscript>11</subscript>.
+Y'<subscript>00</subscript>, Y'<subscript>01</subscript>.
 <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV61M</constant> is the same as <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV16M</constant>
 except the Cb and Cr bytes are swapped, the CrCb plane starts with a Cr byte.</para>
 
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-packed-rgb.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-packed-rgb.xml
index 166c8d6..e1c4f8b 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-packed-rgb.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-packed-rgb.xml
@@ -121,14 +121,14 @@
 	    <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB332</constant></entry>
 	    <entry>'RGB1'</entry>
 	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
 	    <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
 	    <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
 	    <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB444">
 	    <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB444</constant></entry>
@@ -159,18 +159,18 @@
 	    <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
 	    <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
 	    <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>a</entry>
 	    <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
 	    <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
 	    <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
 	    <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
 	    <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry></entry>
+	    <entry>a</entry>
+	    <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
 	    <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
 	    <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
 	  </row>
@@ -181,17 +181,17 @@
 	    <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
 	    <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
 	    <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
 	    <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
 	    <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
 	    <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
 	    <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
 	    <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry></entry>
+	    <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
 	    <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
 	    <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
 	    <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
@@ -201,32 +201,32 @@
 	    <entry>'RGBQ'</entry>
 	    <entry></entry>
 	    <entry>a</entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
 	    <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
 	    <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
 	    <entry></entry>
 	    <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
 	    <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
 	    <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB565X">
-	    <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB565X</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>'RGBR'</entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
 	    <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
 	    <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
 	    <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
 	    <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
 	    <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB565X">
+	    <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB565X</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>'RGBR'</entry>
+	    <entry></entry>
+	    <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
 	    <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
 	    <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
 	    <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
@@ -234,11 +234,11 @@
 	    <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
 	    <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
 	    <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-BGR666">
 	    <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR666</constant></entry>
@@ -385,6 +385,15 @@
 	    <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB32</constant></entry>
 	    <entry>'RGB4'</entry>
 	    <entry></entry>
+	    <entry>a<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>a<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>a<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>a<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>a<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>a<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>a<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>a<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry></entry>
 	    <entry>r<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
 	    <entry>r<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
 	    <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
@@ -411,25 +420,16 @@
 	    <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
 	    <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
 	    <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>a<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>a<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>a<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>a<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>a<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>a<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>a<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>a<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
 	  </row>
 	</tbody>
       </tgroup>
     </table>
 
-    <para>Bit 7 is the most significant bit. The value of a = alpha
+    <para>Bit 7 is the most significant bit. The value of the a = alpha
 bits is undefined when reading from the driver, ignored when writing
 to the driver, except when alpha blending has been negotiated for a
 <link linkend="overlay">Video Overlay</link> or <link linkend="osd">
-Video Output Overlay</link> or when alpha component has been configured
+Video Output Overlay</link> or when the alpha component has been configured
 for a <link linkend="capture">Video Capture</link> by means of <link
 linkend="v4l2-alpha-component"> <constant>V4L2_CID_ALPHA_COMPONENT
 </constant> </link> control.</para>
@@ -512,421 +512,6 @@
       </formalpara>
     </example>
 
-    <important>
-      <para>Drivers may interpret these formats differently.</para>
-    </important>
-
-    <para>Some RGB formats above are uncommon and were probably
-defined in error. Drivers may interpret them as in <xref
-	linkend="rgb-formats-corrected" />.</para>
-
-    <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="rgb-formats-corrected">
-      <title>Packed RGB Image Formats (corrected)</title>
-      <tgroup cols="37" align="center">
-	<colspec colname="id" align="left" />
-	<colspec colname="fourcc" />
-	<colspec colname="bit" />
-
-	<colspec colnum="4" colname="b07" align="center" />
-	<colspec colnum="5" colname="b06" align="center" />
-	<colspec colnum="6" colname="b05" align="center" />
-	<colspec colnum="7" colname="b04" align="center" />
-	<colspec colnum="8" colname="b03" align="center" />
-	<colspec colnum="9" colname="b02" align="center" />
-	<colspec colnum="10" colname="b01" align="center" />
-	<colspec colnum="11" colname="b00" align="center" />
-
-	<colspec colnum="13" colname="b17" align="center" />
-	<colspec colnum="14" colname="b16" align="center" />
-	<colspec colnum="15" colname="b15" align="center" />
-	<colspec colnum="16" colname="b14" align="center" />
-	<colspec colnum="17" colname="b13" align="center" />
-	<colspec colnum="18" colname="b12" align="center" />
-	<colspec colnum="19" colname="b11" align="center" />
-	<colspec colnum="20" colname="b10" align="center" />
-
-	<colspec colnum="22" colname="b27" align="center" />
-	<colspec colnum="23" colname="b26" align="center" />
-	<colspec colnum="24" colname="b25" align="center" />
-	<colspec colnum="25" colname="b24" align="center" />
-	<colspec colnum="26" colname="b23" align="center" />
-	<colspec colnum="27" colname="b22" align="center" />
-	<colspec colnum="28" colname="b21" align="center" />
-	<colspec colnum="29" colname="b20" align="center" />
-
-	<colspec colnum="31" colname="b37" align="center" />
-	<colspec colnum="32" colname="b36" align="center" />
-	<colspec colnum="33" colname="b35" align="center" />
-	<colspec colnum="34" colname="b34" align="center" />
-	<colspec colnum="35" colname="b33" align="center" />
-	<colspec colnum="36" colname="b32" align="center" />
-	<colspec colnum="37" colname="b31" align="center" />
-	<colspec colnum="38" colname="b30" align="center" />
-
-	<spanspec namest="b07" nameend="b00" spanname="b0" />
-	<spanspec namest="b17" nameend="b10" spanname="b1" />
-	<spanspec namest="b27" nameend="b20" spanname="b2" />
-	<spanspec namest="b37" nameend="b30" spanname="b3" />
-	<thead>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry>Identifier</entry>
-	    <entry>Code</entry>
-	    <entry>&nbsp;</entry>
-	    <entry spanname="b0">Byte&nbsp;0 in memory</entry>
-	    <entry spanname="b1">Byte&nbsp;1</entry>
-	    <entry spanname="b2">Byte&nbsp;2</entry>
-	    <entry spanname="b3">Byte&nbsp;3</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry>&nbsp;</entry>
-	    <entry>&nbsp;</entry>
-	    <entry>Bit</entry>
-	    <entry>7</entry>
-	    <entry>6</entry>
-	    <entry>5</entry>
-	    <entry>4</entry>
-	    <entry>3</entry>
-	    <entry>2</entry>
-	    <entry>1</entry>
-	    <entry>0</entry>
-	    <entry>&nbsp;</entry>
-	    <entry>7</entry>
-	    <entry>6</entry>
-	    <entry>5</entry>
-	    <entry>4</entry>
-	    <entry>3</entry>
-	    <entry>2</entry>
-	    <entry>1</entry>
-	    <entry>0</entry>
-	    <entry>&nbsp;</entry>
-	    <entry>7</entry>
-	    <entry>6</entry>
-	    <entry>5</entry>
-	    <entry>4</entry>
-	    <entry>3</entry>
-	    <entry>2</entry>
-	    <entry>1</entry>
-	    <entry>0</entry>
-	    <entry>&nbsp;</entry>
-	    <entry>7</entry>
-	    <entry>6</entry>
-	    <entry>5</entry>
-	    <entry>4</entry>
-	    <entry>3</entry>
-	    <entry>2</entry>
-	    <entry>1</entry>
-	    <entry>0</entry>
-	  </row>
-	</thead>
-	<tbody valign="top">
-	  <row><!-- id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB332" -->
-	    <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB332</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>'RGB1'</entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row><!-- id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB444" -->
-	    <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB444</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>'R444'</entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>a<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>a<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>a<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>a<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row><!-- id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB555" -->
-	    <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB555</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>'RGBO'</entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>a</entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row><!-- id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB565" -->
-	    <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB565</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>'RGBP'</entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row><!-- id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB555X" -->
-	    <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB555X</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>'RGBQ'</entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>a</entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row><!-- id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB565X" -->
-	    <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB565X</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>'RGBR'</entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row><!-- id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-BGR666" -->
-	    <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR666</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>'BGRH'</entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row><!-- id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-BGR24" -->
-	    <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR24</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>'BGR3'</entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row><!-- id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB24" -->
-	    <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB24</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>'RGB3'</entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row><!-- id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-BGR32" -->
-	    <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR32</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>'BGR4'</entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>a<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>a<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>a<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>a<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>a<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>a<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>a<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>a<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row><!-- id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB32" -->
-	    <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB32</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>'RGB4'</entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>a<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>a<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>a<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>a<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>a<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>a<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>a<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>a<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	  </row>
-	</tbody>
-      </tgroup>
-    </table>
-
     <para>A test utility to determine which RGB formats a driver
 actually supports is available from the LinuxTV v4l-dvb repository.
 See &v4l-dvb; for access instructions.</para>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-cu08.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-cu08.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2d80104
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-cu08.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+<refentry id="V4L2-SDR-FMT-CU08">
+  <refmeta>
+    <refentrytitle>V4L2_SDR_FMT_CU8 ('CU08')</refentrytitle>
+    &manvol;
+  </refmeta>
+    <refnamediv>
+      <refname>
+        <constant>V4L2_SDR_FMT_CU8</constant>
+      </refname>
+      <refpurpose>Complex unsigned 8-bit IQ sample</refpurpose>
+    </refnamediv>
+    <refsect1>
+      <title>Description</title>
+      <para>
+This format contains sequence of complex number samples. Each complex number
+consist two parts, called In-phase and Quadrature (IQ). Both I and Q are
+represented as a 8 bit unsigned number. I value comes first and Q value after
+that.
+      </para>
+    <example>
+      <title><constant>V4L2_SDR_FMT_CU8</constant> 1 sample</title>
+      <formalpara>
+        <title>Byte Order.</title>
+        <para>Each cell is one byte.
+          <informaltable frame="none">
+            <tgroup cols="2" align="center">
+              <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" />
+              <tbody valign="top">
+                <row>
+                  <entry>start&nbsp;+&nbsp;0:</entry>
+                  <entry>I'<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+                </row>
+                <row>
+                  <entry>start&nbsp;+&nbsp;1:</entry>
+                  <entry>Q'<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+                </row>
+              </tbody>
+            </tgroup>
+          </informaltable>
+        </para>
+      </formalpara>
+    </example>
+  </refsect1>
+</refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-cu16le.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-cu16le.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..26288ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-cu16le.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<refentry id="V4L2-SDR-FMT-CU16LE">
+  <refmeta>
+    <refentrytitle>V4L2_SDR_FMT_CU16LE ('CU16')</refentrytitle>
+    &manvol;
+  </refmeta>
+    <refnamediv>
+      <refname>
+        <constant>V4L2_SDR_FMT_CU16LE</constant>
+      </refname>
+      <refpurpose>Complex unsigned 16-bit little endian IQ sample</refpurpose>
+    </refnamediv>
+    <refsect1>
+      <title>Description</title>
+      <para>
+This format contains sequence of complex number samples. Each complex number
+consist two parts, called In-phase and Quadrature (IQ). Both I and Q are
+represented as a 16 bit unsigned little endian number. I value comes first
+and Q value after that.
+      </para>
+    <example>
+      <title><constant>V4L2_SDR_FMT_CU16LE</constant> 1 sample</title>
+      <formalpara>
+        <title>Byte Order.</title>
+        <para>Each cell is one byte.
+          <informaltable frame="none">
+            <tgroup cols="3" align="center">
+              <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" />
+              <tbody valign="top">
+                <row>
+                  <entry>start&nbsp;+&nbsp;0:</entry>
+                  <entry>I'<subscript>0[7:0]</subscript></entry>
+                  <entry>I'<subscript>0[15:8]</subscript></entry>
+                </row>
+                <row>
+                  <entry>start&nbsp;+&nbsp;2:</entry>
+                  <entry>Q'<subscript>0[7:0]</subscript></entry>
+                  <entry>Q'<subscript>0[15:8]</subscript></entry>
+                </row>
+              </tbody>
+            </tgroup>
+          </informaltable>
+        </para>
+      </formalpara>
+    </example>
+  </refsect1>
+</refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml
index 72d72bd..ea514d6 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml
@@ -25,7 +25,12 @@
 	<row>
 	  <entry>__u32</entry>
 	  <entry><structfield>height</structfield></entry>
-	  <entry>Image height in pixels.</entry>
+	  <entry>Image height in pixels. If <structfield>field</structfield> is
+	  one of <constant>V4L2_FIELD_TOP</constant>, <constant>V4L2_FIELD_BOTTOM</constant>
+	  or <constant>V4L2_FIELD_ALTERNATE</constant> then height refers to the
+	  number of lines in the field, otherwise it refers to the number of
+	  lines in the frame (which is twice the field height for interlaced
+	  formats).</entry>
 	</row>
 	<row>
 	  <entry spanname="hspan">Applications set these fields to
@@ -54,7 +59,7 @@
 can request to capture or output only the top or bottom field, or both
 fields interlaced or sequentially stored in one buffer or alternating
 in separate buffers. Drivers return the actual field order selected.
-For details see <xref linkend="field-order" />.</entry>
+For more details on fields see <xref linkend="field-order" />.</entry>
 	</row>
 	<row>
 	  <entry>__u32</entry>
@@ -81,7 +86,10 @@
 example the Cb and Cr planes of a YUV 4:2:0 image have half as many
 padding bytes following each line as the Y plane. To avoid ambiguities
 drivers must return a <structfield>bytesperline</structfield> value
-rounded up to a multiple of the scale factor.</para></entry>
+rounded up to a multiple of the scale factor.</para>
+<para>For compressed formats the <structfield>bytesperline</structfield>
+value makes no sense. Applications and drivers must set this to 0 in
+that case.</para></entry>
 	</row>
 	<row>
 	  <entry>__u32</entry>
@@ -97,7 +105,8 @@
 	  <entry>&v4l2-colorspace;</entry>
 	  <entry><structfield>colorspace</structfield></entry>
 	  <entry>This information supplements the
-<structfield>pixelformat</structfield> and must be set by the driver,
+<structfield>pixelformat</structfield> and must be set by the driver for
+capture streams and by the application for output streams,
 see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry>
 	</row>
 	<row>
@@ -135,7 +144,7 @@
           <entry>__u16</entry>
           <entry><structfield>bytesperline</structfield></entry>
           <entry>Distance in bytes between the leftmost pixels in two adjacent
-            lines.</entry>
+            lines. See &v4l2-pix-format;.</entry>
         </row>
         <row>
           <entry>__u16</entry>
@@ -154,12 +163,12 @@
         <row>
           <entry>__u32</entry>
           <entry><structfield>width</structfield></entry>
-          <entry>Image width in pixels.</entry>
+          <entry>Image width in pixels. See &v4l2-pix-format;.</entry>
         </row>
         <row>
           <entry>__u32</entry>
           <entry><structfield>height</structfield></entry>
-          <entry>Image height in pixels.</entry>
+          <entry>Image height in pixels. See &v4l2-pix-format;.</entry>
         </row>
         <row>
           <entry>__u32</entry>
@@ -811,6 +820,17 @@
     </table>
   </section>
 
+  <section id="sdr-formats">
+    <title>SDR Formats</title>
+
+    <para>These formats are used for <link linkend="sdr">SDR Capture</link>
+interface only.</para>
+
+    &sub-sdr-cu08;
+    &sub-sdr-cu16le;
+
+  </section>
+
   <section id="pixfmt-reserved">
     <title>Reserved Format Identifiers</title>
 
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/remote_controllers.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/remote_controllers.xml
index 160e464..5124a6c 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/remote_controllers.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/remote_controllers.xml
@@ -1,10 +1,152 @@
+<partinfo>
+<authorgroup>
+<author>
+<firstname>Mauro</firstname>
+<surname>Chehab</surname>
+<othername role="mi">Carvalho</othername>
+<affiliation><address><email>m.chehab@samsung.com</email></address></affiliation>
+<contrib>Initial version.</contrib>
+</author>
+</authorgroup>
+<copyright>
+	<year>2009-2014</year>
+        <holder>Mauro Carvalho Chehab</holder>
+</copyright>
+
+<revhistory>
+<!-- Put document revisions here, newest first. -->
+<revision>
+<revnumber>3.15</revnumber>
+<date>2014-02-06</date>
+<authorinitials>mcc</authorinitials>
+<revremark>Added the interface description and the RC sysfs class description.</revremark>
+</revision>
+<revision>
+<revnumber>1.0</revnumber>
+<date>2009-09-06</date>
+<authorinitials>mcc</authorinitials>
+<revremark>Initial revision</revremark>
+</revision>
+</revhistory>
+</partinfo>
+
+ <title>Remote Controller API</title>
+ <chapter id="remote_controllers">
+
 <title>Remote Controllers</title>
+
 <section id="Remote_controllers_Intro">
 <title>Introduction</title>
 
 <para>Currently, most analog and digital devices have a Infrared input for remote controllers. Each
 manufacturer has their own type of control. It is not rare for the same manufacturer to ship different
 types of controls, depending on the device.</para>
+<para>A Remote Controller interface is mapped as a normal evdev/input interface, just like a keyboard or a mouse.
+So, it uses all ioctls already defined for any other input devices.</para>
+<para>However, remove controllers are more flexible than a normal input device, as the IR
+receiver (and/or transmitter) can be used in conjunction with a wide variety of different IR remotes.</para>
+<para>In order to allow flexibility, the Remote Controller subsystem allows controlling the
+RC-specific attributes via <link linkend="remote_controllers_sysfs_nodes">the sysfs class nodes</link>.</para>
+</section>
+
+<section id="remote_controllers_sysfs_nodes">
+<title>Remote Controller's sysfs nodes</title>
+<para>As defined at <constant>Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc</constant>, those are the sysfs nodes that control the Remote Controllers:</para>
+
+<section id="sys_class_rc">
+<title>/sys/class/rc/</title>
+<para>The <constant>/sys/class/rc/</constant> class sub-directory belongs to the Remote Controller
+core and provides a sysfs interface for configuring infrared remote controller receivers.
+</para>
+
+</section>
+<section id="sys_class_rc_rcN">
+<title>/sys/class/rc/rcN/</title>
+<para>A <constant>/sys/class/rc/rcN</constant> directory is created for each remote
+  control receiver device where N is the number of the receiver.</para>
+
+</section>
+<section id="sys_class_rc_rcN_protocols">
+<title>/sys/class/rc/rcN/protocols</title>
+<para>Reading this file returns a list of available protocols, something like:</para>
+<para><constant>rc5 [rc6] nec jvc [sony]</constant></para>
+<para>Enabled protocols are shown in [] brackets.</para>
+<para>Writing "+proto" will add a protocol to the list of enabled protocols.</para>
+<para>Writing "-proto" will remove a protocol from the list of enabled protocols.</para>
+<para>Writing "proto" will enable only "proto".</para>
+<para>Writing "none" will disable all protocols.</para>
+<para>Write fails with EINVAL if an invalid protocol combination or unknown protocol name is used.</para>
+
+</section>
+<section id="sys_class_rc_rcN_filter">
+<title>/sys/class/rc/rcN/filter</title>
+<para>Sets the scancode filter expected value.</para>
+<para>Use in combination with <constant>/sys/class/rc/rcN/filter_mask</constant> to set the
+expected value of the bits set in the filter mask.
+If the hardware supports it then scancodes which do not match
+the filter will be ignored. Otherwise the write will fail with
+an error.</para>
+<para>This value may be reset to 0 if the current protocol is altered.</para>
+
+</section>
+<section id="sys_class_rc_rcN_filter_mask">
+<title>/sys/class/rc/rcN/filter_mask</title>
+<para>Sets the scancode filter mask of bits to compare.
+Use in combination with <constant>/sys/class/rc/rcN/filter</constant> to set the bits
+of the scancode which should be compared against the expected
+value. A value of 0 disables the filter to allow all valid
+scancodes to be processed.</para>
+<para>If the hardware supports it then scancodes which do not match
+the filter will be ignored. Otherwise the write will fail with
+an error.</para>
+<para>This value may be reset to 0 if the current protocol is altered.</para>
+
+</section>
+<section id="sys_class_rc_rcN_wakeup_protocols">
+<title>/sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_protocols</title>
+<para>Reading this file returns a list of available protocols to use for the
+wakeup filter, something like:</para>
+<para><constant>rc5 rc6 nec jvc [sony]</constant></para>
+<para>The enabled wakeup protocol is shown in [] brackets.</para>
+<para>Writing "+proto" will add a protocol to the list of enabled wakeup
+protocols.</para>
+<para>Writing "-proto" will remove a protocol from the list of enabled wakeup
+protocols.</para>
+<para>Writing "proto" will use "proto" for wakeup events.</para>
+<para>Writing "none" will disable wakeup.</para>
+<para>Write fails with EINVAL if an invalid protocol combination or unknown
+protocol name is used, or if wakeup is not supported by the hardware.</para>
+
+</section>
+<section id="sys_class_rc_rcN_wakeup_filter">
+<title>/sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_filter</title>
+<para>Sets the scancode wakeup filter expected value.
+Use in combination with <constant>/sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_filter_mask</constant> to
+set the expected value of the bits set in the wakeup filter mask
+to trigger a system wake event.</para>
+<para>If the hardware supports it and wakeup_filter_mask is not 0 then
+scancodes which match the filter will wake the system from e.g.
+suspend to RAM or power off.
+Otherwise the write will fail with an error.</para>
+<para>This value may be reset to 0 if the wakeup protocol is altered.</para>
+
+</section>
+<section id="sys_class_rc_rcN_wakeup_filter_mask">
+<title>/sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_filter_mask</title>
+<para>Sets the scancode wakeup filter mask of bits to compare.
+Use in combination with <constant>/sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_filter</constant> to set
+the bits of the scancode which should be compared against the
+expected value to trigger a system wake event.</para>
+<para>If the hardware supports it and wakeup_filter_mask is not 0 then
+scancodes which match the filter will wake the system from e.g.
+suspend to RAM or power off.
+Otherwise the write will fail with an error.</para>
+<para>This value may be reset to 0 if the wakeup protocol is altered.</para>
+</section>
+</section>
+
+<section id="Remote_controllers_tables">
+<title>Remote controller tables</title>
 <para>Unfortunately, for several years, there was no effort to create uniform IR keycodes for
 different devices.  This caused the same IR keyname to be mapped completely differently on
 different IR devices. This resulted that the same IR keyname to be mapped completely different on
@@ -175,3 +317,4 @@
 </section>
 
 &sub-lirc_device_interface;
+</chapter>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml
index 74b7f27..b445161 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
 Remote Controller chapter.</contrib>
 	<affiliation>
 	  <address>
-	    <email>mchehab@redhat.com</email>
+	    <email>m.chehab@samsung.com</email>
 	  </address>
 	</affiliation>
       </author>
@@ -107,6 +107,16 @@
 	  </address>
 	</affiliation>
       </author>
+      <author>
+	<firstname>Antti</firstname>
+	<surname>Palosaari</surname>
+	<contrib>SDR API.</contrib>
+	<affiliation>
+	  <address>
+	    <email>crope@iki.fi</email>
+	  </address>
+	</affiliation>
+      </author>
     </authorgroup>
 
     <copyright>
@@ -125,6 +135,7 @@
       <year>2011</year>
       <year>2012</year>
       <year>2013</year>
+      <year>2014</year>
       <holder>Bill Dirks, Michael H. Schimek, Hans Verkuil, Martin
 Rubli, Andy Walls, Muralidharan Karicheri, Mauro Carvalho Chehab,
 	Pawel Osciak</holder>
@@ -141,6 +152,16 @@
 applications. -->
 
       <revision>
+	<revnumber>3.15</revnumber>
+	<date>2014-02-03</date>
+	<authorinitials>hv, ap</authorinitials>
+	<revremark>Update several sections of "Common API Elements": "Opening and Closing Devices"
+"Querying Capabilities", "Application Priority", "Video Inputs and Outputs", "Audio Inputs and Outputs"
+"Tuners and Modulators", "Video Standards" and "Digital Video (DV) Timings". Added SDR API.
+	</revremark>
+      </revision>
+
+      <revision>
 	<revnumber>3.14</revnumber>
 	<date>2013-11-25</date>
 	<authorinitials>rr</authorinitials>
@@ -537,6 +558,7 @@
     <section id="ttx"> &sub-dev-teletext; </section>
     <section id="radio"> &sub-dev-radio; </section>
     <section id="rds"> &sub-dev-rds; </section>
+    <section id="sdr"> &sub-dev-sdr; </section>
     <section id="event"> &sub-dev-event; </section>
     <section id="subdev"> &sub-dev-subdev; </section>
   </chapter>
@@ -585,6 +607,7 @@
     &sub-g-crop;
     &sub-g-ctrl;
     &sub-g-dv-timings;
+    &sub-g-edid;
     &sub-g-enc-index;
     &sub-g-ext-ctrls;
     &sub-g-fbuf;
@@ -616,7 +639,6 @@
     &sub-subdev-enum-frame-size;
     &sub-subdev-enum-mbus-code;
     &sub-subdev-g-crop;
-    &sub-subdev-g-edid;
     &sub-subdev-g-fmt;
     &sub-subdev-g-frame-interval;
     &sub-subdev-g-selection;
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-freq-bands.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-freq-bands.xml
index 6541ba0..4e8ea65 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-freq-bands.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-freq-bands.xml
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@
 	    <entry><structfield>capability</structfield></entry>
 	    <entry spanname="hspan">The tuner/modulator capability flags for
 this frequency band, see <xref linkend="tuner-capability" />. The <constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LOW</constant>
-capability must be the same for all frequency bands of the selected tuner/modulator.
+or <constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_1HZ</constant> capability must be the same for all frequency bands of the selected tuner/modulator.
 So either all bands have that capability set, or none of them have that capability.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
@@ -109,7 +109,8 @@
 	    <entry spanname="hspan">The lowest tunable frequency in
 units of 62.5 kHz, or if the <structfield>capability</structfield>
 flag <constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LOW</constant> is set, in units of 62.5
-Hz, for this frequency band.</entry>
+Hz, for this frequency band. A 1 Hz unit is used when the <structfield>capability</structfield> flag
+<constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_1HZ</constant> is set.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
@@ -117,7 +118,8 @@
 	    <entry spanname="hspan">The highest tunable frequency in
 units of 62.5 kHz, or if the <structfield>capability</structfield>
 flag <constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LOW</constant> is set, in units of 62.5
-Hz, for this frequency band.</entry>
+Hz, for this frequency band. A 1 Hz unit is used when the <structfield>capability</structfield> flag
+<constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_1HZ</constant> is set.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-edid.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-edid.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ce4563b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-edid.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+<refentry id="vidioc-g-edid">
+  <refmeta>
+    <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_G_EDID, VIDIOC_S_EDID</refentrytitle>
+    &manvol;
+  </refmeta>
+
+  <refnamediv>
+    <refname>VIDIOC_G_EDID</refname>
+    <refname>VIDIOC_S_EDID</refname>
+    <refpurpose>Get or set the EDID of a video receiver/transmitter</refpurpose>
+  </refnamediv>
+
+  <refsynopsisdiv>
+    <funcsynopsis>
+      <funcprototype>
+	<funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+	<paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+	<paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+	<paramdef>struct v4l2_edid *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+      </funcprototype>
+    </funcsynopsis>
+    <funcsynopsis>
+      <funcprototype>
+	<funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+	<paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+	<paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+	<paramdef>const struct v4l2_edid *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+      </funcprototype>
+    </funcsynopsis>
+  </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>Arguments</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>&fd;</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>VIDIOC_G_EDID, VIDIOC_S_EDID</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para></para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>Description</title>
+    <para>These ioctls can be used to get or set an EDID associated with an input
+    from a receiver or an output of a transmitter device. They can be
+    used with subdevice nodes (/dev/v4l-subdevX) or with video nodes (/dev/videoX).</para>
+
+    <para>When used with video nodes the <structfield>pad</structfield> field represents the
+    input (for video capture devices) or output (for video output devices) index as
+    is returned by &VIDIOC-ENUMINPUT; and &VIDIOC-ENUMOUTPUT; respectively. When used
+    with subdevice nodes the <structfield>pad</structfield> field represents the
+    input or output pad of the subdevice. If there is no EDID support for the given
+    <structfield>pad</structfield> value, then the &EINVAL; will be returned.</para>
+
+    <para>To get the EDID data the application has to fill in the <structfield>pad</structfield>,
+    <structfield>start_block</structfield>, <structfield>blocks</structfield> and <structfield>edid</structfield>
+    fields and call <constant>VIDIOC_G_EDID</constant>. The current EDID from block
+    <structfield>start_block</structfield> and of size <structfield>blocks</structfield>
+    will be placed in the memory <structfield>edid</structfield> points to. The <structfield>edid</structfield>
+    pointer must point to memory at least <structfield>blocks</structfield>&nbsp;*&nbsp;128 bytes
+    large (the size of one block is 128 bytes).</para>
+
+    <para>If there are fewer blocks than specified, then the driver will set <structfield>blocks</structfield>
+    to the actual number of blocks. If there are no EDID blocks available at all, then the error code
+    ENODATA is set.</para>
+
+    <para>If blocks have to be retrieved from the sink, then this call will block until they
+    have been read.</para>
+
+    <para>To set the EDID blocks of a receiver the application has to fill in the <structfield>pad</structfield>,
+    <structfield>blocks</structfield> and <structfield>edid</structfield> fields and set
+    <structfield>start_block</structfield> to 0. It is not possible to set part of an EDID,
+    it is always all or nothing. Setting the EDID data is only valid for receivers as it makes
+    no sense for a transmitter.</para>
+
+    <para>The driver assumes that the full EDID is passed in. If there are more EDID blocks than
+    the hardware can handle then the EDID is not written, but instead the error code E2BIG is set
+    and <structfield>blocks</structfield> is set to the maximum that the hardware supports.
+    If <structfield>start_block</structfield> is any
+    value other than 0 then the error code EINVAL is set.</para>
+
+    <para>To disable an EDID you set <structfield>blocks</structfield> to 0. Depending on the
+    hardware this will drive the hotplug pin low and/or block the source from reading the EDID
+    data in some way. In any case, the end result is the same: the EDID is no longer available.
+    </para>
+
+    <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-edid">
+      <title>struct <structname>v4l2_edid</structname></title>
+      <tgroup cols="3">
+        &cs-str;
+	<tbody valign="top">
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>pad</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>Pad for which to get/set the EDID blocks. When used with a video device
+	    node the pad represents the input or output index as returned by
+	    &VIDIOC-ENUMINPUT; and &VIDIOC-ENUMOUTPUT; respectively.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>start_block</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>Read the EDID from starting with this block. Must be 0 when setting
+	    the EDID.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>blocks</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>The number of blocks to get or set. Must be less or equal to 256 (the
+	    maximum number of blocks as defined by the standard). When you set the EDID and
+	    <structfield>blocks</structfield> is 0, then the EDID is disabled or erased.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u8&nbsp;*</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>edid</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>Pointer to memory that contains the EDID. The minimum size is
+	    <structfield>blocks</structfield>&nbsp;*&nbsp;128.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[5]</entry>
+	    <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Applications and drivers must
+	    set the array to zero.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	</tbody>
+      </tgroup>
+    </table>
+  </refsect1>
+
+  <refsect1>
+    &return-value;
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><errorcode>ENODATA</errorcode></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>The EDID data is not available.</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><errorcode>E2BIG</errorcode></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>The EDID data you provided is more than the hardware can handle.</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+</refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.xml
index b3bb957..e9f6735 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.xml
@@ -327,7 +327,12 @@
 These controls are described in <xref
 		linkend="fm-rx-controls" />.</entry>
 	  </row>
-
+	  <row>
+	    <entry><constant>V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_RF_TUNER</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>0xa20000</entry>
+	    <entry>The class containing RF tuner controls.
+These controls are described in <xref linkend="rf-tuner-controls" />.</entry>
+	  </row>
 	</tbody>
       </tgroup>
     </table>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fmt.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fmt.xml
index ee8f56e..4fe19a7a 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fmt.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fmt.xml
@@ -172,6 +172,13 @@
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry></entry>
+	    <entry>&v4l2-sdr-format;</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>sdr</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>Definition of a data format, see
+<xref linkend="pixfmt" />, used by SDR capture devices.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry></entry>
 	    <entry>__u8</entry>
 	    <entry><structfield>raw_data</structfield>[200]</entry>
 	    <entry>Place holder for future extensions.</entry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-frequency.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-frequency.xml
index c7a1c46..d1034fb 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-frequency.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-frequency.xml
@@ -109,9 +109,10 @@
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
 	    <entry><structfield>frequency</structfield></entry>
 	    <entry>Tuning frequency in units of 62.5 kHz, or if the
-&v4l2-tuner; or &v4l2-modulator; <structfield>capabilities</structfield> flag
+&v4l2-tuner; or &v4l2-modulator; <structfield>capability</structfield> flag
 <constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LOW</constant> is set, in units of 62.5
-Hz.</entry>
+Hz. A 1 Hz unit is used when the <structfield>capability</structfield> flag
+<constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_1HZ</constant> is set.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-modulator.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-modulator.xml
index 7f4ac7e..7068b59 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-modulator.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-modulator.xml
@@ -113,7 +113,8 @@
 	    <entry>The lowest tunable frequency in units of 62.5
 KHz, or if the <structfield>capability</structfield> flag
 <constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LOW</constant> is set, in units of 62.5
-Hz.</entry>
+Hz, or if the <structfield>capability</structfield> flag
+<constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_1HZ</constant> is set, in units of 1 Hz.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
@@ -121,7 +122,8 @@
 	    <entry>The highest tunable frequency in units of 62.5
 KHz, or if the <structfield>capability</structfield> flag
 <constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LOW</constant> is set, in units of 62.5
-Hz.</entry>
+Hz, or if the <structfield>capability</structfield> flag
+<constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_1HZ</constant> is set, in units of 1 Hz.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-tuner.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-tuner.xml
index 6cc8201..b0d8659 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-tuner.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-tuner.xml
@@ -134,7 +134,9 @@
 	    <entry spanname="hspan">The lowest tunable frequency in
 units of 62.5 kHz, or if the <structfield>capability</structfield>
 flag <constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LOW</constant> is set, in units of 62.5
-Hz. If multiple frequency bands are supported, then
+Hz, or if the <structfield>capability</structfield> flag
+<constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_1HZ</constant> is set, in units of 1 Hz.
+If multiple frequency bands are supported, then
 <structfield>rangelow</structfield> is the lowest frequency
 of all the frequency bands.</entry>
 	  </row>
@@ -144,7 +146,9 @@
 	    <entry spanname="hspan">The highest tunable frequency in
 units of 62.5 kHz, or if the <structfield>capability</structfield>
 flag <constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LOW</constant> is set, in units of 62.5
-Hz. If multiple frequency bands are supported, then
+Hz, or if the <structfield>capability</structfield> flag
+<constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_1HZ</constant> is set, in units of 1 Hz.
+If multiple frequency bands are supported, then
 <structfield>rangehigh</structfield> is the highest frequency
 of all the frequency bands.</entry>
 	  </row>
@@ -270,7 +274,7 @@
 	    <entry><constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LOW</constant></entry>
 	    <entry>0x0001</entry>
 	    <entry>When set, tuning frequencies are expressed in units of
-62.5&nbsp;Hz, otherwise in units of 62.5&nbsp;kHz.</entry>
+62.5 Hz instead of 62.5 kHz.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry><constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_NORM</constant></entry>
@@ -360,6 +364,11 @@
 	<entry>The range to search when using the hardware seek functionality
 	is programmable, see &VIDIOC-S-HW-FREQ-SEEK; for details.</entry>
 	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	<entry><constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_1HZ</constant></entry>
+	<entry>0x1000</entry>
+	<entry>When set, tuning frequencies are expressed in units of 1 Hz instead of 62.5 kHz.</entry>
+	  </row>
 	</tbody>
       </tgroup>
     </table>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml
index d5a3c97..370d49d 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml
@@ -296,6 +296,12 @@
 <xref linkend="tuner" />.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
+	    <entry><constant>V4L2_CAP_SDR_CAPTURE</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>0x00100000</entry>
+	    <entry>The device supports the
+<link linkend="sdr">SDR Capture</link> interface.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
 	    <entry><constant>V4L2_CAP_READWRITE</constant></entry>
 	    <entry>0x01000000</entry>
 	    <entry>The device supports the <link
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-s-hw-freq-seek.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-s-hw-freq-seek.xml
index 5b379e7..a5fc4c4 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-s-hw-freq-seek.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-s-hw-freq-seek.xml
@@ -121,7 +121,9 @@
 	    <entry>If non-zero, the lowest tunable frequency of the band to
 search in units of 62.5 kHz, or if the &v4l2-tuner;
 <structfield>capability</structfield> field has the
-<constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LOW</constant> flag set, in units of 62.5 Hz.
+<constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LOW</constant> flag set, in units of 62.5 Hz or if the &v4l2-tuner;
+<structfield>capability</structfield> field has the
+<constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_1HZ</constant> flag set, in units of 1 Hz.
 If <structfield>rangelow</structfield> is zero a reasonable default value
 is used.</entry>
 	  </row>
@@ -131,7 +133,9 @@
 	    <entry>If non-zero, the highest tunable frequency of the band to
 search in units of 62.5 kHz, or if the &v4l2-tuner;
 <structfield>capability</structfield> field has the
-<constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LOW</constant> flag set, in units of 62.5 Hz.
+<constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LOW</constant> flag set, in units of 62.5 Hz or if the &v4l2-tuner;
+<structfield>capability</structfield> field has the
+<constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_1HZ</constant> flag set, in units of 1 Hz.
 If <structfield>rangehigh</structfield> is zero a reasonable default value
 is used.</entry>
 	  </row>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-streamon.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-streamon.xml
index 65dff55..df2c63d 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-streamon.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-streamon.xml
@@ -52,16 +52,24 @@
     <para>The <constant>VIDIOC_STREAMON</constant> and
 <constant>VIDIOC_STREAMOFF</constant> ioctl start and stop the capture
 or output process during streaming (<link linkend="mmap">memory
-mapping</link> or <link linkend="userp">user pointer</link>) I/O.</para>
+mapping</link>, <link linkend="userp">user pointer</link> or
+<link linkend="dmabuf">DMABUF</link>) I/O.</para>
 
-    <para>Specifically the capture hardware is disabled and no input
+    <para>Capture hardware is disabled and no input
 buffers are filled (if there are any empty buffers in the incoming
 queue) until <constant>VIDIOC_STREAMON</constant> has been called.
-Accordingly the output hardware is disabled, no video signal is
+Output hardware is disabled and no video signal is
 produced until <constant>VIDIOC_STREAMON</constant> has been called.
 The ioctl will succeed when at least one output buffer is in the
 incoming queue.</para>
 
+    <para>Memory-to-memory devices will not start until
+<constant>VIDIOC_STREAMON</constant> has been called for both the capture
+and output stream types.</para>
+
+    <para>If <constant>VIDIOC_STREAMON</constant> fails then any already
+queued buffers will remain queued.</para>
+
     <para>The <constant>VIDIOC_STREAMOFF</constant> ioctl, apart of
 aborting or finishing any DMA in progress, unlocks any user pointer
 buffers locked in physical memory, and it removes all buffers from the
@@ -70,14 +78,22 @@
 not transmitted yet. I/O returns to the same state as after calling
 &VIDIOC-REQBUFS; and can be restarted accordingly.</para>
 
+    <para>If buffers have been queued with &VIDIOC-QBUF; and
+<constant>VIDIOC_STREAMOFF</constant> is called without ever having
+called <constant>VIDIOC_STREAMON</constant>, then those queued buffers
+will also be removed from the incoming queue and all are returned to the
+same state as after calling &VIDIOC-REQBUFS; and can be restarted
+accordingly.</para>
+
     <para>Both ioctls take a pointer to an integer, the desired buffer or
 stream type. This is the same as &v4l2-requestbuffers;
 <structfield>type</structfield>.</para>
 
     <para>If <constant>VIDIOC_STREAMON</constant> is called when streaming
 is already in progress, or if <constant>VIDIOC_STREAMOFF</constant> is called
-when streaming is already stopped, then the ioctl does nothing and 0 is
-returned.</para>
+when streaming is already stopped, then 0 is returned. Nothing happens in the
+case of <constant>VIDIOC_STREAMON</constant>, but <constant>VIDIOC_STREAMOFF</constant>
+will return queued buffers to their starting state as mentioned above.</para>
 
     <para>Note that applications can be preempted for unknown periods right
 before or after the <constant>VIDIOC_STREAMON</constant> or
@@ -93,7 +109,7 @@
       <varlistentry>
 	<term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
 	<listitem>
-	  <para>The buffer<structfield>type</structfield> is not supported,
+	  <para>The buffer <structfield>type</structfield> is not supported,
 	  or no buffers have been allocated (memory mapping) or enqueued
 	  (output) yet.</para>
 	</listitem>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-edid.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-edid.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index bbd18f0..0000000
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-edid.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,152 +0,0 @@
-<refentry id="vidioc-subdev-g-edid">
-  <refmeta>
-    <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_EDID, VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_EDID</refentrytitle>
-    &manvol;
-  </refmeta>
-
-  <refnamediv>
-    <refname>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_EDID</refname>
-    <refname>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_EDID</refname>
-    <refpurpose>Get or set the EDID of a video receiver/transmitter</refpurpose>
-  </refnamediv>
-
-  <refsynopsisdiv>
-    <funcsynopsis>
-      <funcprototype>
-	<funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
-	<paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
-	<paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
-	<paramdef>struct v4l2_subdev_edid *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
-      </funcprototype>
-    </funcsynopsis>
-    <funcsynopsis>
-      <funcprototype>
-	<funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
-	<paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
-	<paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
-	<paramdef>const struct v4l2_subdev_edid *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
-      </funcprototype>
-    </funcsynopsis>
-  </refsynopsisdiv>
-
-  <refsect1>
-    <title>Arguments</title>
-
-    <variablelist>
-      <varlistentry>
-	<term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>&fd;</para>
-	</listitem>
-      </varlistentry>
-      <varlistentry>
-	<term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_EDID, VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_EDID</para>
-	</listitem>
-      </varlistentry>
-      <varlistentry>
-	<term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
-	<listitem>
-	  <para></para>
-	</listitem>
-      </varlistentry>
-    </variablelist>
-  </refsect1>
-
-  <refsect1>
-    <title>Description</title>
-    <para>These ioctls can be used to get or set an EDID associated with an input pad
-    from a receiver or an output pad of a transmitter subdevice.</para>
-
-    <para>To get the EDID data the application has to fill in the <structfield>pad</structfield>,
-    <structfield>start_block</structfield>, <structfield>blocks</structfield> and <structfield>edid</structfield>
-    fields and call <constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_EDID</constant>. The current EDID from block
-    <structfield>start_block</structfield> and of size <structfield>blocks</structfield>
-    will be placed in the memory <structfield>edid</structfield> points to. The <structfield>edid</structfield>
-    pointer must point to memory at least <structfield>blocks</structfield>&nbsp;*&nbsp;128 bytes
-    large (the size of one block is 128 bytes).</para>
-
-    <para>If there are fewer blocks than specified, then the driver will set <structfield>blocks</structfield>
-    to the actual number of blocks. If there are no EDID blocks available at all, then the error code
-    ENODATA is set.</para>
-
-    <para>If blocks have to be retrieved from the sink, then this call will block until they
-    have been read.</para>
-
-    <para>To set the EDID blocks of a receiver the application has to fill in the <structfield>pad</structfield>,
-    <structfield>blocks</structfield> and <structfield>edid</structfield> fields and set
-    <structfield>start_block</structfield> to 0. It is not possible to set part of an EDID,
-    it is always all or nothing. Setting the EDID data is only valid for receivers as it makes
-    no sense for a transmitter.</para>
-
-    <para>The driver assumes that the full EDID is passed in. If there are more EDID blocks than
-    the hardware can handle then the EDID is not written, but instead the error code E2BIG is set
-    and <structfield>blocks</structfield> is set to the maximum that the hardware supports.
-    If <structfield>start_block</structfield> is any
-    value other than 0 then the error code EINVAL is set.</para>
-
-    <para>To disable an EDID you set <structfield>blocks</structfield> to 0. Depending on the
-    hardware this will drive the hotplug pin low and/or block the source from reading the EDID
-    data in some way. In any case, the end result is the same: the EDID is no longer available.
-    </para>
-
-    <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-subdev-edid">
-      <title>struct <structname>v4l2_subdev_edid</structname></title>
-      <tgroup cols="3">
-        &cs-str;
-	<tbody valign="top">
-	  <row>
-	    <entry>__u32</entry>
-	    <entry><structfield>pad</structfield></entry>
-	    <entry>Pad for which to get/set the EDID blocks.</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry>__u32</entry>
-	    <entry><structfield>start_block</structfield></entry>
-	    <entry>Read the EDID from starting with this block. Must be 0 when setting
-	    the EDID.</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry>__u32</entry>
-	    <entry><structfield>blocks</structfield></entry>
-	    <entry>The number of blocks to get or set. Must be less or equal to 256 (the
-	    maximum number of blocks as defined by the standard). When you set the EDID and
-	    <structfield>blocks</structfield> is 0, then the EDID is disabled or erased.</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry>__u8&nbsp;*</entry>
-	    <entry><structfield>edid</structfield></entry>
-	    <entry>Pointer to memory that contains the EDID. The minimum size is
-	    <structfield>blocks</structfield>&nbsp;*&nbsp;128.</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry>__u32</entry>
-	    <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[5]</entry>
-	    <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Applications and drivers must
-	    set the array to zero.</entry>
-	  </row>
-	</tbody>
-      </tgroup>
-    </table>
-  </refsect1>
-
-  <refsect1>
-    &return-value;
-
-    <variablelist>
-      <varlistentry>
-	<term><errorcode>ENODATA</errorcode></term>
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>The EDID data is not available.</para>
-	</listitem>
-      </varlistentry>
-      <varlistentry>
-	<term><errorcode>E2BIG</errorcode></term>
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>The EDID data you provided is more than the hardware can handle.</para>
-	</listitem>
-      </varlistentry>
-    </variablelist>
-  </refsect1>
-</refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media_api.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/media_api.tmpl
index ab56f89c..4decb46 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media_api.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media_api.tmpl
@@ -34,22 +34,20 @@
 
 <book id="media_api">
 <bookinfo>
-<title>LINUX MEDIA INFRASTRUCTURE API</title>
+	<title>LINUX MEDIA INFRASTRUCTURE API</title>
 
-<copyright>
-	<year>2009-2012</year>
-	<holder>LinuxTV Developers</holder>
-</copyright>
+	<copyright>
+		<year>2009-2014</year>
+		<holder>LinuxTV Developers</holder>
+	</copyright>
 
-<legalnotice>
-
-<para>Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify
-this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
-Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
-Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the chapter entitled
-"GNU Free Documentation License"</para>
-</legalnotice>
-
+	<legalnotice>
+		<para>Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify
+		this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
+		Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
+		Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the chapter entitled
+		"GNU Free Documentation License"</para>
+	</legalnotice>
 </bookinfo>
 
 <toc></toc> <!-- autogenerated -->
@@ -60,10 +58,11 @@
 	<para>This document covers the Linux Kernel to Userspace API's used by
 		video and radio streaming devices, including video cameras,
 		analog and digital TV receiver cards, AM/FM receiver cards,
-		streaming capture devices.</para>
+		streaming capture and output devices, codec devices and remote
+		controllers.</para>
 	<para>It is divided into four parts.</para>
-	<para>The first part covers radio, capture,
-		cameras and analog TV devices.</para>
+	<para>The first part covers radio, video capture and output,
+		cameras, analog TV devices and codecs.</para>
 	<para>The second part covers the
 		API used for digital TV and Internet reception via one of the
 		several digital tv standards. While it is called as DVB API,
@@ -75,55 +74,14 @@
 	<para>For additional information and for the latest development code,
 		see: <ulink url="http://linuxtv.org">http://linuxtv.org</ulink>.</para>
 	<para>For discussing improvements, reporting troubles, sending new drivers, etc, please mail to: <ulink url="http://vger.kernel.org/vger-lists.html#linux-media">Linux Media Mailing List (LMML).</ulink>.</para>
-
 </preface>
 
-<part id="v4l2spec">
-&sub-v4l2;
-</part>
-<part id="dvbapi">
-&sub-dvbapi;
-</part>
-<part id="v4ldvb_common">
-<partinfo>
-<authorgroup>
-<author>
-<firstname>Mauro</firstname>
-<surname>Chehab</surname>
-<othername role="mi">Carvalho</othername>
-<affiliation><address><email>mchehab@redhat.com</email></address></affiliation>
-<contrib>Initial version.</contrib>
-</author>
-</authorgroup>
-<copyright>
-	<year>2009-2012</year>
-	<holder>Mauro Carvalho Chehab</holder>
-</copyright>
+<part id="v4l2spec">&sub-v4l2;</part>
+<part id="dvbapi">&sub-dvbapi;</part>
+<part id="remotes">&sub-remote_controllers;</part>
+<part id="media_common">&sub-media-controller;</part>
 
-<revhistory>
-<!-- Put document revisions here, newest first. -->
-<revision>
-<revnumber>1.0.0</revnumber>
-<date>2009-09-06</date>
-<authorinitials>mcc</authorinitials>
-<revremark>Initial revision</revremark>
-</revision>
-</revhistory>
-</partinfo>
-
-<title>Remote Controller API</title>
-<chapter id="remote_controllers">
-&sub-remote_controllers;
-</chapter>
-</part>
-<part id="media_common">
-&sub-media-controller;
-</part>
-
-<chapter id="gen_errors">
-&sub-gen-errors;
-</chapter>
-
+<chapter id="gen_errors">&sub-gen-errors;</chapter>
 
 &sub-fdl-appendix;
 
diff --git a/Documentation/SubmittingPatches b/Documentation/SubmittingPatches
index 26b1e31..2a8e89e 100644
--- a/Documentation/SubmittingPatches
+++ b/Documentation/SubmittingPatches
@@ -14,7 +14,10 @@
 before submitting code.  If you are submitting a driver, also read
 Documentation/SubmittingDrivers.
 
-
+Many of these steps describe the default behavior of the git version
+control system; if you use git to prepare your patches, you'll find much
+of the mechanical work done for you, though you'll still need to prepare
+and document a sensible set of patches.
 
 --------------------------------------------
 SECTION 1 - CREATING AND SENDING YOUR CHANGE
@@ -25,7 +28,9 @@
 1) "diff -up"
 ------------
 
-Use "diff -up" or "diff -uprN" to create patches.
+Use "diff -up" or "diff -uprN" to create patches.  git generates patches
+in this form by default; if you're using git, you can skip this section
+entirely.
 
 All changes to the Linux kernel occur in the form of patches, as
 generated by diff(1).  When creating your patch, make sure to create it
@@ -66,19 +71,14 @@
 belong in a patch submission.  Make sure to review your patch -after-
 generated it with diff(1), to ensure accuracy.
 
-If your changes produce a lot of deltas, you may want to look into
-splitting them into individual patches which modify things in
-logical stages.  This will facilitate easier reviewing by other
-kernel developers, very important if you want your patch accepted.
-There are a number of scripts which can aid in this:
+If your changes produce a lot of deltas, you need to split them into
+individual patches which modify things in logical stages; see section
+#3.  This will facilitate easier reviewing by other kernel developers,
+very important if you want your patch accepted.
 
-Quilt:
-http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/quilt
-
-Andrew Morton's patch scripts:
-http://userweb.kernel.org/~akpm/stuff/patch-scripts.tar.gz
-Instead of these scripts, quilt is the recommended patch management
-tool (see above).
+If you're using git, "git rebase -i" can help you with this process.  If
+you're not using git, quilt <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/quilt>
+is another popular alternative.
 
 
 
@@ -106,8 +106,21 @@
 This benefits both the patch merger(s) and reviewers.  Some reviewers
 probably didn't even receive earlier versions of the patch.
 
+Describe your changes in imperative mood, e.g. "make xyzzy do frotz"
+instead of "[This patch] makes xyzzy do frotz" or "[I] changed xyzzy
+to do frotz", as if you are giving orders to the codebase to change
+its behaviour.
+
 If the patch fixes a logged bug entry, refer to that bug entry by
-number and URL.
+number and URL.  If the patch follows from a mailing list discussion,
+give a URL to the mailing list archive; use the https://lkml.kernel.org/
+redirector with a Message-Id, to ensure that the links cannot become
+stale.
+
+However, try to make your explanation understandable without external
+resources.  In addition to giving a URL to a mailing list archive or
+bug, summarize the relevant points of the discussion that led to the
+patch as submitted.
 
 If you want to refer to a specific commit, don't just refer to the
 SHA-1 ID of the commit. Please also include the oneline summary of
@@ -594,7 +607,8 @@
 If you are going to include a diffstat after the "---" marker, please
 use diffstat options "-p 1 -w 70" so that filenames are listed from
 the top of the kernel source tree and don't use too much horizontal
-space (easily fit in 80 columns, maybe with some indentation).
+space (easily fit in 80 columns, maybe with some indentation).  (git
+generates appropriate diffstats by default.)
 
 See more details on the proper patch format in the following
 references.
@@ -725,7 +739,7 @@
 ----------------------
 
 Andrew Morton, "The perfect patch" (tpp).
-  <http://userweb.kernel.org/~akpm/stuff/tpp.txt>
+  <http://www.ozlabs.org/~akpm/stuff/tpp.txt>
 
 Jeff Garzik, "Linux kernel patch submission format".
   <http://linux.yyz.us/patch-format.html>
@@ -738,7 +752,7 @@
   <http://www.kroah.com/log/linux/maintainer-05.html>
 
 NO!!!! No more huge patch bombs to linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org people!
-  <http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=112112749912944&w=2>
+  <https://lkml.org/lkml/2005/7/11/336>
 
 Kernel Documentation/CodingStyle:
   <http://users.sosdg.org/~qiyong/lxr/source/Documentation/CodingStyle>
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Marvell/README b/Documentation/arm/Marvell/README
index 5a930c1..963ec44 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/Marvell/README
+++ b/Documentation/arm/Marvell/README
@@ -83,14 +83,24 @@
         88F6710
         88F6707
         88F6W11
+    Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/Marvell_ARMADA_370_SoC.pdf
+
+  Armada 375 Flavors:
+	88F6720
+    Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/ARMADA_375_SoC-01_product_brief.pdf
+
+  Armada 380/385 Flavors:
+	88F6810
+	88F6820
+	88F6828
 
   Armada XP Flavors:
         MV78230
         MV78260
         MV78460
     NOTE: not to be confused with the non-SMP 78xx0 SoCs
+    Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/Marvell-ArmadaXP-SoC-product%20brief.pdf
 
-  Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/Marvell-ArmadaXP-SoC-product%20brief.pdf
   No public datasheet available.
 
   Core: Sheeva ARMv7 compatible
diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/booting.txt b/Documentation/arm64/booting.txt
index a9691cc..beb754e 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm64/booting.txt
+++ b/Documentation/arm64/booting.txt
@@ -111,8 +111,14 @@
 - Caches, MMUs
   The MMU must be off.
   Instruction cache may be on or off.
-  Data cache must be off and invalidated.
-  External caches (if present) must be configured and disabled.
+  The address range corresponding to the loaded kernel image must be
+  cleaned to the PoC. In the presence of a system cache or other
+  coherent masters with caches enabled, this will typically require
+  cache maintenance by VA rather than set/way operations.
+  System caches which respect the architected cache maintenance by VA
+  operations must be configured and may be enabled.
+  System caches which do not respect architected cache maintenance by VA
+  operations (not recommended) must be configured and disabled.
 
 - Architected timers
   CNTFRQ must be programmed with the timer frequency and CNTVOFF must
diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/memory.txt b/Documentation/arm64/memory.txt
index 85e24c4..d50fa61 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm64/memory.txt
+++ b/Documentation/arm64/memory.txt
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
 
 ffffffbffb000000	ffffffbffbbfffff	  12MB		[guard]
 
-ffffffbffbc00000	ffffffbffbdfffff	   2MB		earlyprintk device
+ffffffbffbc00000	ffffffbffbdfffff	   2MB		fixed mappings
 
 ffffffbffbe00000	ffffffbffbffffff	   2MB		[guard]
 
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 
 fffffdfffb000000	fffffdfffbbfffff	  12MB		[guard]
 
-fffffdfffbc00000	fffffdfffbdfffff	   2MB		earlyprintk device
+fffffdfffbc00000	fffffdfffbdfffff	   2MB		fixed mappings
 
 fffffdfffbe00000	fffffdfffbffffff	   2MB		[guard]
 
diff --git a/Documentation/blockdev/zram.txt b/Documentation/blockdev/zram.txt
index 2eccddf..0595c3f 100644
--- a/Documentation/blockdev/zram.txt
+++ b/Documentation/blockdev/zram.txt
@@ -21,7 +21,43 @@
 	This creates 4 devices: /dev/zram{0,1,2,3}
 	(num_devices parameter is optional. Default: 1)
 
-2) Set Disksize
+2) Set max number of compression streams
+	Compression backend may use up to max_comp_streams compression streams,
+	thus allowing up to max_comp_streams concurrent compression operations.
+	By default, compression backend uses single compression stream.
+
+	Examples:
+	#show max compression streams number
+	cat /sys/block/zram0/max_comp_streams
+
+	#set max compression streams number to 3
+	echo 3 > /sys/block/zram0/max_comp_streams
+
+Note:
+In order to enable compression backend's multi stream support max_comp_streams
+must be initially set to desired concurrency level before ZRAM device
+initialisation. Once the device initialised as a single stream compression
+backend (max_comp_streams equals to 1), you will see error if you try to change
+the value of max_comp_streams because single stream compression backend
+implemented as a special case by lock overhead issue and does not support
+dynamic max_comp_streams. Only multi stream backend supports dynamic
+max_comp_streams adjustment.
+
+3) Select compression algorithm
+	Using comp_algorithm device attribute one can see available and
+	currently selected (shown in square brackets) compression algortithms,
+	change selected compression algorithm (once the device is initialised
+	there is no way to change compression algorithm).
+
+	Examples:
+	#show supported compression algorithms
+	cat /sys/block/zram0/comp_algorithm
+	lzo [lz4]
+
+	#select lzo compression algorithm
+	echo lzo > /sys/block/zram0/comp_algorithm
+
+4) Set Disksize
         Set disk size by writing the value to sysfs node 'disksize'.
         The value can be either in bytes or you can use mem suffixes.
         Examples:
@@ -33,32 +69,38 @@
             echo 512M > /sys/block/zram0/disksize
             echo 1G > /sys/block/zram0/disksize
 
-3) Activate:
+Note:
+There is little point creating a zram of greater than twice the size of memory
+since we expect a 2:1 compression ratio. Note that zram uses about 0.1% of the
+size of the disk when not in use so a huge zram is wasteful.
+
+5) Activate:
 	mkswap /dev/zram0
 	swapon /dev/zram0
 
 	mkfs.ext4 /dev/zram1
 	mount /dev/zram1 /tmp
 
-4) Stats:
+6) Stats:
 	Per-device statistics are exported as various nodes under
 	/sys/block/zram<id>/
 		disksize
 		num_reads
 		num_writes
+		failed_reads
+		failed_writes
 		invalid_io
 		notify_free
-		discard
 		zero_pages
 		orig_data_size
 		compr_data_size
 		mem_used_total
 
-5) Deactivate:
+7) Deactivate:
 	swapoff /dev/zram0
 	umount /dev/zram1
 
-6) Reset:
+8) Reset:
 	Write any positive value to 'reset' sysfs node
 	echo 1 > /sys/block/zram0/reset
 	echo 1 > /sys/block/zram1/reset
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/memcg_test.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/memcg_test.txt
index ce94a83..80ac454 100644
--- a/Documentation/cgroups/memcg_test.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cgroups/memcg_test.txt
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
 
    a page/swp_entry may be charged (usage += PAGE_SIZE) at
 
-	mem_cgroup_newpage_charge()
+	mem_cgroup_charge_anon()
 	  Called at new page fault and Copy-On-Write.
 
 	mem_cgroup_try_charge_swapin()
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
 	  Followed by charge-commit-cancel protocol. (With swap accounting)
 	  At commit, a charge recorded in swap_cgroup is removed.
 
-	mem_cgroup_cache_charge()
+	mem_cgroup_charge_file()
 	  Called at add_to_page_cache()
 
 	mem_cgroup_cache_charge_swapin()
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/resource_counter.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/resource_counter.txt
index 5108afb..762ca54 100644
--- a/Documentation/cgroups/resource_counter.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cgroups/resource_counter.txt
@@ -76,15 +76,7 @@
 	limit_fail_at parameter is set to the particular res_counter element
 	where the charging failed.
 
- d. int res_counter_charge_locked
-			(struct res_counter *rc, unsigned long val, bool force)
-
-	The same as res_counter_charge(), but it must not acquire/release the
-	res_counter->lock internally (it must be called with res_counter->lock
-	held). The force parameter indicates whether we can bypass the limit.
-
- e. u64 res_counter_uncharge[_locked]
-			(struct res_counter *rc, unsigned long val)
+ d. u64 res_counter_uncharge(struct res_counter *rc, unsigned long val)
 
 	When a resource is released (freed) it should be de-accounted
 	from the resource counter it was accounted to.  This is called
@@ -93,7 +85,7 @@
 
 	The _locked routines imply that the res_counter->lock is taken.
 
- f. u64 res_counter_uncharge_until
+ e. u64 res_counter_uncharge_until
 		(struct res_counter *rc, struct res_counter *top,
 		 unsigned long val)
 
diff --git a/Documentation/clk.txt b/Documentation/clk.txt
index 699ef2a..c9c399a 100644
--- a/Documentation/clk.txt
+++ b/Documentation/clk.txt
@@ -255,3 +255,37 @@
 
 To bypass this disabling, include "clk_ignore_unused" in the bootargs to the
 kernel.
+
+	Part 7 - Locking
+
+The common clock framework uses two global locks, the prepare lock and the
+enable lock.
+
+The enable lock is a spinlock and is held across calls to the .enable,
+.disable and .is_enabled operations. Those operations are thus not allowed to
+sleep, and calls to the clk_enable(), clk_disable() and clk_is_enabled() API
+functions are allowed in atomic context.
+
+The prepare lock is a mutex and is held across calls to all other operations.
+All those operations are allowed to sleep, and calls to the corresponding API
+functions are not allowed in atomic context.
+
+This effectively divides operations in two groups from a locking perspective.
+
+Drivers don't need to manually protect resources shared between the operations
+of one group, regardless of whether those resources are shared by multiple
+clocks or not. However, access to resources that are shared between operations
+of the two groups needs to be protected by the drivers. An example of such a
+resource would be a register that controls both the clock rate and the clock
+enable/disable state.
+
+The clock framework is reentrant, in that a driver is allowed to call clock
+framework functions from within its implementation of clock operations. This
+can for instance cause a .set_rate operation of one clock being called from
+within the .set_rate operation of another clock. This case must be considered
+in the driver implementations, but the code flow is usually controlled by the
+driver in that case.
+
+Note that locking must also be considered when code outside of the common
+clock framework needs to access resources used by the clock operations. This
+is considered out of scope of this document.
diff --git a/Documentation/cpu-hotplug.txt b/Documentation/cpu-hotplug.txt
index be675d2..a0b005d 100644
--- a/Documentation/cpu-hotplug.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cpu-hotplug.txt
@@ -312,12 +312,57 @@
 Q: I don't see my action being called for all CPUs already up and running?
 A: Yes, CPU notifiers are called only when new CPUs are on-lined or offlined.
    If you need to perform some action for each cpu already in the system, then
+   do this:
 
 	for_each_online_cpu(i) {
 		foobar_cpu_callback(&foobar_cpu_notifier, CPU_UP_PREPARE, i);
 		foobar_cpu_callback(&foobar_cpu_notifier, CPU_ONLINE, i);
 	}
 
+   However, if you want to register a hotplug callback, as well as perform
+   some initialization for CPUs that are already online, then do this:
+
+   Version 1: (Correct)
+   ---------
+
+   	cpu_notifier_register_begin();
+
+		for_each_online_cpu(i) {
+			foobar_cpu_callback(&foobar_cpu_notifier,
+					    CPU_UP_PREPARE, i);
+			foobar_cpu_callback(&foobar_cpu_notifier,
+					    CPU_ONLINE, i);
+		}
+
+	/* Note the use of the double underscored version of the API */
+	__register_cpu_notifier(&foobar_cpu_notifier);
+
+	cpu_notifier_register_done();
+
+   Note that the following code is *NOT* the right way to achieve this,
+   because it is prone to an ABBA deadlock between the cpu_add_remove_lock
+   and the cpu_hotplug.lock.
+
+   Version 2: (Wrong!)
+   ---------
+
+	get_online_cpus();
+
+		for_each_online_cpu(i) {
+			foobar_cpu_callback(&foobar_cpu_notifier,
+					    CPU_UP_PREPARE, i);
+			foobar_cpu_callback(&foobar_cpu_notifier,
+					    CPU_ONLINE, i);
+		}
+
+	register_cpu_notifier(&foobar_cpu_notifier);
+
+	put_online_cpus();
+
+    So always use the first version shown above when you want to register
+    callbacks as well as initialize the already online CPUs.
+
+
 Q: If i would like to develop cpu hotplug support for a new architecture,
    what do i need at a minimum?
 A: The following are what is required for CPU hotplug infrastructure to work
diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/era.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/era.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c6d01b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/era.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+Introduction
+============
+
+dm-era is a target that behaves similar to the linear target.  In
+addition it keeps track of which blocks were written within a user
+defined period of time called an 'era'.  Each era target instance
+maintains the current era as a monotonically increasing 32-bit
+counter.
+
+Use cases include tracking changed blocks for backup software, and
+partially invalidating the contents of a cache to restore cache
+coherency after rolling back a vendor snapshot.
+
+Constructor
+===========
+
+ era <metadata dev> <origin dev> <block size>
+
+ metadata dev    : fast device holding the persistent metadata
+ origin dev	 : device holding data blocks that may change
+ block size      : block size of origin data device, granularity that is
+		     tracked by the target
+
+Messages
+========
+
+None of the dm messages take any arguments.
+
+checkpoint
+----------
+
+Possibly move to a new era.  You shouldn't assume the era has
+incremented.  After sending this message, you should check the
+current era via the status line.
+
+take_metadata_snap
+------------------
+
+Create a clone of the metadata, to allow a userland process to read it.
+
+drop_metadata_snap
+------------------
+
+Drop the metadata snapshot.
+
+Status
+======
+
+<metadata block size> <#used metadata blocks>/<#total metadata blocks>
+<current era> <held metadata root | '-'>
+
+metadata block size	 : Fixed block size for each metadata block in
+			     sectors
+#used metadata blocks	 : Number of metadata blocks used
+#total metadata blocks	 : Total number of metadata blocks
+current era		 : The current era
+held metadata root	 : The location, in blocks, of the metadata root
+			     that has been 'held' for userspace read
+			     access. '-' indicates there is no held root
+
+Detailed use case
+=================
+
+The scenario of invalidating a cache when rolling back a vendor
+snapshot was the primary use case when developing this target:
+
+Taking a vendor snapshot
+------------------------
+
+- Send a checkpoint message to the era target
+- Make a note of the current era in its status line
+- Take vendor snapshot (the era and snapshot should be forever
+  associated now).
+
+Rolling back to an vendor snapshot
+----------------------------------
+
+- Cache enters passthrough mode (see: dm-cache's docs in cache.txt)
+- Rollback vendor storage
+- Take metadata snapshot
+- Ascertain which blocks have been written since the snapshot was taken
+  by checking each block's era
+- Invalidate those blocks in the caching software
+- Cache returns to writeback/writethrough mode
+
+Memory usage
+============
+
+The target uses a bitset to record writes in the current era.  It also
+has a spare bitset ready for switching over to a new era.  Other than
+that it uses a few 4k blocks for updating metadata.
+
+   (4 * nr_blocks) bytes + buffers
+
+Resilience
+==========
+
+Metadata is updated on disk before a write to a previously unwritten
+block is performed.  As such dm-era should not be effected by a hard
+crash such as power failure.
+
+Userland tools
+==============
+
+Userland tools are found in the increasingly poorly named
+thin-provisioning-tools project:
+
+    https://github.com/jthornber/thin-provisioning-tools
diff --git a/Documentation/devices.txt b/Documentation/devices.txt
index 087d212..87b4c5e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devices.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devices.txt
@@ -353,6 +353,7 @@
 		133 = /dev/exttrp	External device trap
 		134 = /dev/apm_bios	Advanced Power Management BIOS
 		135 = /dev/rtc		Real Time Clock
+		137 = /dev/vhci		Bluetooth virtual HCI driver
 		139 = /dev/openprom	SPARC OpenBoot PROM
 		140 = /dev/relay8	Berkshire Products Octal relay card
 		141 = /dev/relay16	Berkshire Products ISO-16 relay card
@@ -1493,10 +1494,17 @@
 		 64 = /dev/radio0	Radio device
 		    ...
 		127 = /dev/radio63	Radio device
+		128 = /dev/swradio0	Software Defined Radio device
+		    ...
+		191 = /dev/swradio63	Software Defined Radio device
 		224 = /dev/vbi0		Vertical blank interrupt
 		    ...
 		255 = /dev/vbi31	Vertical blank interrupt
 
+		Minor numbers are allocated dynamically unless
+		CONFIG_VIDEO_FIXED_MINOR_RANGES (default n)
+		configuration option is set.
+
  81 block	I2O hard disk
 		  0 = /dev/i2o/hdq	17th I2O hard disk, whole disk
 		 16 = /dev/i2o/hdr	18th I2O hard disk, whole disk
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arch_timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arch_timer.txt
index 06fc760..37b2caf 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arch_timer.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arch_timer.txt
@@ -19,6 +19,9 @@
 
 - clock-frequency : The frequency of the main counter, in Hz. Optional.
 
+- always-on : a boolean property. If present, the timer is powered through an
+  always-on power domain, therefore it never loses context.
+
 Example:
 
 	timer {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-375.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-375.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..867d0b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-375.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+Marvell Armada 375 Platforms Device Tree Bindings
+-------------------------------------------------
+
+Boards with a SoC of the Marvell Armada 375 family shall have the
+following property:
+
+Required root node property:
+
+compatible: must contain "marvell,armada375"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-38x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-38x.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..11f2330
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-38x.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+Marvell Armada 38x Platforms Device Tree Bindings
+-------------------------------------------------
+
+Boards with a SoC of the Marvell Armada 38x family shall have the
+following property:
+
+Required root node property:
+
+ - compatible: must contain either "marvell,armada380" or
+   "marvell,armada385" depending on the variant of the SoC being used.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-adc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-adc.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 9a1175b..0000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-adc.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-* AT91's Analog to Digital Converter (ADC)
-
-Required properties:
-  - compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-adc"
-    <chip> can be "at91sam9260", "at91sam9g45" or "at91sam9x5"
-  - reg: Should contain ADC registers location and length
-  - interrupts: Should contain the IRQ line for the ADC
-  - clock-names: tuple listing input clock names.
-	Required elements: "adc_clk", "adc_op_clk".
-  - clocks: phandles to input clocks.
-  - atmel,adc-channels-used: Bitmask of the channels muxed and enable for this
-    device
-  - atmel,adc-startup-time: Startup Time of the ADC in microseconds as
-    defined in the datasheet
-  - atmel,adc-vref: Reference voltage in millivolts for the conversions
-  - atmel,adc-res: List of resolution in bits supported by the ADC. List size
-		   must be two at least.
-  - atmel,adc-res-names: Contains one identifier string for each resolution
-			 in atmel,adc-res property. "lowres" and "highres"
-			 identifiers are required.
-
-Optional properties:
-  - atmel,adc-use-external: Boolean to enable of external triggers
-  - atmel,adc-use-res: String corresponding to an identifier from
-		       atmel,adc-res-names property. If not specified, the highest
-		       resolution will be used.
-  - atmel,adc-sleep-mode: Boolean to enable sleep mode when no conversion
-  - atmel,adc-sample-hold-time: Sample and Hold Time in microseconds
-  - atmel,adc-ts-wires: Number of touch screen wires. Should be 4 or 5. If this
-                        value is set, then adc driver will enable touch screen
-                        support.
-    NOTE: when adc touch screen enabled, the adc hardware trigger will be
-          disabled. Since touch screen will occupied the trigger register.
-  - atmel,adc-ts-pressure-threshold: a pressure threshold for touchscreen. It
-                                     make touch detect more precision.
- 
-Optional trigger Nodes:
-  - Required properties:
-    * trigger-name: Name of the trigger exposed to the user
-    * trigger-value: Value to put in the Trigger register
-      to activate this trigger
-  - Optional properties:
-    * trigger-external: Is the trigger an external trigger?
-
-Examples:
-adc0: adc@fffb0000 {
-	compatible = "atmel,at91sam9260-adc";
-	reg = <0xfffb0000 0x100>;
-	interrupts = <20 4>;
-	clocks = <&adc_clk>, <&adc_op_clk>;
-	clock-names = "adc_clk", "adc_op_clk";
-	atmel,adc-channel-base = <0x30>;
-	atmel,adc-channels-used = <0xff>;
-	atmel,adc-drdy-mask = <0x10000>;
-	atmel,adc-num-channels = <8>;
-	atmel,adc-startup-time = <40>;
-	atmel,adc-status-register = <0x1c>;
-	atmel,adc-trigger-register = <0x08>;
-	atmel,adc-use-external;
-	atmel,adc-vref = <3300>;
-	atmel,adc-res = <8 10>;
-	atmel,adc-res-names = "lowres", "highres";
-	atmel,adc-use-res = "lowres";
-
-	trigger@0 {
-		trigger-name = "external-rising";
-		trigger-value = <0x1>;
-		trigger-external;
-	};
-	trigger@1 {
-		trigger-name = "external-falling";
-		trigger-value = <0x2>;
-		trigger-external;
-	};
-
-	trigger@2 {
-		trigger-name = "external-any";
-		trigger-value = <0x3>;
-		trigger-external;
-	};
-
-	trigger@3 {
-		trigger-name = "continuous";
-		trigger-value = <0x6>;
-	};
-};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/bcm21664.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/bcm21664.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e077425
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/bcm21664.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+Broadcom BCM21664 device tree bindings
+--------------------------------------
+
+This document describes the device tree bindings for boards with the BCM21664
+SoC.
+
+Required root node property:
+  - compatible: brcm,bcm21664
+
+Example:
+	/ {
+		model = "BCM21664 SoC";
+		compatible = "brcm,bcm21664";
+		[...]
+	}
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/kona-resetmgr.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/kona-resetmgr.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..93f31ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/kona-resetmgr.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+Broadcom Kona Family Reset Manager
+----------------------------------
+
+The reset manager is used on the Broadcom BCM21664 SoC.
+
+Required properties:
+  - compatible: brcm,bcm21664-resetmgr
+  - reg: memory address & range
+
+Example:
+	brcm,resetmgr@35001f00 {
+		compatible = "brcm,bcm21664-resetmgr";
+		reg = <0x35001f00 0x24>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm4708.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm4708.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b0f49f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm4708.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+Broadcom BCM4708 device tree bindings
+-------------------------------------------
+
+Boards with the BCM4708 SoC shall have the following properties:
+
+Required root node property:
+
+compatible = "brcm,bcm4708";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt
index 9130435..333f4ae 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt
@@ -180,7 +180,11 @@
 			  be one of:
 			     "spin-table"
 			     "psci"
-			# On ARM 32-bit systems this property is optional.
+			# On ARM 32-bit systems this property is optional and
+			  can be one of:
+			    "qcom,gcc-msm8660"
+			    "qcom,kpss-acc-v1"
+			    "qcom,kpss-acc-v2"
 
 	- cpu-release-addr
 		Usage: required for systems that have an "enable-method"
@@ -191,6 +195,21 @@
 			  property identifying a 64-bit zero-initialised
 			  memory location.
 
+	- qcom,saw
+		Usage: required for systems that have an "enable-method"
+		       property value of "qcom,kpss-acc-v1" or
+		       "qcom,kpss-acc-v2"
+		Value type: <phandle>
+		Definition: Specifies the SAW[1] node associated with this CPU.
+
+	- qcom,acc
+		Usage: required for systems that have an "enable-method"
+		       property value of "qcom,kpss-acc-v1" or
+		       "qcom,kpss-acc-v2"
+		Value type: <phandle>
+		Definition: Specifies the ACC[2] node associated with this CPU.
+
+
 Example 1 (dual-cluster big.LITTLE system 32-bit):
 
 	cpus {
@@ -382,3 +401,7 @@
 		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
 	};
 };
+
+--
+[1] arm/msm/qcom,saw2.txt
+[2] arm/msm/qcom,kpss-acc.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt
index bae0d87..5573c08 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt
@@ -50,6 +50,11 @@
   regions, used when the GIC doesn't have banked registers. The offset is
   cpu-offset * cpu-nr.
 
+- arm,routable-irqs : Total number of gic irq inputs which are not directly
+		  connected from the peripherals, but are routed dynamically
+		  by a crossbar/multiplexer preceding the GIC. The GIC irq
+		  input line is assigned dynamically when the corresponding
+		  peripheral's crossbar line is mapped.
 Example:
 
 	intc: interrupt-controller@fff11000 {
@@ -57,6 +62,7 @@
 		#interrupt-cells = <3>;
 		#address-cells = <1>;
 		interrupt-controller;
+		arm,routable-irqs = <160>;
 		reg = <0xfff11000 0x1000>,
 		      <0xfff10100 0x100>;
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon.txt
index 8c7a465..df0a452 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon.txt
@@ -30,3 +30,17 @@
 		resume-offset = <0x308>;
 		reboot-offset = <0x4>;
 	};
+
+PCTRL: Peripheral misc control register
+
+Required Properties:
+- compatible: "hisilicon,pctrl"
+- reg: Address and size of pctrl.
+
+Example:
+
+	/* for Hi3620 */
+	pctrl: pctrl@fca09000 {
+		compatible = "hisilicon,pctrl";
+		reg = <0xfca09000 0x1000>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/keystone/keystone.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/keystone/keystone.txt
index 63c0e6a..59d7a46 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/keystone/keystone.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/keystone/keystone.txt
@@ -8,3 +8,13 @@
  - compatible: All TI specific devices present in Keystone SOC should be in
    the form "ti,keystone-*". Generic devices like gic, arch_timers, ns16550
    type UART should use the specified compatible for those devices.
+
+Boards:
+-  Keystone 2 Hawking/Kepler EVM
+   compatible = "ti,k2hk-evm","ti,keystone"
+
+-  Keystone 2 Lamarr EVM
+   compatible = "ti,k2l-evm","ti,keystone"
+
+-  Keystone 2 Edison EVM
+   compatible = "ti,k2e-evm","ti,keystone"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,kirkwood.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,kirkwood.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..925ecbf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,kirkwood.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+Marvell Kirkwood SoC Family Device Tree Bindings
+------------------------------------------------
+
+Boards with a SoC of the Marvell Kirkwook family, eg 88f6281
+
+* Required root node properties:
+compatible: must contain "marvell,kirkwood"
+
+In addition, the above compatible shall be extended with the specific
+SoC. Currently known SoC compatibles are:
+
+"marvell,kirkwood-88f6192"
+"marvell,kirkwood-88f6281"
+"marvell,kirkwood-88f6282"
+"marvell,kirkwood-88f6283"
+"marvell,kirkwood-88f6702"
+"marvell,kirkwood-98DX4122"
+
+And in addition, the compatible shall be extended with the specific
+board. Currently known boards are:
+
+"buffalo,lschlv2"
+"buffalo,lsxhl"
+"buffalo,lsxl"
+"dlink,dns-320"
+"dlink,dns-320-a1"
+"dlink,dns-325"
+"dlink,dns-325-a1"
+"dlink,dns-kirkwood"
+"excito,b3"
+"globalscale,dreamplug-003-ds2001"
+"globalscale,guruplug"
+"globalscale,guruplug-server-plus"
+"globalscale,sheevaplug"
+"globalscale,sheevaplug"
+"globalscale,sheevaplug-esata"
+"globalscale,sheevaplug-esata-rev13"
+"iom,iconnect"
+"iom,iconnect-1.1"
+"iom,ix2-200"
+"keymile,km_kirkwood"
+"lacie,cloudbox"
+"lacie,inetspace_v2"
+"lacie,laplug"
+"lacie,netspace_lite_v2"
+"lacie,netspace_max_v2"
+"lacie,netspace_mini_v2"
+"lacie,netspace_v2"
+"marvell,db-88f6281-bp"
+"marvell,db-88f6282-bp"
+"marvell,mv88f6281gtw-ge"
+"marvell,rd88f6281"
+"marvell,rd88f6281"
+"marvell,rd88f6281-a0"
+"marvell,rd88f6281-a1"
+"mpl,cec4"
+"mpl,cec4-10"
+"netgear,readynas"
+"netgear,readynas"
+"netgear,readynas-duo-v2"
+"netgear,readynas-nv+-v2"
+"plathome,openblocks-a6"
+"plathome,openblocks-a7"
+"raidsonic,ib-nas6210"
+"raidsonic,ib-nas6210-b"
+"raidsonic,ib-nas6220"
+"raidsonic,ib-nas6220-b"
+"raidsonic,ib-nas62x0"
+"seagate,dockstar"
+"seagate,goflexnet"
+"synology,ds109"
+"synology,ds110jv10"
+"synology,ds110jv20"
+"synology,ds110jv30"
+"synology,ds111"
+"synology,ds209"
+"synology,ds210jv10"
+"synology,ds210jv20"
+"synology,ds212"
+"synology,ds212jv10"
+"synology,ds212jv20"
+"synology,ds212pv10"
+"synology,ds409"
+"synology,ds409slim"
+"synology,ds410j"
+"synology,ds411"
+"synology,ds411j"
+"synology,ds411slim"
+"synology,ds413jv10"
+"synology,rs212"
+"synology,rs409"
+"synology,rs411"
+"synology,rs812"
+"usi,topkick"
+"usi,topkick-1281P2"
+"zyxel,nsa310"
+"zyxel,nsa310a"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mrvl/feroceon.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mrvl/feroceon.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0d244b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mrvl/feroceon.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+* Marvell Feroceon Cache
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : Should be either "marvell,feroceon-cache" or
+  	       "marvell,kirkwood-cache".
+
+Optional properties:
+- reg        : Address of the L2 cache control register. Mandatory for
+  	       "marvell,kirkwood-cache", not used by "marvell,feroceon-cache"
+
+
+Example:
+		l2: l2-cache@20128 {
+			compatible = "marvell,kirkwood-cache";
+			reg = <0x20128 0x4>;
+		};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,kpss-acc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,kpss-acc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1333db9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,kpss-acc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+Krait Processor Sub-system (KPSS) Application Clock Controller (ACC)
+
+The KPSS ACC provides clock, power domain, and reset control to a Krait CPU.
+There is one ACC register region per CPU within the KPSS remapped region as
+well as an alias register region that remaps accesses to the ACC associated
+with the CPU accessing the region.
+
+PROPERTIES
+
+- compatible:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <string>
+	Definition: should be one of:
+			"qcom,kpss-acc-v1"
+			"qcom,kpss-acc-v2"
+
+- reg:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
+	Definition: the first element specifies the base address and size of
+		    the register region. An optional second element specifies
+		    the base address and size of the alias register region.
+
+Example:
+
+	clock-controller@2088000 {
+		compatible = "qcom,kpss-acc-v2";
+		reg = <0x02088000 0x1000>,
+		      <0x02008000 0x1000>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,saw2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,saw2.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1505fb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,saw2.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+SPM AVS Wrapper 2 (SAW2)
+
+The SAW2 is a wrapper around the Subsystem Power Manager (SPM) and the
+Adaptive Voltage Scaling (AVS) hardware. The SPM is a programmable
+micro-controller that transitions a piece of hardware (like a processor or
+subsystem) into and out of low power modes via a direct connection to
+the PMIC. It can also be wired up to interact with other processors in the
+system, notifying them when a low power state is entered or exited.
+
+PROPERTIES
+
+- compatible:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <string>
+	Definition: shall contain "qcom,saw2". A more specific value should be
+		    one of:
+			 "qcom,saw2-v1"
+			 "qcom,saw2-v1.1"
+			 "qcom,saw2-v2"
+			 "qcom,saw2-v2.1"
+
+- reg:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
+	Definition: the first element specifies the base address and size of
+		    the register region. An optional second element specifies
+		    the base address and size of the alias register region.
+
+
+Example:
+
+	regulator@2099000 {
+		compatible = "qcom,saw2";
+		reg = <0x02099000 0x1000>, <0x02009000 0x1000>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mvebu-system-controller.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mvebu-system-controller.txt
index 081c6a7..d24ab2e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mvebu-system-controller.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mvebu-system-controller.txt
@@ -1,12 +1,13 @@
 MVEBU System Controller
 -----------------------
-MVEBU (Marvell SOCs: Armada 370/XP, Dove, mv78xx0, Kirkwood, Orion5x)
+MVEBU (Marvell SOCs: Armada 370/375/XP, Dove, mv78xx0, Kirkwood, Orion5x)
 
 Required properties:
 
 - compatible: one of:
 	- "marvell,orion-system-controller"
 	- "marvell,armada-370-xp-system-controller"
+	- "marvell,armada-375-system-controller"
 - reg: Should contain system controller registers location and length.
 
 Example:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/crossbar.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/crossbar.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fb88585
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/crossbar.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+Some socs have a large number of interrupts requests to service
+the needs of its many peripherals and subsystems. All of the
+interrupt lines from the subsystems are not needed at the same
+time, so they have to be muxed to the irq-controller appropriately.
+In such places a interrupt controllers are preceded by an CROSSBAR
+that provides flexibility in muxing the device requests to the controller
+inputs.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : Should be "ti,irq-crossbar"
+- reg: Base address and the size of the crossbar registers.
+- ti,max-irqs: Total number of irqs available at the interrupt controller.
+- ti,reg-size: Size of a individual register in bytes. Every individual
+	    register is assumed to be of same size. Valid sizes are 1, 2, 4.
+- ti,irqs-reserved: List of the reserved irq lines that are not muxed using
+		 crossbar. These interrupt lines are reserved in the soc,
+		 so crossbar bar driver should not consider them as free
+		 lines.
+
+Examples:
+		crossbar_mpu: @4a020000 {
+			compatible = "ti,irq-crossbar";
+			reg = <0x4a002a48 0x130>;
+			ti,max-irqs = <160>;
+			ti,reg-size = <2>;
+			ti,irqs-reserved = <0 1 2 3 5 6 131 132 139 140>;
+		};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/dmm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/dmm.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8bd6d0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/dmm.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+OMAP Dynamic Memory Manager (DMM) bindings
+
+The dynamic memory manager (DMM) is a module located immediately in front of the
+SDRAM controllers (called EMIFs on OMAP). DMM manages various aspects of memory
+accesses such as priority generation amongst initiators, configuration of SDRAM
+interleaving, optimizing transfer of 2D block objects, and provide MMU-like page
+translation for initiators which need contiguous dma bus addresses.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:	Should contain "ti,omap4-dmm" for OMAP4 family
+		Should contain "ti,omap5-dmm" for OMAP5 and DRA7x family
+- reg:		Contains DMM register address range (base address and length)
+- interrupts:	Should contain an interrupt-specifier for DMM_IRQ.
+- ti,hwmods:	Name of the hwmod associated to DMM, which is typically "dmm"
+
+Example:
+
+dmm@4e000000 {
+	compatible = "ti,omap4-dmm";
+	reg = <0x4e000000 0x800>;
+	ti,hwmods = "dmm";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt
index af9b4a0..36ede19 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt
@@ -99,6 +99,9 @@
 - OMAP4 PandaBoard : Low cost community board
   compatible = "ti,omap4-panda", "ti,omap4430"
 
+- OMAP4 DuoVero with Parlor : Commercial expansion board with daughter board
+  compatible = "gumstix,omap4-duovero-parlor", "gumstix,omap4-duovero", "ti,omap4430", "ti,omap4";
+
 - OMAP3 EVM : Software Development Board for OMAP35x, AM/DM37x
   compatible = "ti,omap3-evm", "ti,omap3"
 
@@ -114,5 +117,8 @@
 - AM43x EPOS EVM
   compatible = "ti,am43x-epos-evm", "ti,am4372", "ti,am43"
 
+- AM437x GP EVM
+  compatible = "ti,am437x-gp-evm", "ti,am4372", "ti,am43"
+
 - DRA7 EVM:  Software Developement Board for DRA7XX
   compatible = "ti,dra7-evm", "ti,dra7"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/pmu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/pmu.txt
index 3e1e498..fe5cef8 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/pmu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/pmu.txt
@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@
 - compatible : should be one of
 	"arm,armv8-pmuv3"
 	"arm,cortex-a15-pmu"
+	"arm,cortex-a12-pmu"
 	"arm,cortex-a9-pmu"
 	"arm,cortex-a8-pmu"
 	"arm,cortex-a7-pmu"
@@ -16,7 +17,14 @@
 	"arm,arm11mpcore-pmu"
 	"arm,arm1176-pmu"
 	"arm,arm1136-pmu"
-- interrupts : 1 combined interrupt or 1 per core.
+	"qcom,krait-pmu"
+- interrupts : 1 combined interrupt or 1 per core. If the interrupt is a per-cpu
+               interrupt (PPI) then 1 interrupt should be specified.
+
+Optional properties:
+
+- qcom,no-pc-write : Indicates that this PMU doesn't support the 0xc and 0xd
+                     events.
 
 Example:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip/pmu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip/pmu.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ee9b42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip/pmu.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+Rockchip power-management-unit:
+-------------------------------
+
+The pmu is used to turn off and on different power domains of the SoCs
+This includes the power to the CPU cores.
+
+Required node properties:
+- compatible value : = "rockchip,rk3066-pmu";
+- reg : physical base address and the size of the registers window
+
+Example:
+
+	pmu@20004000 {
+		compatible = "rockchip,rk3066-pmu";
+		reg = <0x20004000 0x100>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip/smp-sram.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip/smp-sram.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d9416fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip/smp-sram.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+Rockchip SRAM for smp bringup:
+------------------------------
+
+Rockchip's smp-capable SoCs use the first part of the sram for the bringup
+of the cores. Once the core gets powered up it executes the code that is
+residing at the very beginning of the sram.
+
+Therefore a reserved section sub-node has to be added to the mmio-sram
+declaration.
+
+Required sub-node properties:
+- compatible : should be "rockchip,rk3066-smp-sram"
+
+The rest of the properties should follow the generic mmio-sram discription
+found in ../../misc/sram.txt
+
+Example:
+
+	sram: sram@10080000 {
+		compatible = "mmio-sram";
+		reg = <0x10080000 0x10000>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <1>;
+		ranges;
+
+		smp-sram@10080000 {
+			compatible = "rockchip,rk3066-smp-sram";
+			reg = <0x10080000 0x50>;
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/pmu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/pmu.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f1f1552
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/pmu.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+SAMSUNG Exynos SoC series PMU Registers
+
+Properties:
+ - compatible : should contain two values. First value must be one from following list:
+		   - "samsung,exynos5250-pmu" - for Exynos5250 SoC,
+		   - "samsung,exynos5420-pmu" - for Exynos5420 SoC.
+		second value must be always "syscon".
+
+ - reg : offset and length of the register set.
+
+Example :
+pmu_system_controller: system-controller@10040000 {
+	compatible = "samsung,exynos5250-pmu", "syscon";
+	reg = <0x10040000 0x5000>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/topology.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/topology.txt
index 4aa20e7..1061faf 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/topology.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/topology.txt
@@ -75,9 +75,10 @@
 
 whose bindings are described in paragraph 3.
 
-The nodes describing the CPU topology (cluster/core/thread) can only be
-defined within the cpu-map node.
-Any other configuration is consider invalid and therefore must be ignored.
+The nodes describing the CPU topology (cluster/core/thread) can only
+be defined within the cpu-map node and every core/thread in the system
+must be defined within the topology.  Any other configuration is
+invalid and therefore must be ignored.
 
 ===========================================
 2.1 - cpu-map child nodes naming convention
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/apm-xgene.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/apm-xgene.txt
index 7bcfbf5..a668f0e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/apm-xgene.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/apm-xgene.txt
@@ -24,6 +24,7 @@
   * "sata-phy" for the SATA 6.0Gbps PHY
 
 Optional properties:
+- dma-coherent		: Present if dma operations are coherent
 - status		: Shall be "ok" if enabled or "disabled" if disabled.
 			  Default is "ok".
 
@@ -55,6 +56,7 @@
 			      <0x0 0x1f22e000 0x0 0x1000>,
 			      <0x0 0x1f227000 0x0 0x1000>;
 			interrupts = <0x0 0x87 0x4>;
+			dma-coherent;
 			status = "ok";
 			clocks = <&sataclk 0>;
 			phys = <&phy2 0>;
@@ -69,6 +71,7 @@
 			      <0x0 0x1f23e000 0x0 0x1000>,
 			      <0x0 0x1f237000 0x0 0x1000>;
 			interrupts = <0x0 0x88 0x4>;
+			dma-coherent;
 			status = "ok";
 			clocks = <&sataclk 0>;
 			phys = <&phy3 0>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/exynos-sata-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/exynos-sata-phy.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 37824fa..0000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/exynos-sata-phy.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-* Samsung SATA PHY Controller
-
-SATA PHY nodes are defined to describe on-chip SATA Physical layer controllers.
-Each SATA PHY controller should have its own node.
-
-Required properties:
-- compatible        : compatible list, contains "samsung,exynos5-sata-phy"
-- reg               : <registers mapping>
-
-Example:
-        sata@ffe07000 {
-                compatible = "samsung,exynos5-sata-phy";
-                reg = <0xffe07000 0x1000>;
-        };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/exynos-sata.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/exynos-sata.txt
index 0849f10..cb48448 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/exynos-sata.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/exynos-sata.txt
@@ -4,14 +4,27 @@
 Each SATA controller should have its own node.
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible        : compatible list, contains "samsung,exynos5-sata"
-- interrupts        : <interrupt mapping for SATA IRQ>
-- reg               : <registers mapping>
-- samsung,sata-freq : <frequency in MHz>
+- compatible		: compatible list, contains "samsung,exynos5-sata"
+- interrupts		: <interrupt mapping for SATA IRQ>
+- reg			: <registers mapping>
+- samsung,sata-freq	: <frequency in MHz>
+- phys			: Must contain exactly one entry as specified
+			  in phy-bindings.txt
+- phy-names		: Must be "sata-phy"
+
+Optional properties:
+- clocks		: Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names.
+- clock-names		: Shall be "sata" for the external SATA bus clock,
+			  and "sclk_sata" for the internal controller clock.
 
 Example:
-        sata@ffe08000 {
-                compatible = "samsung,exynos5-sata";
-                reg = <0xffe08000 0x1000>;
-                interrupts = <115>;
-        };
+	sata@122f0000 {
+		compatible = "snps,dwc-ahci";
+		samsung,sata-freq = <66>;
+		reg = <0x122f0000 0x1ff>;
+		interrupts = <0 115 0>;
+		clocks = <&clock 277>, <&clock 143>;
+		clock-names = "sata", "sclk_sata";
+		phys = <&sata_phy>;
+		phy-names = "sata-phy";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/imx-weim.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/imx-weim.txt
index 0fd76c4..6630d84 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/imx-weim.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/imx-weim.txt
@@ -8,7 +8,12 @@
 
 Required properties:
 
- - compatible:		Should be set to "fsl,<soc>-weim"
+ - compatible:		Should contain one of the following:
+			  "fsl,imx1-weim"
+			  "fsl,imx27-weim"
+			  "fsl,imx51-weim"
+			  "fsl,imx50-weim"
+			  "fsl,imx6q-weim"
  - reg:			A resource specifier for the register space
 			(see the example below)
  - clocks:		the clock, see the example below.
@@ -19,6 +24,26 @@
 
 			   <cs-number> 0 <physical address of mapping> <size>
 
+Optional properties:
+
+ - fsl,weim-cs-gpr:	For "fsl,imx50-weim" and "fsl,imx6q-weim" type of
+			devices, it should be the phandle to the system General
+			Purpose Register controller that contains WEIM CS GPR
+			register, e.g. IOMUXC_GPR1 on i.MX6Q.  IOMUXC_GPR1[11:0]
+			should be set up as one of the following 4 possible
+			values depending on the CS space configuration.
+
+			IOMUXC_GPR1[11:0]    CS0    CS1    CS2    CS3
+			---------------------------------------------
+				05	    128M     0M     0M     0M
+				033          64M    64M     0M     0M
+				0113         64M    32M    32M     0M
+				01111        32M    32M    32M    32M
+
+			In case that the property is absent, the reset value or
+			what bootloader sets up in IOMUXC_GPR1[11:0] will be
+			used.
+
 Timing property for child nodes. It is mandatory, not optional.
 
  - fsl,weim-cs-timing:	The timing array, contains timing values for the
@@ -43,6 +68,7 @@
 		#address-cells = <2>;
 		#size-cells = <1>;
 		ranges = <0 0 0x08000000 0x08000000>;
+		fsl,weim-cs-gpr = <&gpr>;
 
 		nor@0,0 {
 			compatible = "cfi-flash";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/altr_socfpga.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/altr_socfpga.txt
index 0045433..5dfd145 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/altr_socfpga.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/altr_socfpga.txt
@@ -23,3 +23,8 @@
         and the bit index.
 - div-reg : For "socfpga-gate-clk", div-reg contains the divider register, bit shift,
         and width.
+- clk-phase : For the sdmmc_clk, contains the value of the clock phase that controls
+	the SDMMC CIU clock. The first value is the clk_sample(smpsel), and the second
+	value is the cclk_in_drv(drvsel). The clk-phase is used to enable the correct
+	hold/delay times that is needed for the SD/MMC CIU clock. The values of both
+	can be 0-315 degrees, in 45 degree increments.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/arm-integrator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/arm-integrator.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..652914b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/arm-integrator.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+Clock bindings for ARM Integrator Core Module clocks
+
+Auxilary Oscillator Clock
+
+This is a configurable clock fed from a 24 MHz chrystal,
+used for generating e.g. video clocks. It is located on the
+core module and there is only one of these.
+
+This clock node *must* be a subnode of the core module, since
+it obtains the base address for it's address range from its
+parent node.
+
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: must be "arm,integrator-cm-auxosc"
+- #clock-cells: must be <0>
+
+Optional properties:
+- clocks: parent clock(s)
+
+Example:
+
+core-module@10000000 {
+	xtal24mhz: xtal24mhz@24M {
+		#clock-cells = <0>;
+		compatible = "fixed-clock";
+		clock-frequency = <24000000>;
+	};
+	auxosc: cm_aux_osc@25M {
+		#clock-cells = <0>;
+		compatible = "arm,integrator-cm-auxosc";
+		clocks = <&xtal24mhz>;
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/axi-clkgen.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/axi-clkgen.txt
index 028b493..20e1704 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/axi-clkgen.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/axi-clkgen.txt
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 [1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible : shall be "adi,axi-clkgen".
+- compatible : shall be "adi,axi-clkgen-1.00.a" or "adi,axi-clkgen-2.00.a".
 - #clock-cells : from common clock binding; Should always be set to 0.
 - reg : Address and length of the axi-clkgen register set.
 - clocks : Phandle and clock specifier for the parent clock.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
index 7c52c29..700e7aa 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
@@ -44,6 +44,23 @@
   clocks by index. The names should reflect the clock output signal
   names for the device.
 
+clock-indices:	   If the identifyng number for the clocks in the node
+		   is not linear from zero, then the this mapping allows
+		   the mapping of identifiers into the clock-output-names
+		   array.
+
+For example, if we have two clocks <&oscillator 1> and <&oscillator 3>:
+
+	oscillator {
+		compatible = "myclocktype";
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+		clock-indices = <1>, <3>;
+		clock-output-names = "clka", "clkb";
+	}
+
+	This ensures we do not have any empty nodes in clock-output-names
+
+
 ==Clock consumers==
 
 Required properties:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos4-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos4-clock.txt
index a2ac2d9..f5a5b19 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos4-clock.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos4-clock.txt
@@ -15,259 +15,12 @@
 
 - #clock-cells: should be 1.
 
-The following is the list of clocks generated by the controller. Each clock is
-assigned an identifier and client nodes use this identifier to specify the
-clock which they consume. Some of the clocks are available only on a particular
-Exynos4 SoC and this is specified where applicable.
+Each clock is assigned an identifier and client nodes can use this identifier
+to specify the clock which they consume.
 
-
-		 [Core Clocks]
-
-  Clock               ID      SoC (if specific)
-  -----------------------------------------------
-
-  xxti                1
-  xusbxti             2
-  fin_pll             3
-  fout_apll           4
-  fout_mpll           5
-  fout_epll           6
-  fout_vpll           7
-  sclk_apll           8
-  sclk_mpll           9
-  sclk_epll           10
-  sclk_vpll           11
-  arm_clk             12
-  aclk200             13
-  aclk100             14
-  aclk160             15
-  aclk133             16
-  mout_mpll_user_t    17      Exynos4x12
-  mout_mpll_user_c    18      Exynos4x12
-  mout_core           19
-  mout_apll           20
-
-
-            [Clock Gate for Special Clocks]
-
-  Clock               ID      SoC (if specific)
-  -----------------------------------------------
-
-  sclk_fimc0          128
-  sclk_fimc1          129
-  sclk_fimc2          130
-  sclk_fimc3          131
-  sclk_cam0           132
-  sclk_cam1           133
-  sclk_csis0          134
-  sclk_csis1          135
-  sclk_hdmi           136
-  sclk_mixer          137
-  sclk_dac            138
-  sclk_pixel          139
-  sclk_fimd0          140
-  sclk_mdnie0         141     Exynos4412
-  sclk_mdnie_pwm0 12  142     Exynos4412
-  sclk_mipi0          143
-  sclk_audio0         144
-  sclk_mmc0           145
-  sclk_mmc1           146
-  sclk_mmc2           147
-  sclk_mmc3           148
-  sclk_mmc4           149
-  sclk_sata           150     Exynos4210
-  sclk_uart0          151
-  sclk_uart1          152
-  sclk_uart2          153
-  sclk_uart3          154
-  sclk_uart4          155
-  sclk_audio1         156
-  sclk_audio2         157
-  sclk_spdif          158
-  sclk_spi0           159
-  sclk_spi1           160
-  sclk_spi2           161
-  sclk_slimbus        162
-  sclk_fimd1          163     Exynos4210
-  sclk_mipi1          164     Exynos4210
-  sclk_pcm1           165
-  sclk_pcm2           166
-  sclk_i2s1           167
-  sclk_i2s2           168
-  sclk_mipihsi        169     Exynos4412
-  sclk_mfc            170
-  sclk_pcm0           171
-  sclk_g3d            172
-  sclk_pwm_isp        173     Exynos4x12
-  sclk_spi0_isp       174     Exynos4x12
-  sclk_spi1_isp       175     Exynos4x12
-  sclk_uart_isp       176     Exynos4x12
-  sclk_fimg2d         177
-
-	      [Peripheral Clock Gates]
-
-  Clock               ID      SoC (if specific)
-  -----------------------------------------------
-
-  fimc0               256
-  fimc1               257
-  fimc2               258
-  fimc3               259
-  csis0               260
-  csis1               261
-  jpeg                262
-  smmu_fimc0          263
-  smmu_fimc1          264
-  smmu_fimc2          265
-  smmu_fimc3          266
-  smmu_jpeg           267
-  vp                  268
-  mixer               269
-  tvenc               270     Exynos4210
-  hdmi                271
-  smmu_tv             272
-  mfc                 273
-  smmu_mfcl           274
-  smmu_mfcr           275
-  g3d                 276
-  g2d                 277
-  rotator             278     Exynos4210
-  mdma                279     Exynos4210
-  smmu_g2d            280     Exynos4210
-  smmu_rotator        281     Exynos4210
-  smmu_mdma           282     Exynos4210
-  fimd0               283
-  mie0                284
-  mdnie0              285     Exynos4412
-  dsim0               286
-  smmu_fimd0          287
-  fimd1               288     Exynos4210
-  mie1                289     Exynos4210
-  dsim1               290     Exynos4210
-  smmu_fimd1          291     Exynos4210
-  pdma0               292
-  pdma1               293
-  pcie_phy            294
-  sata_phy            295     Exynos4210
-  tsi                 296
-  sdmmc0              297
-  sdmmc1              298
-  sdmmc2              299
-  sdmmc3              300
-  sdmmc4              301
-  sata                302     Exynos4210
-  sromc               303
-  usb_host            304
-  usb_device          305
-  pcie                306
-  onenand             307
-  nfcon               308
-  smmu_pcie           309
-  gps                 310
-  smmu_gps            311
-  uart0               312
-  uart1               313
-  uart2               314
-  uart3               315
-  uart4               316
-  i2c0                317
-  i2c1                318
-  i2c2                319
-  i2c3                320
-  i2c4                321
-  i2c5                322
-  i2c6                323
-  i2c7                324
-  i2c_hdmi            325
-  tsadc               326
-  spi0                327
-  spi1                328
-  spi2                329
-  i2s1                330
-  i2s2                331
-  pcm0                332
-  i2s0                333
-  pcm1                334
-  pcm2                335
-  pwm                 336
-  slimbus             337
-  spdif               338
-  ac97                339
-  modemif             340
-  chipid              341
-  sysreg              342
-  hdmi_cec            343
-  mct                 344
-  wdt                 345
-  rtc                 346
-  keyif               347
-  audss               348
-  mipi_hsi            349     Exynos4210
-  mdma2               350     Exynos4210
-  pixelasyncm0        351
-  pixelasyncm1        352
-  fimc_lite0          353     Exynos4x12
-  fimc_lite1          354     Exynos4x12
-  ppmuispx            355     Exynos4x12
-  ppmuispmx           356     Exynos4x12
-  fimc_isp            357     Exynos4x12
-  fimc_drc            358     Exynos4x12
-  fimc_fd             359     Exynos4x12
-  mcuisp              360     Exynos4x12
-  gicisp              361     Exynos4x12
-  smmu_isp            362     Exynos4x12
-  smmu_drc            363     Exynos4x12
-  smmu_fd             364     Exynos4x12
-  smmu_lite0          365     Exynos4x12
-  smmu_lite1          366     Exynos4x12
-  mcuctl_isp          367     Exynos4x12
-  mpwm_isp            368     Exynos4x12
-  i2c0_isp            369     Exynos4x12
-  i2c1_isp            370     Exynos4x12
-  mtcadc_isp          371     Exynos4x12
-  pwm_isp             372     Exynos4x12
-  wdt_isp             373     Exynos4x12
-  uart_isp            374     Exynos4x12
-  asyncaxim           375     Exynos4x12
-  smmu_ispcx          376     Exynos4x12
-  spi0_isp            377     Exynos4x12
-  spi1_isp            378     Exynos4x12
-  pwm_isp_sclk        379     Exynos4x12
-  spi0_isp_sclk       380     Exynos4x12
-  spi1_isp_sclk       381     Exynos4x12
-  uart_isp_sclk       382     Exynos4x12
-  tmu_apbif           383
-
-		[Mux Clocks]
-
-  Clock			ID	SoC (if specific)
-  -----------------------------------------------
-
-  mout_fimc0		384
-  mout_fimc1		385
-  mout_fimc2		386
-  mout_fimc3		387
-  mout_cam0		388
-  mout_cam1		389
-  mout_csis0		390
-  mout_csis1		391
-  mout_g3d0		392
-  mout_g3d1		393
-  mout_g3d		394
-  aclk400_mcuisp	395	Exynos4x12
-
-		[Div Clocks]
-
-  Clock			ID	SoC (if specific)
-  -----------------------------------------------
-
-  div_isp0		450	Exynos4x12
-  div_isp1		451	Exynos4x12
-  div_mcuisp0		452	Exynos4x12
-  div_mcuisp1		453	Exynos4x12
-  div_aclk200		454	Exynos4x12
-  div_aclk400_mcuisp	455	Exynos4x12
-
+All available clocks are defined as preprocessor macros in
+dt-bindings/clock/exynos4.h header and can be used in device
+tree sources.
 
 Example 1: An example of a clock controller node is listed below.
 
@@ -285,6 +38,6 @@
 		compatible = "samsung,exynos4210-uart";
 		reg = <0x13820000 0x100>;
 		interrupts = <0 54 0>;
-		clocks = <&clock 314>, <&clock 153>;
+		clocks = <&clock CLK_UART2>, <&clock CLK_SCLK_UART2>;
 		clock-names = "uart", "clk_uart_baud0";
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5250-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5250-clock.txt
index 72ce617..536eacd 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5250-clock.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5250-clock.txt
@@ -13,163 +13,12 @@
 
 - #clock-cells: should be 1.
 
-The following is the list of clocks generated by the controller. Each clock is
-assigned an identifier and client nodes use this identifier to specify the
-clock which they consume.
+Each clock is assigned an identifier and client nodes can use this identifier
+to specify the clock which they consume.
 
-
-       [Core Clocks]
-
-  Clock			ID
-  ----------------------------
-
-  fin_pll		1
-
-  [Clock Gate for Special Clocks]
-
-  Clock			ID
-  ----------------------------
-
-  sclk_cam_bayer	128
-  sclk_cam0		129
-  sclk_cam1		130
-  sclk_gscl_wa		131
-  sclk_gscl_wb		132
-  sclk_fimd1		133
-  sclk_mipi1		134
-  sclk_dp		135
-  sclk_hdmi		136
-  sclk_pixel		137
-  sclk_audio0		138
-  sclk_mmc0		139
-  sclk_mmc1		140
-  sclk_mmc2		141
-  sclk_mmc3		142
-  sclk_sata		143
-  sclk_usb3		144
-  sclk_jpeg		145
-  sclk_uart0		146
-  sclk_uart1		147
-  sclk_uart2		148
-  sclk_uart3		149
-  sclk_pwm		150
-  sclk_audio1		151
-  sclk_audio2		152
-  sclk_spdif		153
-  sclk_spi0		154
-  sclk_spi1		155
-  sclk_spi2		156
-  div_i2s1		157
-  div_i2s2		158
-  sclk_hdmiphy		159
-  div_pcm0		160
-
-
-   [Peripheral Clock Gates]
-
-  Clock			ID
-  ----------------------------
-
-  gscl0			256
-  gscl1			257
-  gscl2			258
-  gscl3			259
-  gscl_wa		260
-  gscl_wb		261
-  smmu_gscl0		262
-  smmu_gscl1		263
-  smmu_gscl2		264
-  smmu_gscl3		265
-  mfc			266
-  smmu_mfcl		267
-  smmu_mfcr		268
-  rotator		269
-  jpeg			270
-  mdma1			271
-  smmu_rotator		272
-  smmu_jpeg		273
-  smmu_mdma1		274
-  pdma0			275
-  pdma1			276
-  sata			277
-  usbotg		278
-  mipi_hsi		279
-  sdmmc0		280
-  sdmmc1		281
-  sdmmc2		282
-  sdmmc3		283
-  sromc			284
-  usb2			285
-  usb3			286
-  sata_phyctrl		287
-  sata_phyi2c		288
-  uart0			289
-  uart1			290
-  uart2			291
-  uart3			292
-  uart4			293
-  i2c0			294
-  i2c1			295
-  i2c2			296
-  i2c3			297
-  i2c4			298
-  i2c5			299
-  i2c6			300
-  i2c7			301
-  i2c_hdmi		302
-  adc			303
-  spi0			304
-  spi1			305
-  spi2			306
-  i2s1			307
-  i2s2			308
-  pcm1			309
-  pcm2			310
-  pwm			311
-  spdif			312
-  ac97			313
-  hsi2c0		314
-  hsi2c1		315
-  hs12c2		316
-  hs12c3		317
-  chipid		318
-  sysreg		319
-  pmu			320
-  cmu_top		321
-  cmu_core		322
-  cmu_mem		323
-  tzpc0			324
-  tzpc1			325
-  tzpc2			326
-  tzpc3			327
-  tzpc4			328
-  tzpc5			329
-  tzpc6			330
-  tzpc7			331
-  tzpc8			332
-  tzpc9			333
-  hdmi_cec		334
-  mct			335
-  wdt			336
-  rtc			337
-  tmu			338
-  fimd1			339
-  mie1			340
-  dsim0			341
-  dp			342
-  mixer			343
-  hdmi			344
-  g2d			345
-  mdma0			346
-  smmu_mdma0		347
-
-
-   [Clock Muxes]
-
-  Clock			ID
-  ----------------------------
-  mout_hdmi		1024
-
+All available clocks are defined as preprocessor macros in
+dt-bindings/clock/exynos5250.h header and can be used in device
+tree sources.
 
 Example 1: An example of a clock controller node is listed below.
 
@@ -187,6 +36,6 @@
 		compatible = "samsung,exynos4210-uart";
 		reg = <0x13820000 0x100>;
 		interrupts = <0 54 0>;
-		clocks = <&clock 314>, <&clock 153>;
+		clocks = <&clock CLK_UART2>, <&clock CLK_SCLK_UART2>;
 		clock-names = "uart", "clk_uart_baud0";
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5420-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5420-clock.txt
index 458f347..ca88c97 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5420-clock.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5420-clock.txt
@@ -13,184 +13,12 @@
 
 - #clock-cells: should be 1.
 
-The following is the list of clocks generated by the controller. Each clock is
-assigned an identifier and client nodes use this identifier to specify the
-clock which they consume.
+Each clock is assigned an identifier and client nodes can use this identifier
+to specify the clock which they consume.
 
-
-       [Core Clocks]
-
-  Clock			ID
-  ----------------------------
-
-  fin_pll		1
-
-  [Clock Gate for Special Clocks]
-
-  Clock			ID
-  ----------------------------
-  sclk_uart0		128
-  sclk_uart1		129
-  sclk_uart2		130
-  sclk_uart3		131
-  sclk_mmc0		132
-  sclk_mmc1		133
-  sclk_mmc2		134
-  sclk_spi0		135
-  sclk_spi1		136
-  sclk_spi2		137
-  sclk_i2s1		138
-  sclk_i2s2		139
-  sclk_pcm1		140
-  sclk_pcm2		141
-  sclk_spdif		142
-  sclk_hdmi		143
-  sclk_pixel		144
-  sclk_dp1		145
-  sclk_mipi1		146
-  sclk_fimd1		147
-  sclk_maudio0		148
-  sclk_maupcm0		149
-  sclk_usbd300		150
-  sclk_usbd301		151
-  sclk_usbphy300	152
-  sclk_usbphy301	153
-  sclk_unipro		154
-  sclk_pwm		155
-  sclk_gscl_wa		156
-  sclk_gscl_wb		157
-  sclk_hdmiphy		158
-
-   [Peripheral Clock Gates]
-
-  Clock			ID
-  ----------------------------
-
-  aclk66_peric		256
-  uart0			257
-  uart1			258
-  uart2			259
-  uart3			260
-  i2c0			261
-  i2c1			262
-  i2c2			263
-  i2c3			264
-  i2c4			265
-  i2c5			266
-  i2c6			267
-  i2c7			268
-  i2c_hdmi		269
-  tsadc			270
-  spi0			271
-  spi1			272
-  spi2			273
-  keyif			274
-  i2s1			275
-  i2s2			276
-  pcm1			277
-  pcm2			278
-  pwm			279
-  spdif			280
-  i2c8			281
-  i2c9			282
-  i2c10			283
-  aclk66_psgen		300
-  chipid		301
-  sysreg		302
-  tzpc0			303
-  tzpc1			304
-  tzpc2			305
-  tzpc3			306
-  tzpc4			307
-  tzpc5			308
-  tzpc6			309
-  tzpc7			310
-  tzpc8			311
-  tzpc9			312
-  hdmi_cec		313
-  seckey		314
-  mct			315
-  wdt			316
-  rtc			317
-  tmu			318
-  tmu_gpu		319
-  pclk66_gpio		330
-  aclk200_fsys2		350
-  mmc0			351
-  mmc1			352
-  mmc2			353
-  sromc			354
-  ufs			355
-  aclk200_fsys		360
-  tsi			361
-  pdma0			362
-  pdma1			363
-  rtic			364
-  usbh20		365
-  usbd300		366
-  usbd301		377
-  aclk400_mscl		380
-  mscl0			381
-  mscl1			382
-  mscl2			383
-  smmu_mscl0		384
-  smmu_mscl1		385
-  smmu_mscl2		386
-  aclk333		400
-  mfc			401
-  smmu_mfcl		402
-  smmu_mfcr		403
-  aclk200_disp1		410
-  dsim1			411
-  dp1			412
-  hdmi			413
-  aclk300_disp1		420
-  fimd1			421
-  smmu_fimd1		422
-  aclk166		430
-  mixer			431
-  aclk266		440
-  rotator		441
-  mdma1			442
-  smmu_rotator		443
-  smmu_mdma1		444
-  aclk300_jpeg		450
-  jpeg			451
-  jpeg2			452
-  smmu_jpeg		453
-  aclk300_gscl		460
-  smmu_gscl0		461
-  smmu_gscl1		462
-  gscl_wa		463
-  gscl_wb		464
-  gscl0			465
-  gscl1			466
-  clk_3aa		467
-  aclk266_g2d		470
-  sss			471
-  slim_sss		472
-  mdma0			473
-  aclk333_g2d		480
-  g2d			481
-  aclk333_432_gscl	490
-  smmu_3aa		491
-  smmu_fimcl0		492
-  smmu_fimcl1		493
-  smmu_fimcl3		494
-  fimc_lite3		495
-  aclk_g3d		500
-  g3d			501
-  smmu_mixer		502
-
-  Mux			ID
-  ----------------------------
-
-  mout_hdmi		640
-
-  Divider		ID
-  ----------------------------
-
-  dout_pixel		768
+All available clocks are defined as preprocessor macros in
+dt-bindings/clock/exynos5420.h header and can be used in device
+tree sources.
 
 Example 1: An example of a clock controller node is listed below.
 
@@ -208,6 +36,6 @@
 		compatible = "samsung,exynos4210-uart";
 		reg = <0x13820000 0x100>;
 		interrupts = <0 54 0>;
-		clocks = <&clock 259>, <&clock 130>;
+		clocks = <&clock CLK_UART2>, <&clock CLK_SCLK_UART2>;
 		clock-names = "uart", "clk_uart_baud0";
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5440-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5440-clock.txt
index 9955dc9..5f7005f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5440-clock.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5440-clock.txt
@@ -12,45 +12,12 @@
 
 - #clock-cells: should be 1.
 
-The following is the list of clocks generated by the controller. Each clock is
-assigned an identifier and client nodes use this identifier to specify the
-clock which they consume.
+Each clock is assigned an identifier and client nodes can use this identifier
+to specify the clock which they consume.
 
-
-       [Core Clocks]
-
-  Clock			ID
-  ----------------------------
-
-  xtal			1
-  arm_clk		2
-
-   [Peripheral Clock Gates]
-
-  Clock			ID
-  ----------------------------
-
-  spi_baud		16
-  pb0_250		17
-  pr0_250		18
-  pr1_250		19
-  b_250			20
-  b_125			21
-  b_200			22
-  sata			23
-  usb			24
-  gmac0			25
-  cs250			26
-  pb0_250_o		27
-  pr0_250_o		28
-  pr1_250_o		29
-  b_250_o		30
-  b_125_o		31
-  b_200_o		32
-  sata_o		33
-  usb_o			34
-  gmac0_o		35
-  cs250_o		36
+All available clocks are defined as preprocessor macros in
+dt-bindings/clock/exynos5440.h header and can be used in device
+tree sources.
 
 Example: An example of a clock controller node is listed below.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/hi3620-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/hi3620-clock.txt
index 4b71ab4..dad6269 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/hi3620-clock.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/hi3620-clock.txt
@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@
 
 - compatible: should be one of the following.
   - "hisilicon,hi3620-clock" - controller compatible with Hi3620 SoC.
+  - "hisilicon,hi3620-mmc-clock" - controller specific for Hi3620 mmc.
 
 - reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
   region.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/moxa,moxart-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/moxa,moxart-clock.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fedea84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/moxa,moxart-clock.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+Device Tree Clock bindings for arch-moxart
+
+This binding uses the common clock binding[1].
+
+[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+
+MOXA ART SoCs allow to determine PLL output and APB frequencies
+by reading registers holding multiplier and divisor information.
+
+
+PLL:
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : Must be "moxa,moxart-pll-clock"
+- #clock-cells : Should be 0
+- reg : Should contain registers location and length
+- clocks : Should contain phandle + clock-specifier for the parent clock
+
+Optional properties:
+- clock-output-names : Should contain clock name
+
+
+APB:
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : Must be "moxa,moxart-apb-clock"
+- #clock-cells : Should be 0
+- reg : Should contain registers location and length
+- clocks : Should contain phandle + clock-specifier for the parent clock
+
+Optional properties:
+- clock-output-names : Should contain clock name
+
+
+For example:
+
+	clk_pll: clk_pll@98100000 {
+		compatible = "moxa,moxart-pll-clock";
+		#clock-cells = <0>;
+		reg = <0x98100000 0x34>;
+	};
+
+	clk_apb: clk_apb@98100000 {
+		compatible = "moxa,moxart-apb-clock";
+		#clock-cells = <0>;
+		reg = <0x98100000 0x34>;
+		clocks = <&clk_pll>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-core-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-core-clock.txt
index 1e66294..307a503 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-core-clock.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-core-clock.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,18 @@
  3 = hclk    (DRAM control clock)
  4 = dramclk (DDR clock)
 
+The following is a list of provided IDs and clock names on Armada 375:
+ 0 = tclk    (Internal Bus clock)
+ 1 = cpuclk  (CPU clock)
+ 2 = l2clk   (L2 Cache clock)
+ 3 = ddrclk  (DDR clock)
+
+The following is a list of provided IDs and clock names on Armada 380/385:
+ 0 = tclk    (Internal Bus clock)
+ 1 = cpuclk  (CPU clock)
+ 2 = l2clk   (L2 Cache clock)
+ 3 = ddrclk  (DDR clock)
+
 The following is a list of provided IDs and clock names on Kirkwood and Dove:
  0 = tclk   (Internal Bus clock)
  1 = cpuclk (CPU0 clock)
@@ -20,6 +32,8 @@
 Required properties:
 - compatible : shall be one of the following:
 	"marvell,armada-370-core-clock" - For Armada 370 SoC core clocks
+	"marvell,armada-375-core-clock" - For Armada 375 SoC core clocks
+	"marvell,armada-380-core-clock" - For Armada 380/385 SoC core clocks
 	"marvell,armada-xp-core-clock" - For Armada XP SoC core clocks
 	"marvell,dove-core-clock" - for Dove SoC core clocks
 	"marvell,kirkwood-core-clock" - for Kirkwood SoC (except mv88f6180)
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-corediv-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-corediv-clock.txt
index c62391f..520562a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-corediv-clock.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-corediv-clock.txt
@@ -4,7 +4,10 @@
  0 = nand (NAND clock)
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible : must be "marvell,armada-370-corediv-clock"
+- compatible : must be "marvell,armada-370-corediv-clock",
+		       "marvell,armada-375-corediv-clock",
+		       "marvell,armada-380-corediv-clock",
+
 - reg : must be the register address of Core Divider control register
 - #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 1
 - clocks : must be set to the parent's phandle
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-gated-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-gated-clock.txt
index fc2910f..76477be 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-gated-clock.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-gated-clock.txt
@@ -1,9 +1,10 @@
 * Gated Clock bindings for Marvell EBU SoCs
 
-Marvell Armada 370/XP, Dove and Kirkwood allow some peripheral clocks to be
-gated to save some power. The clock consumer should specify the desired clock
-by having the clock ID in its "clocks" phandle cell. The clock ID is directly
-mapped to the corresponding clock gating control bit in HW to ease manual clock
+Marvell Armada 370/375/380/385/XP, Dove and Kirkwood allow some
+peripheral clocks to be gated to save some power. The clock consumer
+should specify the desired clock by having the clock ID in its
+"clocks" phandle cell. The clock ID is directly mapped to the
+corresponding clock gating control bit in HW to ease manual clock
 lookup in datasheet.
 
 The following is a list of provided IDs for Armada 370:
@@ -22,6 +23,60 @@
 28	ddr	DDR Cntrl
 30	sata1	SATA Host 0
 
+The following is a list of provided IDs for Armada 375:
+ID	Clock		Peripheral
+-----------------------------------
+2	mu		Management Unit
+3	pp		Packet Processor
+4	ptp		PTP
+5	pex0		PCIe 0 Clock out
+6	pex1		PCIe 1 Clock out
+8	audio		Audio Cntrl
+11	nd_clk		Nand Flash Cntrl
+14	sata0_link	SATA 0 Link
+15	sata0_core	SATA 0 Core
+16	usb3		USB3 Host
+17	sdio		SDHCI Host
+18	usb		USB Host
+19	gop		Gigabit Ethernet MAC
+20	sata1_link	SATA 1 Link
+21	sata1_core	SATA 1 Core
+22	xor0		XOR DMA 0
+23	xor1		XOR DMA 0
+24	copro		Coprocessor
+25	tdm		Time Division Mplx
+28	crypto0_enc	Cryptographic Unit Port 0 Encryption
+29	crypto0_core	Cryptographic Unit Port 0 Core
+30	crypto1_enc	Cryptographic Unit Port 1 Encryption
+31	crypto1_core	Cryptographic Unit Port 1 Core
+
+The following is a list of provided IDs for Armada 380/385:
+ID	Clock		Peripheral
+-----------------------------------
+0	audio		Audio
+2	ge2		Gigabit Ethernet 2
+3	ge1		Gigabit Ethernet 1
+4	ge0		Gigabit Ethernet 0
+5	pex1		PCIe 1
+6	pex2		PCIe 2
+7	pex3		PCIe 3
+8	pex0		PCIe 0
+9	usb3h0		USB3 Host 0
+10	usb3h1		USB3 Host 1
+11	usb3d		USB3 Device
+13	bm		Buffer Management
+14	crypto0z	Cryptographic 0 Z
+15	sata0		SATA 0
+16	crypto1z	Cryptographic 1 Z
+17	sdio		SDIO
+18	usb2		USB 2
+21	crypto1		Cryptographic 1
+22	xor0		XOR 0
+23	crypto0		Cryptographic 0
+25	tdm		Time Division Multiplexing
+28	xor1		XOR 1
+30	sata1		SATA 1
+
 The following is a list of provided IDs for Armada XP:
 ID	Clock	Peripheral
 -----------------------------------
@@ -95,6 +150,8 @@
 Required properties:
 - compatible : shall be one of the following:
 	"marvell,armada-370-gating-clock" - for Armada 370 SoC clock gating
+	"marvell,armada-375-gating-clock" - for Armada 375 SoC clock gating
+	"marvell,armada-380-gating-clock" - for Armada 380/385 SoC clock gating
 	"marvell,armada-xp-gating-clock" - for Armada XP SoC clock gating
 	"marvell,dove-gating-clock" - for Dove SoC clock gating
 	"marvell,kirkwood-gating-clock" - for Kirkwood SoC clock gating
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,rz-cpg-clocks.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,rz-cpg-clocks.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..98a2574
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,rz-cpg-clocks.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+* Renesas RZ Clock Pulse Generator (CPG)
+
+The CPG generates core clocks for the RZ SoCs. It includes the PLL, variable
+CPU and GPU clocks, and several fixed ratio dividers.
+
+Required Properties:
+
+  - compatible: Must be one of
+    - "renesas,r7s72100-cpg-clocks" for the r7s72100 CPG
+    - "renesas,rz-cpg-clocks" for the generic RZ CPG
+  - reg: Base address and length of the memory resource used by the CPG
+  - clocks: References to possible parent clocks. Order must match clock modes
+    in the datasheet. For the r7s72100, this is extal, usb_x1.
+  - #clock-cells: Must be 1
+  - clock-output-names: The names of the clocks. Supported clocks are "pll",
+    "i", and "g"
+
+
+Example
+-------
+
+	cpg_clocks: cpg_clocks@fcfe0000 {
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+		compatible = "renesas,r7s72100-cpg-clocks",
+			     "renesas,rz-cpg-clocks";
+		reg = <0xfcfe0000 0x18>;
+		clocks = <&extal_clk>, <&usb_x1_clk>;
+		clock-output-names = "pll", "i", "g";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,clkgen-divmux.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,clkgen-divmux.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae56315
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,clkgen-divmux.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+Binding for a ST divider and multiplexer clock driver.
+
+This binding uses the common clock binding[1].
+Base address is located to the parent node. See clock binding[2]
+
+[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+[2] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,clkgen.txt
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible : shall be:
+	"st,clkgena-divmux-c65-hs",	"st,clkgena-divmux"
+	"st,clkgena-divmux-c65-ls",	"st,clkgena-divmux"
+	"st,clkgena-divmux-c32-odf0",	"st,clkgena-divmux"
+	"st,clkgena-divmux-c32-odf1",	"st,clkgena-divmux"
+	"st,clkgena-divmux-c32-odf2",	"st,clkgena-divmux"
+	"st,clkgena-divmux-c32-odf3",	"st,clkgena-divmux"
+
+- #clock-cells : From common clock binding; shall be set to 1.
+
+- clocks : From common clock binding
+
+- clock-output-names : From common clock binding.
+
+Example:
+
+	clockgenA@fd345000 {
+		reg = <0xfd345000 0xb50>;
+
+		CLK_M_A1_DIV1: CLK_M_A1_DIV1 {
+			#clock-cells = <1>;
+			compatible = "st,clkgena-divmux-c32-odf1",
+				     "st,clkgena-divmux";
+
+			clocks = <&CLK_M_A1_OSC_PREDIV>,
+				 <&CLK_M_A1_PLL0 1>, /* PLL0 PHI1 */
+				 <&CLK_M_A1_PLL1 1>; /* PLL1 PHI1 */
+
+			clock-output-names = "CLK_M_RX_ICN_TS",
+					     "CLK_M_RX_ICN_VDP_0",
+					     "", /* Unused */
+					     "CLK_M_PRV_T1_BUS",
+					     "CLK_M_ICN_REG_12",
+					     "CLK_M_ICN_REG_10",
+					     "", /* Unused */
+					     "CLK_M_ICN_ST231";
+		};
+	};
+
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,clkgen-mux.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,clkgen-mux.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..943e080
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,clkgen-mux.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+Binding for a ST multiplexed clock driver.
+
+This binding supports only simple indexed multiplexers, it does not
+support table based parent index to hardware value translations.
+
+This binding uses the common clock binding[1].
+
+[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible : shall be:
+	"st,stih416-clkgenc-vcc-hd",	"st,clkgen-mux"
+	"st,stih416-clkgenf-vcc-fvdp",	"st,clkgen-mux"
+	"st,stih416-clkgenf-vcc-hva", 	"st,clkgen-mux"
+	"st,stih416-clkgenf-vcc-hd",	"st,clkgen-mux"
+	"st,stih416-clkgenf-vcc-sd",	"st,clkgen-mux"
+	"st,stih415-clkgen-a9-mux",	"st,clkgen-mux"
+	"st,stih416-clkgen-a9-mux",	"st,clkgen-mux"
+
+
+- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
+
+- reg : A Base address and length of the register set.
+
+- clocks : from common clock binding
+
+Example:
+
+	CLK_M_HVA: CLK_M_HVA {
+		#clock-cells = <0>;
+		compatible = "st,stih416-clkgenf-vcc-hva", "st,clkgen-mux";
+		reg = <0xfd690868 4>;
+
+		clocks = <&CLOCKGEN_F 1>, <&CLK_M_A1_DIV0 3>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,clkgen-pll.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,clkgen-pll.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..81eb385
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,clkgen-pll.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+Binding for a ST pll clock driver.
+
+This binding uses the common clock binding[1].
+Base address is located to the parent node. See clock binding[2]
+
+[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+[2] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,clkgen.txt
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible : shall be:
+	"st,clkgena-prediv-c65",	"st,clkgena-prediv"
+	"st,clkgena-prediv-c32",	"st,clkgena-prediv"
+
+	"st,clkgena-plls-c65"
+	"st,plls-c32-a1x-0",		"st,clkgen-plls-c32"
+	"st,plls-c32-a1x-1",		"st,clkgen-plls-c32"
+	"st,stih415-plls-c32-a9",	"st,clkgen-plls-c32"
+	"st,stih415-plls-c32-ddr",	"st,clkgen-plls-c32"
+	"st,stih416-plls-c32-a9",	"st,clkgen-plls-c32"
+	"st,stih416-plls-c32-ddr",	"st,clkgen-plls-c32"
+
+	"st,stih415-gpu-pll-c32",	"st,clkgengpu-pll-c32"
+	"st,stih416-gpu-pll-c32",	"st,clkgengpu-pll-c32"
+
+
+- #clock-cells : From common clock binding; shall be set to 1.
+
+- clocks : From common clock binding
+
+- clock-output-names : From common clock binding.
+
+Example:
+
+	clockgenA@fee62000 {
+		reg = <0xfee62000 0xb48>;
+
+		CLK_S_A0_PLL: CLK_S_A0_PLL {
+			#clock-cells = <1>;
+			compatible = "st,clkgena-plls-c65";
+
+			clocks = <&CLK_SYSIN>;
+
+			clock-output-names = "CLK_S_A0_PLL0_HS",
+					     "CLK_S_A0_PLL0_LS",
+					     "CLK_S_A0_PLL1";
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,clkgen-prediv.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,clkgen-prediv.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..566c9d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,clkgen-prediv.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+Binding for a ST pre-divider clock driver.
+
+This binding uses the common clock binding[1].
+Base address is located to the parent node. See clock binding[2]
+
+[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+[2] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,clkgen.txt
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible : shall be:
+	"st,clkgena-prediv-c65",	"st,clkgena-prediv"
+	"st,clkgena-prediv-c32",	"st,clkgena-prediv"
+
+- #clock-cells : From common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
+
+- clocks : From common clock binding
+
+- clock-output-names : From common clock binding.
+
+Example:
+
+	clockgenA@fd345000 {
+		reg = <0xfd345000 0xb50>;
+
+		CLK_M_A2_OSC_PREDIV: CLK_M_A2_OSC_PREDIV {
+			#clock-cells = <0>;
+			compatible = "st,clkgena-prediv-c32",
+				     "st,clkgena-prediv";
+
+			clocks = <&CLK_SYSIN>;
+
+			clock-output-names = "CLK_M_A2_OSC_PREDIV";
+		};
+	};
+
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,clkgen-vcc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,clkgen-vcc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4e3ff28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,clkgen-vcc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+Binding for a type of STMicroelectronics clock crossbar (VCC).
+
+The crossbar can take up to 4 input clocks and control up to 16
+output clocks. Not all inputs or outputs have to be in use in a
+particular instantiation. Each output can be individually enabled,
+select any of the input clocks and apply a divide (by 1,2,4 or 8) to
+that selected clock.
+
+This binding uses the common clock binding[1].
+
+[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible : shall be:
+	"st,stih416-clkgenc",		"st,vcc"
+	"st,stih416-clkgenf",		"st,vcc"
+
+- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 1.
+
+- reg : A Base address and length of the register set.
+
+- clocks : from common clock binding
+
+- clock-output-names : From common clock binding. The block has 16
+                       clock outputs but not all of them in a specific instance
+                       have to be used in the SoC. If a clock name is left as
+                       an empty string then no clock will be created for the
+                       output associated with that string index. If fewer than
+                       16 strings are provided then no clocks will be created
+                       for the remaining outputs.
+
+Example:
+
+	CLOCKGEN_C_VCC: CLOCKGEN_C_VCC {
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+		compatible = "st,stih416-clkgenc", "st,clkgen-vcc";
+		reg = <0xfe8308ac 12>;
+
+		clocks = <&CLK_S_VCC_HD>, <&CLOCKGEN_C 1>,
+			<&CLK_S_TMDS_FROMPHY>, <&CLOCKGEN_C 2>;
+
+		clock-output-names  =
+			"CLK_S_PIX_HDMI",  "CLK_S_PIX_DVO",
+			"CLK_S_OUT_DVO",   "CLK_S_PIX_HD",
+			"CLK_S_HDDAC",     "CLK_S_DENC",
+			"CLK_S_SDDAC",     "CLK_S_PIX_MAIN",
+			"CLK_S_PIX_AUX",   "CLK_S_STFE_FRC_0",
+			"CLK_S_REF_MCRU",  "CLK_S_SLAVE_MCRU",
+			"CLK_S_TMDS_HDMI", "CLK_S_HDMI_REJECT_PLL",
+			"CLK_S_THSENS";
+	};
+
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,clkgen.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,clkgen.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..49ec5ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,clkgen.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+Binding for a Clockgen hardware block found on
+certain STMicroelectronics consumer electronics SoC devices.
+
+A Clockgen node can contain pll, diviser or multiplexer nodes.
+
+We will find only the base address of the Clockgen, this base
+address is common of all subnode.
+
+	clockgen_node {
+		reg = <>;
+
+		pll_node {
+			...
+		};
+
+		prediv_node {
+			...
+		};
+
+		divmux_node {
+			...
+		};
+
+		quadfs_node {
+			...
+		};
+		...
+	};
+
+This binding uses the common clock binding[1].
+Each subnode should use the binding discribe in [2]..[4]
+
+[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+[2] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st,quadfs.txt
+[3] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st,quadfs.txt
+[4] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st,quadfs.txt
+
+Required properties:
+- reg : A Base address and length of the register set.
+
+Example:
+
+	clockgenA@fee62000 {
+
+		reg = <0xfee62000 0xb48>;
+
+		CLK_S_A0_PLL: CLK_S_A0_PLL {
+			#clock-cells = <1>;
+			compatible = "st,clkgena-plls-c65";
+
+			clocks = <&CLK_SYSIN>;
+
+			clock-output-names = "CLK_S_A0_PLL0_HS",
+					     "CLK_S_A0_PLL0_LS",
+					     "CLK_S_A0_PLL1";
+		};
+
+		CLK_S_A0_OSC_PREDIV: CLK_S_A0_OSC_PREDIV {
+			#clock-cells = <0>;
+			compatible = "st,clkgena-prediv-c65",
+				     "st,clkgena-prediv";
+
+			clocks = <&CLK_SYSIN>;
+
+			clock-output-names = "CLK_S_A0_OSC_PREDIV";
+		};
+
+		CLK_S_A0_HS: CLK_S_A0_HS {
+			#clock-cells = <1>;
+			compatible = "st,clkgena-divmux-c65-hs",
+				     "st,clkgena-divmux";
+
+			clocks = <&CLK_S_A0_OSC_PREDIV>,
+				 <&CLK_S_A0_PLL 0>, /* PLL0 HS */
+				 <&CLK_S_A0_PLL 2>; /* PLL1 */
+
+			clock-output-names = "CLK_S_FDMA_0",
+					     "CLK_S_FDMA_1",
+					     ""; /* CLK_S_JIT_SENSE */
+					     /* Fourth output unused */
+		};
+	};
+
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,quadfs.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,quadfs.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec86d62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,quadfs.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+Binding for a type of quad channel digital frequency synthesizer found on
+certain STMicroelectronics consumer electronics SoC devices.
+
+This version contains a programmable PLL which can generate up to 216, 432
+or 660MHz (from a 30MHz oscillator input) as the input to the digital
+synthesizers.
+
+This binding uses the common clock binding[1].
+
+[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : shall be:
+  "st,stih416-quadfs216",	"st,quadfs"
+  "st,stih416-quadfs432",	"st,quadfs"
+  "st,stih416-quadfs660-E",	"st,quadfs"
+  "st,stih416-quadfs660-F",	"st,quadfs"
+
+- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 1.
+
+- reg : A Base address and length of the register set.
+
+- clocks : from common clock binding
+
+- clock-output-names : From common clock binding. The block has 4
+                       clock outputs but not all of them in a specific instance
+                       have to be used in the SoC. If a clock name is left as
+                       an empty string then no clock will be created for the
+                       output associated with that string index. If fewer than
+                       4 strings are provided then no clocks will be created
+                       for the remaining outputs.
+
+Example:
+
+	CLOCKGEN_E: CLOCKGEN_E {
+                #clock-cells = <1>;
+                compatible = "st,stih416-quadfs660-E", "st,quadfs";
+                reg = <0xfd3208bc 0xB0>;
+
+                clocks = <&CLK_SYSIN>;
+                clock-output-names = "CLK_M_PIX_MDTP_0",
+                                        "CLK_M_PIX_MDTP_1",
+                                        "CLK_M_PIX_MDTP_2",
+                                        "CLK_M_MPELPC";
+        };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt
index c2cb762..a5160d8 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt
@@ -6,37 +6,41 @@
 
 Required properties:
 - compatible : shall be one of the following:
-	"allwinner,sun4i-osc-clk" - for a gatable oscillator
-	"allwinner,sun4i-pll1-clk" - for the main PLL clock and PLL4
+	"allwinner,sun4i-a10-osc-clk" - for a gatable oscillator
+	"allwinner,sun4i-a10-pll1-clk" - for the main PLL clock and PLL4
 	"allwinner,sun6i-a31-pll1-clk" - for the main PLL clock on A31
-	"allwinner,sun4i-pll5-clk" - for the PLL5 clock
-	"allwinner,sun4i-pll6-clk" - for the PLL6 clock
-	"allwinner,sun4i-cpu-clk" - for the CPU multiplexer clock
-	"allwinner,sun4i-axi-clk" - for the AXI clock
-	"allwinner,sun4i-axi-gates-clk" - for the AXI gates
-	"allwinner,sun4i-ahb-clk" - for the AHB clock
-	"allwinner,sun4i-ahb-gates-clk" - for the AHB gates on A10
+	"allwinner,sun4i-a10-pll5-clk" - for the PLL5 clock
+	"allwinner,sun4i-a10-pll6-clk" - for the PLL6 clock
+	"allwinner,sun6i-a31-pll6-clk" - for the PLL6 clock on A31
+	"allwinner,sun4i-a10-cpu-clk" - for the CPU multiplexer clock
+	"allwinner,sun4i-a10-axi-clk" - for the AXI clock
+	"allwinner,sun4i-a10-axi-gates-clk" - for the AXI gates
+	"allwinner,sun4i-a10-ahb-clk" - for the AHB clock
+	"allwinner,sun4i-a10-ahb-gates-clk" - for the AHB gates on A10
 	"allwinner,sun5i-a13-ahb-gates-clk" - for the AHB gates on A13
 	"allwinner,sun5i-a10s-ahb-gates-clk" - for the AHB gates on A10s
 	"allwinner,sun7i-a20-ahb-gates-clk" - for the AHB gates on A20
 	"allwinner,sun6i-a31-ahb1-mux-clk" - for the AHB1 multiplexer on A31
 	"allwinner,sun6i-a31-ahb1-gates-clk" - for the AHB1 gates on A31
-	"allwinner,sun4i-apb0-clk" - for the APB0 clock
-	"allwinner,sun4i-apb0-gates-clk" - for the APB0 gates on A10
+	"allwinner,sun4i-a10-apb0-clk" - for the APB0 clock
+	"allwinner,sun4i-a10-apb0-gates-clk" - for the APB0 gates on A10
 	"allwinner,sun5i-a13-apb0-gates-clk" - for the APB0 gates on A13
 	"allwinner,sun5i-a10s-apb0-gates-clk" - for the APB0 gates on A10s
 	"allwinner,sun7i-a20-apb0-gates-clk" - for the APB0 gates on A20
-	"allwinner,sun4i-apb1-clk" - for the APB1 clock
-	"allwinner,sun4i-apb1-mux-clk" - for the APB1 clock muxing
-	"allwinner,sun4i-apb1-gates-clk" - for the APB1 gates on A10
+	"allwinner,sun4i-a10-apb1-clk" - for the APB1 clock
+	"allwinner,sun4i-a10-apb1-mux-clk" - for the APB1 clock muxing
+	"allwinner,sun4i-a10-apb1-gates-clk" - for the APB1 gates on A10
 	"allwinner,sun5i-a13-apb1-gates-clk" - for the APB1 gates on A13
 	"allwinner,sun5i-a10s-apb1-gates-clk" - for the APB1 gates on A10s
 	"allwinner,sun6i-a31-apb1-gates-clk" - for the APB1 gates on A31
 	"allwinner,sun7i-a20-apb1-gates-clk" - for the APB1 gates on A20
 	"allwinner,sun6i-a31-apb2-div-clk" - for the APB2 gates on A31
 	"allwinner,sun6i-a31-apb2-gates-clk" - for the APB2 gates on A31
-	"allwinner,sun4i-mod0-clk" - for the module 0 family of clocks
+	"allwinner,sun4i-a10-mod0-clk" - for the module 0 family of clocks
 	"allwinner,sun7i-a20-out-clk" - for the external output clocks
+	"allwinner,sun7i-a20-gmac-clk" - for the GMAC clock module on A20/A31
+	"allwinner,sun4i-a10-usb-clk" - for usb gates + resets on A10 / A20
+	"allwinner,sun5i-a13-usb-clk" - for usb gates + resets on A13
 
 Required properties for all clocks:
 - reg : shall be the control register address for the clock.
@@ -44,10 +48,17 @@
 	multiplexed clocks, the list order must match the hardware
 	programming order.
 - #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0 except for
-	"allwinner,*-gates-clk" where it shall be set to 1
+	"allwinner,*-gates-clk", "allwinner,sun4i-pll5-clk" and
+	"allwinner,sun4i-pll6-clk" where it shall be set to 1
+- clock-output-names : shall be the corresponding names of the outputs.
+	If the clock module only has one output, the name shall be the
+	module name.
 
-Additionally, "allwinner,*-gates-clk" clocks require:
-- clock-output-names : the corresponding gate names that the clock controls
+And "allwinner,*-usb-clk" clocks also require:
+- reset-cells : shall be set to 1
+
+For "allwinner,sun7i-a20-gmac-clk", the parent clocks shall be fixed rate
+dummy clocks at 25 MHz and 125 MHz, respectively. See example.
 
 Clock consumers should specify the desired clocks they use with a
 "clocks" phandle cell. Consumers that are using a gated clock should
@@ -56,23 +67,68 @@
 
 For example:
 
-osc24M: osc24M@01c20050 {
+osc24M: clk@01c20050 {
 	#clock-cells = <0>;
-	compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-osc-clk";
+	compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-a10-osc-clk";
 	reg = <0x01c20050 0x4>;
 	clocks = <&osc24M_fixed>;
+	clock-output-names = "osc24M";
 };
 
-pll1: pll1@01c20000 {
+pll1: clk@01c20000 {
 	#clock-cells = <0>;
-	compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-pll1-clk";
+	compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-a10-pll1-clk";
 	reg = <0x01c20000 0x4>;
 	clocks = <&osc24M>;
+	clock-output-names = "pll1";
+};
+
+pll5: clk@01c20020 {
+	#clock-cells = <1>;
+	compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-pll5-clk";
+	reg = <0x01c20020 0x4>;
+	clocks = <&osc24M>;
+	clock-output-names = "pll5_ddr", "pll5_other";
 };
 
 cpu: cpu@01c20054 {
 	#clock-cells = <0>;
-	compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-cpu-clk";
+	compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-a10-cpu-clk";
 	reg = <0x01c20054 0x4>;
 	clocks = <&osc32k>, <&osc24M>, <&pll1>;
+	clock-output-names = "cpu";
+};
+
+mmc0_clk: clk@01c20088 {
+	#clock-cells = <0>;
+	compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-mod0-clk";
+	reg = <0x01c20088 0x4>;
+	clocks = <&osc24M>, <&pll6 1>, <&pll5 1>;
+	clock-output-names = "mmc0";
+};
+
+mii_phy_tx_clk: clk@2 {
+	#clock-cells = <0>;
+	compatible = "fixed-clock";
+	clock-frequency = <25000000>;
+	clock-output-names = "mii_phy_tx";
+};
+
+gmac_int_tx_clk: clk@3 {
+	#clock-cells = <0>;
+	compatible = "fixed-clock";
+	clock-frequency = <125000000>;
+	clock-output-names = "gmac_int_tx";
+};
+
+gmac_clk: clk@01c20164 {
+	#clock-cells = <0>;
+	compatible = "allwinner,sun7i-a20-gmac-clk";
+	reg = <0x01c20164 0x4>;
+	/*
+	 * The first clock must be fixed at 25MHz;
+	 * the second clock must be fixed at 125MHz
+	 */
+	clocks = <&mii_phy_tx_clk>, <&gmac_int_tx_clk>;
+	clock-output-names = "gmac";
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/zynq-7000.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/zynq-7000.txt
index 17b4a94..d93746c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/zynq-7000.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/zynq-7000.txt
@@ -14,6 +14,7 @@
 Required properties:
  - #clock-cells : Must be 1
  - compatible : "xlnx,ps7-clkc"
+ - reg : SLCR offset and size taken via syscon < 0x100 0x100 >
  - ps-clk-frequency : Frequency of the oscillator providing ps_clk in HZ
 		      (usually 33 MHz oscillators are used for Zynq platforms)
  - clock-output-names : List of strings used to name the clock outputs. Shall be
@@ -87,10 +88,11 @@
  47: dbg_apb
 
 Example:
-	clkc: clkc {
+	clkc: clkc@100 {
 		#clock-cells = <1>;
 		compatible = "xlnx,ps7-clkc";
 		ps-clk-frequency = <33333333>;
+		reg = <0x100 0x100>;
 		clock-output-names = "armpll", "ddrpll", "iopll", "cpu_6or4x",
 				"cpu_3or2x", "cpu_2x", "cpu_1x", "ddr2x", "ddr3x",
 				"dci", "lqspi", "smc", "pcap", "gem0", "gem1",
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-edma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-edma.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..191d7bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-edma.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+* Freescale enhanced Direct Memory Access(eDMA) Controller
+
+  The eDMA channels have multiplex capability by programmble memory-mapped
+registers. channels are split into two groups, called DMAMUX0 and DMAMUX1,
+specific DMA request source can only be multiplexed by any channel of certain
+group, DMAMUX0 or DMAMUX1, but not both.
+
+* eDMA Controller
+Required properties:
+- compatible :
+	- "fsl,vf610-edma" for eDMA used similar to that on Vybrid vf610 SoC
+- reg : Specifies base physical address(s) and size of the eDMA registers.
+	The 1st region is eDMA control register's address and size.
+	The 2nd and the 3rd regions are programmable channel multiplexing
+	control register's address and size.
+- interrupts : A list of interrupt-specifiers, one for each entry in
+	interrupt-names.
+- interrupt-names : Should contain:
+	"edma-tx" - the transmission interrupt
+	"edma-err" - the error interrupt
+- #dma-cells : Must be <2>.
+	The 1st cell specifies the DMAMUX(0 for DMAMUX0 and 1 for DMAMUX1).
+	Specific request source can only be multiplexed by specific channels
+	group called DMAMUX.
+	The 2nd cell specifies the request source(slot) ID.
+	See the SoC's reference manual for all the supported request sources.
+- dma-channels : Number of channels supported by the controller
+- clock-names : A list of channel group clock names. Should contain:
+	"dmamux0" - clock name of mux0 group
+	"dmamux1" - clock name of mux1 group
+- clocks : A list of phandle and clock-specifier pairs, one for each entry in
+	clock-names.
+
+Optional properties:
+- big-endian: If present registers and hardware scatter/gather descriptors
+	of the eDMA are implemented in big endian mode, otherwise in little
+	mode.
+
+
+Examples:
+
+edma0: dma-controller@40018000 {
+	#dma-cells = <2>;
+	compatible = "fsl,vf610-edma";
+	reg = <0x40018000 0x2000>,
+		<0x40024000 0x1000>,
+		<0x40025000 0x1000>;
+	interrupts = <0 8 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+		<0 9 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+	interrupt-names = "edma-tx", "edma-err";
+	dma-channels = <32>;
+	clock-names = "dmamux0", "dmamux1";
+	clocks = <&clks VF610_CLK_DMAMUX0>,
+		<&clks VF610_CLK_DMAMUX1>;
+};
+
+
+* DMA clients
+DMA client drivers that uses the DMA function must use the format described
+in the dma.txt file, using a two-cell specifier for each channel: the 1st
+specifies the channel group(DMAMUX) in which this request can be multiplexed,
+and the 2nd specifies the request source.
+
+Examples:
+
+sai2: sai@40031000 {
+	compatible = "fsl,vf610-sai";
+	reg = <0x40031000 0x1000>;
+	interrupts = <0 86 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+	clock-names = "sai";
+	clocks = <&clks VF610_CLK_SAI2>;
+	dma-names = "tx", "rx";
+	dmas = <&edma0 0 21>,
+		<&edma0 0 20>;
+	status = "disabled";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/qcom_bam_dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/qcom_bam_dma.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d75a9d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/qcom_bam_dma.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+QCOM BAM DMA controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: must contain "qcom,bam-v1.4.0" for MSM8974
+- reg: Address range for DMA registers
+- interrupts: Should contain the one interrupt shared by all channels
+- #dma-cells: must be <1>, the cell in the dmas property of the client device
+  represents the channel number
+- clocks: required clock
+- clock-names: must contain "bam_clk" entry
+- qcom,ee : indicates the active Execution Environment identifier (0-7) used in
+  the secure world.
+
+Example:
+
+	uart-bam: dma@f9984000 = {
+		compatible = "qcom,bam-v1.4.0";
+		reg = <0xf9984000 0x15000>;
+		interrupts = <0 94 0>;
+		clocks = <&gcc GCC_BAM_DMA_AHB_CLK>;
+		clock-names = "bam_clk";
+		#dma-cells = <1>;
+		qcom,ee = <0>;
+	};
+
+DMA clients must use the format described in the dma.txt file, using a two cell
+specifier for each channel.
+
+Example:
+	serial@f991e000 {
+		compatible = "qcom,msm-uart";
+		reg = <0xf991e000 0x1000>
+			<0xf9944000 0x19000>;
+		interrupts = <0 108 0>;
+		clocks = <&gcc GCC_BLSP1_UART2_APPS_CLK>,
+			<&gcc GCC_BLSP1_AHB_CLK>;
+		clock-names = "core", "iface";
+
+		dmas = <&uart-bam 0>, <&uart-bam 1>;
+		dma-names = "rx", "tx";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/sirfsoc-dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/sirfsoc-dma.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ecbc96a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/sirfsoc-dma.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+* CSR SiRFSoC DMA controller
+
+See dma.txt first
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "sirf,prima2-dmac" or "sirf,marco-dmac"
+- reg: Should contain DMA registers location and length.
+- interrupts: Should contain one interrupt shared by all channel
+- #dma-cells: must be <1>. used to represent the number of integer
+    cells in the dmas property of client device.
+- clocks: clock required
+
+Example:
+
+Controller:
+dmac0: dma-controller@b00b0000 {
+	compatible = "sirf,prima2-dmac";
+	reg = <0xb00b0000 0x10000>;
+	interrupts = <12>;
+	clocks = <&clks 24>;
+	#dma-cells = <1>;
+};
+
+
+Client:
+Fill the specific dma request line in dmas. In the below example, spi0 read
+channel request line is 9 of the 2nd dma controller, while write channel uses
+4 of the 2nd dma controller; spi1 read channel request line is 12 of the 1st
+dma controller, while write channel uses 13 of the 1st dma controller:
+
+spi0: spi@b00d0000 {
+	compatible = "sirf,prima2-spi";
+	dmas = <&dmac1 9>,
+		<&dmac1 4>;
+	dma-names = "rx", "tx";
+};
+
+spi1: spi@b0170000 {
+	compatible = "sirf,prima2-spi";
+	dmas = <&dmac0 12>,
+		<&dmac0 13>;
+	dma-names = "rx", "tx";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/bridge/ptn3460.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/bridge/ptn3460.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..52b93b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/bridge/ptn3460.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+ptn3460 bridge bindings
+
+Required properties:
+	- compatible: "nxp,ptn3460"
+	- reg: i2c address of the bridge
+	- powerdown-gpio: OF device-tree gpio specification
+	- reset-gpio: OF device-tree gpio specification
+	- edid-emulation: The EDID emulation entry to use
+		+-------+------------+------------------+
+		| Value | Resolution | Description      |
+		|   0   |  1024x768  | NXP Generic      |
+		|   1   |  1920x1080 | NXP Generic      |
+		|   2   |  1920x1080 | NXP Generic      |
+		|   3   |  1600x900  | Samsung LTM200KT |
+		|   4   |  1920x1080 | Samsung LTM230HT |
+		|   5   |  1366x768  | NXP Generic      |
+		|   6   |  1600x900  | ChiMei M215HGE   |
+		+-------+------------+------------------+
+
+Example:
+	lvds-bridge@20 {
+		compatible = "nxp,ptn3460";
+		reg = <0x20>;
+		powerdown-gpio = <&gpy2 5 1 0 0>;
+		reset-gpio = <&gpx1 5 1 0 0>;
+		edid-emulation = <5>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/i2c/tda998x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/i2c/tda998x.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7df01c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/i2c/tda998x.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+Device-Tree bindings for the NXP TDA998x HDMI transmitter
+
+Required properties;
+  - compatible: must be "nxp,tda998x"
+
+Optional properties:
+  - interrupts: interrupt number and trigger type
+	default: polling
+
+  - pinctrl-0: pin control group to be used for
+	screen plug/unplug interrupt.
+
+  - pinctrl-names: must contain a "default" entry.
+
+  - video-ports: 24 bits value which defines how the video controller
+	output is wired to the TDA998x input - default: <0x230145>
+
+Example:
+
+	tda998x: hdmi-encoder {
+		compatible = "nxp,tda998x";
+		reg = <0x70>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&gpio0>;
+		interrupts = <27 2>;		/* falling edge */
+		pinctrl-0 = <&pmx_camera>;
+		pinctrl-names = "default";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/cirrus,clps711x-mctrl-gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/cirrus,clps711x-mctrl-gpio.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..94ae9f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/cirrus,clps711x-mctrl-gpio.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+* ARM Cirrus Logic CLPS711X SYSFLG1 MCTRL GPIOs
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should contain "cirrus,clps711x-mctrl-gpio".
+- gpio-controller: Marks the device node as a gpio controller.
+- #gpio-cells: Should be two. The first cell is the pin number and
+  the second cell is used to specify the gpio polarity:
+    0 = Active high,
+    1 = Active low.
+
+Example:
+	sysgpio: sysgpio {
+		compatible = "cirrus,ep7312-mctrl-gpio",
+			     "cirrus,clps711x-mctrl-gpio";
+		gpio-controller;
+		#gpio-cells = <2>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-davinci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-davinci.txt
index a2e839d..5079ba7 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-davinci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-davinci.txt
@@ -1,13 +1,17 @@
-Davinci GPIO controller bindings
+Davinci/Keystone GPIO controller bindings
 
 Required Properties:
-- compatible: should be "ti,dm6441-gpio"
+- compatible: should be "ti,dm6441-gpio", "ti,keystone-gpio"
 
 - reg: Physical base address of the controller and the size of memory mapped
        registers.
 
 - gpio-controller : Marks the device node as a gpio controller.
 
+- #gpio-cells : Should be two.
+  - first cell is the pin number
+  - second cell is used to specify optional parameters (unused)
+
 - interrupt-parent: phandle of the parent interrupt controller.
 
 - interrupts: Array of GPIO interrupt number. Only banked or unbanked IRQs are
@@ -27,6 +31,7 @@
 gpio: gpio@1e26000 {
 	compatible = "ti,dm6441-gpio";
 	gpio-controller;
+	#gpio-cells = <2>;
 	reg = <0x226000 0x1000>;
 	interrupt-parent = <&intc>;
 	interrupts = <42 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH 43 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH
@@ -39,3 +44,19 @@
 	interrupt-controller;
 	#interrupt-cells = <2>;
 };
+
+leds {
+	compatible = "gpio-leds";
+
+	led1 {
+		label = "davinci:green:usr1";
+		gpios = <&gpio 10 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+		...
+	};
+
+	led2 {
+		label = "davinci:red:debug1";
+		gpios = <&gpio 11 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+		...
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-zevio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-zevio.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a37bd9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-zevio.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+Zevio GPIO controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "lsi,zevio-gpio"
+- reg: Address and length of the register set for the device
+- #gpio-cells: Should be two. The first cell is the pin number and the
+  second cell is used to specify optional parameters (currently unused).
+- gpio-controller: Marks the device node as a GPIO controller.
+
+Example:
+	gpio: gpio@90000000 {
+		compatible = "lsi,zevio-gpio";
+		reg = <0x90000000 0x1000>;
+		gpio-controller;
+		#gpio-cells = <2>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt
index 0c85bb6..3fb8f53 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt
@@ -13,11 +13,11 @@
 	gpio-specifier : Array of #gpio-cells specifying specific gpio
 			 (controller specific)
 
-GPIO properties should be named "[<name>-]gpios".  Exact
+GPIO properties should be named "[<name>-]gpios". The exact
 meaning of each gpios property must be documented in the device tree
 binding for each device.
 
-For example, the following could be used to describe gpios pins to use
+For example, the following could be used to describe GPIO pins used
 as chip select lines; with chip selects 0, 1 and 3 populated, and chip
 select 2 left empty:
 
@@ -44,35 +44,79 @@
 Exact meaning of each specifier cell is controller specific, and must
 be documented in the device tree binding for the device.
 
-Example of the node using GPIOs:
+Example of a node using GPIOs:
 
 	node {
 		gpios = <&qe_pio_e 18 0>;
 	};
 
 In this example gpio-specifier is "18 0" and encodes GPIO pin number,
-and empty GPIO flags as accepted by the "qe_pio_e" gpio-controller.
+and GPIO flags as accepted by the "qe_pio_e" gpio-controller.
+
+1.1) GPIO specifier best practices
+----------------------------------
+
+A gpio-specifier should contain a flag indicating the GPIO polarity; active-
+high or active-low. If it does, the follow best practices should be followed:
+
+The gpio-specifier's polarity flag should represent the physical level at the
+GPIO controller that achieves (or represents, for inputs) a logically asserted
+value at the device. The exact definition of logically asserted should be
+defined by the binding for the device. If the board inverts the signal between
+the GPIO controller and the device, then the gpio-specifier will represent the
+opposite physical level than the signal at the device's pin.
+
+When the device's signal polarity is configurable, the binding for the
+device must either:
+
+a) Define a single static polarity for the signal, with the expectation that
+any software using that binding would statically program the device to use
+that signal polarity.
+
+The static choice of polarity may be either:
+
+a1) (Preferred) Dictated by a binding-specific DT property.
+
+or:
+
+a2) Defined statically by the DT binding itself.
+
+In particular, the polarity cannot be derived from the gpio-specifier, since
+that would prevent the DT from separately representing the two orthogonal
+concepts of configurable signal polarity in the device, and possible board-
+level signal inversion.
+
+or:
+
+b) Pick a single option for device signal polarity, and document this choice
+in the binding. The gpio-specifier should represent the polarity of the signal
+(at the GPIO controller) assuming that the device is configured for this
+particular signal polarity choice. If software chooses to program the device
+to generate or receive a signal of the opposite polarity, software will be
+responsible for correctly interpreting (inverting) the GPIO signal at the GPIO
+controller.
 
 2) gpio-controller nodes
 ------------------------
 
-Every GPIO controller node must both an empty "gpio-controller"
-property, and have #gpio-cells contain the size of the gpio-specifier.
+Every GPIO controller node must contain both an empty "gpio-controller"
+property, and a #gpio-cells integer property, which indicates the number of
+cells in a gpio-specifier.
 
 Example of two SOC GPIO banks defined as gpio-controller nodes:
 
 	qe_pio_a: gpio-controller@1400 {
-		#gpio-cells = <2>;
 		compatible = "fsl,qe-pario-bank-a", "fsl,qe-pario-bank";
 		reg = <0x1400 0x18>;
 		gpio-controller;
+		#gpio-cells = <2>;
 	};
 
 	qe_pio_e: gpio-controller@1460 {
-		#gpio-cells = <2>;
 		compatible = "fsl,qe-pario-bank-e", "fsl,qe-pario-bank";
 		reg = <0x1460 0x18>;
 		gpio-controller;
+		#gpio-cells = <2>;
 	};
 
 2.1) gpio- and pin-controller interaction
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/snps-dwapb-gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/snps-dwapb-gpio.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd5d2c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/snps-dwapb-gpio.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+* Synopsys DesignWare APB GPIO controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : Should contain "snps,dw-apb-gpio"
+- reg : Address and length of the register set for the device.
+- #address-cells : should be 1 (for addressing port subnodes).
+- #size-cells : should be 0 (port subnodes).
+
+The GPIO controller has a configurable number of ports, each of which are
+represented as child nodes with the following properties:
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : "snps,dw-apb-gpio-port"
+- gpio-controller : Marks the device node as a gpio controller.
+- #gpio-cells : Should be two.  The first cell is the pin number and
+  the second cell is used to specify the gpio polarity:
+      0 = active high
+      1 = active low
+- reg : The integer port index of the port, a single cell.
+
+Optional properties:
+- interrupt-controller : The first port may be configured to be an interrupt
+controller.
+- #interrupt-cells : Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an
+  interrupt.  Shall be set to 2.  The first cell defines the interrupt number,
+  the second encodes the triger flags encoded as described in
+  Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupts.txt
+- interrupt-parent : The parent interrupt controller.
+- interrupts : The interrupt to the parent controller raised when GPIOs
+  generate the interrupts.
+- snps,nr-gpios : The number of pins in the port, a single cell.
+
+Example:
+
+gpio: gpio@20000 {
+	compatible = "snps,dw-apb-gpio";
+	reg = <0x20000 0x1000>;
+	#address-cells = <1>;
+	#size-cells = <0>;
+
+	porta: gpio-controller@0 {
+		compatible = "snps,dw-apb-gpio-port";
+		gpio-controller;
+		#gpio-cells = <2>;
+		snps,nr-gpios = <8>;
+		reg = <0>;
+		interrupt-controller;
+		#interrupt-cells = <2>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&vic1>;
+		interrupts = <0>;
+	};
+
+	portb: gpio-controller@1 {
+		compatible = "snps,dw-apb-gpio-port";
+		gpio-controller;
+		#gpio-cells = <2>;
+		snps,nr-gpios = <8>;
+		reg = <1>;
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/nvidia,tegra20-host1x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/nvidia,tegra20-host1x.txt
index efaeec8..efa8b84 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/nvidia,tegra20-host1x.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/nvidia,tegra20-host1x.txt
@@ -190,6 +190,48 @@
   - nvidia,edid: supplies a binary EDID blob
   - nvidia,panel: phandle of a display panel
 
+- sor: serial output resource
+
+  Required properties:
+  - compatible: "nvidia,tegra124-sor"
+  - reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers.
+  - interrupts: The interrupt outputs from the controller.
+  - clocks: Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names.
+    See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
+  - clock-names: Must include the following entries:
+    - sor: clock input for the SOR hardware
+    - parent: input for the pixel clock
+    - dp: reference clock for the SOR clock
+    - safe: safe reference for the SOR clock during power up
+  - resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names.
+    See ../reset/reset.txt for details.
+  - reset-names: Must include the following entries:
+    - sor
+
+  Optional properties:
+  - nvidia,ddc-i2c-bus: phandle of an I2C controller used for DDC EDID probing
+  - nvidia,hpd-gpio: specifies a GPIO used for hotplug detection
+  - nvidia,edid: supplies a binary EDID blob
+  - nvidia,panel: phandle of a display panel
+
+  Optional properties when driving an eDP output:
+  - nvidia,dpaux: phandle to a DispayPort AUX interface
+
+- dpaux: DisplayPort AUX interface
+  - compatible: "nvidia,tegra124-dpaux"
+  - reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers.
+  - interrupts: The interrupt outputs from the controller.
+  - clocks: Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names.
+    See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
+  - clock-names: Must include the following entries:
+    - dpaux: clock input for the DPAUX hardware
+    - parent: reference clock
+  - resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names.
+    See ../reset/reset.txt for details.
+  - reset-names: Must include the following entries:
+    - dpaux
+  - vdd-supply: phandle of a supply that powers the DisplayPort link
+
 Example:
 
 / {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-at91.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-at91.txt
index 4fade84..388f0a2 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-at91.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-at91.txt
@@ -12,6 +12,7 @@
 - clocks: phandles to input clocks.
 
 Optional properties:
+- clock-frequency: Desired I2C bus frequency in Hz, otherwise defaults to 100000
 - Child nodes conforming to i2c bus binding
 
 Examples :
@@ -23,6 +24,7 @@
 	#address-cells = <1>;
 	#size-cells = <0>;
 	clocks = <&twi0_clk>;
+	clock-frequency = <400000>;
 
 	24c512@50 {
 		compatible = "24c512";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-cadence.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-cadence.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7cb0b56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-cadence.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+Binding for the Cadence I2C controller
+
+Required properties:
+  - reg: Physical base address and size of the controller's register area.
+  - compatible: Compatibility string. Must be 'cdns,i2c-r1p10'.
+  - clocks: Input clock specifier. Refer to common clock bindings.
+  - interrupts: Interrupt specifier. Refer to interrupt bindings.
+  - #address-cells: Should be 1.
+  - #size-cells: Should be 0.
+
+Optional properties:
+  - clock-frequency: Desired operating frequency, in Hz, of the bus.
+  - clock-names: Input clock name, should be 'pclk'.
+
+Example:
+	i2c@e0004000 {
+		compatible = "cdns,i2c-r1p10";
+		clocks = <&clkc 38>;
+		interrupts = <GIC_SPI 25 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+		reg = <0xe0004000 0x1000>;
+		clock-frequency = <400000>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-designware.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-designware.txt
index 7fd7fa2..5199b0c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-designware.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-designware.txt
@@ -14,6 +14,12 @@
  - i2c-sda-hold-time-ns : should contain the SDA hold time in nanoseconds.
    This option is only supported in hardware blocks version 1.11a or newer.
 
+ - i2c-scl-falling-time : should contain the SCL falling time in nanoseconds.
+   This value which is by default 300ns is used to compute the tLOW period.
+
+ - i2c-sda-falling-time : should contain the SDA falling time in nanoseconds.
+   This value which is by default 300ns is used to compute the tHIGH period.
+
 Example :
 
 	i2c@f0000 {
@@ -34,4 +40,6 @@
 		interrupts = <12 1>;
 		clock-frequency = <400000>;
 		i2c-sda-hold-time-ns = <300>;
+		i2c-sda-falling-time-ns = <300>;
+		i2c-scl-falling-time-ns = <300>;
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-efm32.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-efm32.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fc15ac5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-efm32.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+* Energymicro efm32 i2c controller
+
+Required properties :
+
+ - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
+ - compatible : should be "energymicro,efm32-i2c"
+ - interrupts : the interrupt number
+ - clocks : reference to the module clock
+
+Recommended properties :
+
+ - clock-frequency : maximal I2C bus clock frequency in Hz.
+ - efm32,location : Decides the location of the USART I/O pins.
+   Allowed range : [0 .. 6]
+
+Example:
+	i2c0: i2c@4000a000 {
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+		compatible = "energymicro,efm32-i2c";
+		reg = <0x4000a000 0x400>;
+		interrupts = <9>;
+		clocks = <&cmu clk_HFPERCLKI2C0>;
+		clock-frequency = <100000>;
+		status = "ok";
+		efm32,location = <3>;
+
+		eeprom@50 {
+			compatible = "microchip,24c02";
+			reg = <0x50>;
+			pagesize = <16>;
+		};
+	};
+
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mv64xxx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mv64xxx.txt
index 582b465..befd4fb 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mv64xxx.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mv64xxx.txt
@@ -4,12 +4,16 @@
 Required properties :
 
  - reg             : Offset and length of the register set for the device
- - compatible      : Should be "marvell,mv64xxx-i2c" or "allwinner,sun4i-i2c"
-                     or "marvell,mv78230-i2c" or "marvell,mv78230-a0-i2c"
-                     Note: Only use "marvell,mv78230-a0-i2c" for a very rare,
-                     initial version of the SoC which had broken offload
-                     support.  Linux auto-detects this and sets it
-                     appropriately.
+ - compatible      : Should be either:
+                     - "allwinner,sun4i-i2c"
+                     - "allwinner,sun6i-a31-i2c"
+                     - "marvell,mv64xxx-i2c"
+                     - "marvell,mv78230-i2c"
+                     - "marvell,mv78230-a0-i2c"
+                       * Note: Only use "marvell,mv78230-a0-i2c" for a
+                         very rare, initial version of the SoC which
+                         had broken offload support.  Linux
+                         auto-detects this and sets it appropriately.
  - interrupts      : The interrupt number
 
 Optional properties :
@@ -17,6 +21,10 @@
  - clock-frequency : Desired I2C bus clock frequency in Hz. If not set the
 default frequency is 100kHz
 
+ - resets          : phandle to the parent reset controller. Mandatory
+                     whenever you're using the "allwinner,sun6i-a31-i2c"
+                     compatible.
+
 Examples:
 
 	i2c@11000 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-rcar.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-rcar.txt
index 897cfcd5..dd8b2dd 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-rcar.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-rcar.txt
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@
 	"renesas,i2c-r8a7778"
 	"renesas,i2c-r8a7779"
 	"renesas,i2c-r8a7790"
+	"renesas,i2c-r8a7791"
 - reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
   region.
 - interrupts: interrupt specifier.
@@ -13,11 +14,16 @@
 Optional properties:
 - clock-frequency: desired I2C bus clock frequency in Hz. The absence of this
   propoerty indicates the default frequency 100 kHz.
+- clocks: clock specifier.
 
 Examples :
 
-i2c0: i2c@e6500000 {
-	compatible = "renesas,i2c-rcar-h2";
-	reg = <0 0xe6500000 0 0x428>;
-	interrupts = <0 174 0x4>;
+i2c0: i2c@e6508000 {
+	#address-cells = <1>;
+	#size-cells = <0>;
+	compatible = "renesas,i2c-r8a7791";
+	reg = <0 0xe6508000 0 0x40>;
+	interrupts = <0 287 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+	clocks = <&mstp9_clks R8A7791_CLK_I2C0>;
+	clock-frequency = <400000>;
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/qcom,i2c-qup.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/qcom,i2c-qup.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc71754
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/qcom,i2c-qup.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+Qualcomm Universal Peripheral (QUP) I2C controller
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: Should be:
+   * "qcom,i2c-qup-v1.1.1" for 8660, 8960 and 8064.
+   * "qcom,i2c-qup-v2.1.1" for 8974 v1.
+   * "qcom,i2c-qup-v2.2.1" for 8974 v2 and later.
+ - reg: Should contain QUP register address and length.
+ - interrupts: Should contain I2C interrupt.
+
+ - clocks: A list of phandles + clock-specifiers, one for each entry in
+   clock-names.
+ - clock-names: Should contain:
+   * "core" for the core clock
+   * "iface" for the AHB clock
+
+ - #address-cells: Should be <1> Address cells for i2c device address
+ - #size-cells: Should be <0> as i2c addresses have no size component
+
+Optional properties:
+ - clock-frequency: Should specify the desired i2c bus clock frequency in Hz,
+                    defaults to 100kHz if omitted.
+
+Child nodes should conform to i2c bus binding.
+
+Example:
+
+ i2c@f9924000 {
+ 	compatible = "qcom,i2c-qup-v2.2.1";
+ 	reg = <0xf9924000 0x1000>;
+ 	interrupts = <0 96 0>;
+
+ 	clocks = <&gcc GCC_BLSP1_QUP2_I2C_APPS_CLK>, <&gcc GCC_BLSP1_AHB_CLK>;
+ 	clock-names = "core", "iface";
+
+ 	clock-frequency = <355000>;
+
+ 	#address-cells = <1>;
+ 	#size-cells = <0>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt
index f47e56b..bef86e5 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt
@@ -13,8 +13,22 @@
 ad,adm9240		ADM9240:  Complete System Hardware Monitor for uProcessor-Based Systems
 adi,adt7461		+/-1C TDM Extended Temp Range I.C
 adt7461			+/-1C TDM Extended Temp Range I.C
+adi,adt7473		+/-1C TDM Extended Temp Range I.C
+adi,adt7475		+/-1C TDM Extended Temp Range I.C
+adi,adt7476		+/-1C TDM Extended Temp Range I.C
+adi,adt7490		+/-1C TDM Extended Temp Range I.C
 at,24c08		i2c serial eeprom  (24cxx)
+atmel,24c00		i2c serial eeprom  (24cxx)
+atmel,24c01		i2c serial eeprom  (24cxx)
 atmel,24c02		i2c serial eeprom  (24cxx)
+atmel,24c04		i2c serial eeprom  (24cxx)
+atmel,24c16		i2c serial eeprom  (24cxx)
+atmel,24c32		i2c serial eeprom  (24cxx)
+atmel,24c64		i2c serial eeprom  (24cxx)
+atmel,24c128		i2c serial eeprom  (24cxx)
+atmel,24c256		i2c serial eeprom  (24cxx)
+atmel,24c512		i2c serial eeprom  (24cxx)
+atmel,24c1024		i2c serial eeprom  (24cxx)
 atmel,at97sc3204t	i2c trusted platform module (TPM)
 capella,cm32181		CM32181: Ambient Light Sensor
 catalyst,24c32		i2c serial eeprom
@@ -46,8 +60,10 @@
 maxim,max1237		Low-Power, 4-/12-Channel, 2-Wire Serial, 12-Bit ADCs
 maxim,max6625		9-Bit/12-Bit Temperature Sensors with I²C-Compatible Serial Interface
 mc,rv3029c2		Real Time Clock Module with I2C-Bus
+national,lm63		Temperature sensor with integrated fan control
 national,lm75		I2C TEMP SENSOR
 national,lm80		Serial Interface ACPI-Compatible Microprocessor System Hardware Monitor
+national,lm85		Temperature sensor with integrated fan control
 national,lm92		±0.33°C Accurate, 12-Bit + Sign Temperature Sensor and Thermal Window Comparator with Two-Wire Interface
 nuvoton,npct501		i2c trusted platform module (TPM)
 nxp,pca9556		Octal SMBus and I2C registered interface
@@ -59,6 +75,7 @@
 ramtron,24c64		i2c serial eeprom  (24cxx)
 ricoh,rs5c372a		I2C bus SERIAL INTERFACE REAL-TIME CLOCK IC
 samsung,24ad0xd1	S524AD0XF1 (128K/256K-bit Serial EEPROM for Low Power)
+sii,s35390a		2-wire CMOS real-time clock
 st-micro,24c256		i2c serial eeprom  (24cxx)
 stm,m41t00		Serial Access TIMEKEEPER
 stm,m41t62		Serial real-time clock (RTC) with alarm
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/at91_adc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/at91_adc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f813de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/at91_adc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+* AT91's Analog to Digital Converter (ADC)
+
+Required properties:
+  - compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-adc"
+    <chip> can be "at91sam9260", "at91sam9g45" or "at91sam9x5"
+  - reg: Should contain ADC registers location and length
+  - interrupts: Should contain the IRQ line for the ADC
+  - clock-names: tuple listing input clock names.
+	Required elements: "adc_clk", "adc_op_clk".
+  - clocks: phandles to input clocks.
+  - atmel,adc-channels-used: Bitmask of the channels muxed and enabled for this
+    device
+  - atmel,adc-startup-time: Startup Time of the ADC in microseconds as
+    defined in the datasheet
+  - atmel,adc-vref: Reference voltage in millivolts for the conversions
+  - atmel,adc-res: List of resolutions in bits supported by the ADC. List size
+		   must be two at least.
+  - atmel,adc-res-names: Contains one identifier string for each resolution
+			 in atmel,adc-res property. "lowres" and "highres"
+			 identifiers are required.
+
+Optional properties:
+  - atmel,adc-use-external-triggers: Boolean to enable the external triggers
+  - atmel,adc-use-res: String corresponding to an identifier from
+		       atmel,adc-res-names property. If not specified, the highest
+		       resolution will be used.
+  - atmel,adc-sleep-mode: Boolean to enable sleep mode when no conversion
+  - atmel,adc-sample-hold-time: Sample and Hold Time in microseconds
+  - atmel,adc-ts-wires: Number of touchscreen wires. Should be 4 or 5. If this
+                        value is set, then the adc driver will enable touchscreen
+                        support.
+    NOTE: when adc touchscreen is enabled, the adc hardware trigger will be
+          disabled. Since touchscreen will occupy the trigger register.
+  - atmel,adc-ts-pressure-threshold: a pressure threshold for touchscreen. It
+                                     makes touch detection more precise.
+
+Optional trigger Nodes:
+  - Required properties:
+    * trigger-name: Name of the trigger exposed to the user
+    * trigger-value: Value to put in the Trigger register
+      to activate this trigger
+  - Optional properties:
+    * trigger-external: Is the trigger an external trigger?
+
+Examples:
+adc0: adc@fffb0000 {
+	#address-cells = <1>;
+	#size-cells = <0>;
+	compatible = "atmel,at91sam9260-adc";
+	reg = <0xfffb0000 0x100>;
+	interrupts = <20 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH 0>;
+	clocks = <&adc_clk>, <&adc_op_clk>;
+	clock-names = "adc_clk", "adc_op_clk";
+	atmel,adc-channels-used = <0xff>;
+	atmel,adc-startup-time = <40>;
+	atmel,adc-use-external-triggers;
+	atmel,adc-vref = <3300>;
+	atmel,adc-res = <8 10>;
+	atmel,adc-res-names = "lowres", "highres";
+	atmel,adc-use-res = "lowres";
+
+	trigger@0 {
+		reg = <0>;
+		trigger-name = "external-rising";
+		trigger-value = <0x1>;
+		trigger-external;
+	};
+	trigger@1 {
+		reg = <1>;
+		trigger-name = "external-falling";
+		trigger-value = <0x2>;
+		trigger-external;
+	};
+
+	trigger@2 {
+		reg = <2>;
+		trigger-name = "external-any";
+		trigger-value = <0x3>;
+		trigger-external;
+	};
+
+	trigger@3 {
+		reg = <3>;
+		trigger-name = "continuous";
+		trigger-value = <0x6>;
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/twl4030-madc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/twl4030-madc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6bdd214
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/twl4030-madc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+* TWL4030 Monitoring Analog to Digital Converter (MADC)
+
+The MADC subsystem in the TWL4030 consists of a 10-bit ADC
+combined with a 16-input analog multiplexer.
+
+Required properties:
+  - compatible: Should contain "ti,twl4030-madc".
+  - interrupts: IRQ line for the MADC submodule.
+  - #io-channel-cells: Should be set to <1>.
+
+Optional properties:
+  - ti,system-uses-second-madc-irq: boolean, set if the second madc irq register
+				    should be used, which is intended to be used
+				    by Co-Processors (e.g. a modem).
+
+Example:
+
+&twl {
+	madc {
+		compatible = "ti,twl4030-madc";
+		interrupts = <3>;
+		#io-channel-cells = <1>;
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/clps711x-keypad.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/clps711x-keypad.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e68d2bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/clps711x-keypad.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+* Cirrus Logic CLPS711X matrix keypad device tree bindings
+
+Required Properties:
+- compatible:    Shall contain "cirrus,clps711x-keypad".
+- row-gpios:     List of GPIOs used as row lines.
+- poll-interval: Poll interval time in milliseconds.
+- linux,keymap:  The definition can be found at
+                 bindings/input/matrix-keymap.txt.
+
+Optional Properties:
+- autorepeat:    Enable autorepeat feature.
+
+Example:
+	keypad {
+		compatible = "cirrus,ep7312-keypad", "cirrus,clps711x-keypad";
+		autorepeat;
+		poll-interval = <120>;
+		row-gpios = <&porta 0 0>,
+			    <&porta 1 0>;
+
+		linux,keymap = <
+			MATRIX_KEY(0, 0, KEY_UP)
+			MATRIX_KEY(0, 1, KEY_DOWN)
+			MATRIX_KEY(1, 0, KEY_LEFT)
+			MATRIX_KEY(1, 1, KEY_RIGHT)
+		>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/qcom,pm8xxx-keypad.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/qcom,pm8xxx-keypad.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d8cb92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/qcom,pm8xxx-keypad.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+Qualcomm PM8xxx PMIC Keypad
+
+PROPERTIES
+
+- compatible:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <string>
+	Definition: must be one of:
+		    "qcom,pm8058-keypad"
+		    "qcom,pm8921-keypad"
+
+- reg:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
+	Definition: address of keypad control register
+
+- interrupts:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
+	Definition: the first interrupt specifies the key sense interrupt
+		    and the second interrupt specifies the key stuck interrupt.
+		    The format of the specifier is defined by the binding
+		    document describing the node's interrupt parent.
+
+- linux,keymap:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
+	Definition: the linux keymap. More information can be found in
+		    input/matrix-keymap.txt.
+
+- linux,keypad-no-autorepeat:
+	Usage: optional
+	Value type: <bool>
+	Definition: don't enable autorepeat feature.
+
+- linux,keypad-wakeup:
+	Usage: optional
+	Value type: <bool>
+	Definition: use any event on keypad as wakeup event.
+
+- keypad,num-rows:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <u32>
+	Definition: number of rows in the keymap. More information can be found
+		    in input/matrix-keymap.txt.
+
+- keypad,num-columns:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <u32>
+	Definition: number of columns in the keymap. More information can be
+		    found in input/matrix-keymap.txt.
+
+- debounce:
+	Usage: optional
+	Value type: <u32>
+	Definition: time in microseconds that key must be pressed or release
+		    for key sense interrupt to trigger.
+
+- scan-delay:
+	Usage: optional
+	Value type: <u32>
+	Definition: time in microseconds to pause between successive scans
+		    of the matrix array.
+
+- row-hold:
+	Usage: optional
+	Value type: <u32>
+	Definition: time in nanoseconds to pause between scans of each row in
+		    the matrix array.
+
+EXAMPLE
+
+	keypad@148 {
+		compatible = "qcom,pm8921-keypad";
+		reg = <0x148>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&pmicintc>;
+		interrupts = <74 1>, <75 1>;
+		linux,keymap = <
+			MATRIX_KEY(0, 0, KEY_VOLUMEUP)
+			MATRIX_KEY(0, 1, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN)
+			MATRIX_KEY(0, 2, KEY_CAMERA_FOCUS)
+			MATRIX_KEY(0, 3, KEY_CAMERA)
+			>;
+		keypad,num-rows = <1>;
+		keypad,num-columns = <5>;
+		debounce = <15>;
+		scan-delay = <32>;
+		row-hold = <91500>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/qcom,pm8xxx-pwrkey.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/qcom,pm8xxx-pwrkey.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..588536c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/qcom,pm8xxx-pwrkey.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+Qualcomm PM8xxx PMIC Power Key
+
+PROPERTIES
+
+- compatible:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <string>
+	Definition: must be one of:
+		    "qcom,pm8058-pwrkey"
+		    "qcom,pm8921-pwrkey"
+
+- reg:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
+	Definition: address of power key control register
+
+- interrupts:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
+	Definition: the first interrupt specifies the key release interrupt
+		    and the second interrupt specifies the key press interrupt.
+		    The format of the specifier is defined by the binding
+		    document describing the node's interrupt parent.
+
+- debounce:
+	Usage: optional
+	Value type: <u32>
+	Definition: time in microseconds that key must be pressed or release
+		    for state change interrupt to trigger.
+
+- pull-up:
+	Usage: optional
+	Value type: <empty>
+	Definition: presence of this property indicates that the KPDPWR_N pin
+		    should be configured for pull up.
+
+EXAMPLE
+
+	pwrkey@1c {
+		compatible = "qcom,pm8921-pwrkey";
+		reg = <0x1c>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&pmicintc>;
+		interrupts = <50 1>, <51 1>;
+		debounce = <15625>;
+		pull-up;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/qcom,pm8xxx-vib.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/qcom,pm8xxx-vib.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4ed467b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/qcom,pm8xxx-vib.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+Qualcomm PM8xxx PMIC Vibrator
+
+PROPERTIES
+
+- compatible:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <string>
+	Definition: must be one of:
+		    "qcom,pm8058-vib"
+		    "qcom,pm8921-vib"
+
+- reg:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
+	Definition: address of vibration control register
+
+EXAMPLE
+
+	vibrator@4a {
+		compatible = "qcom,pm8058-vib";
+		reg = <0x4a>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/edt-ft5x06.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/edt-ft5x06.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..76db967
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/edt-ft5x06.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+FocalTech EDT-FT5x06 Polytouch driver
+=====================================
+
+There are 3 variants of the chip for various touch panel sizes
+FT5206GE1  2.8" .. 3.8"
+FT5306DE4  4.3" .. 7"
+FT5406EE8  7"   .. 8.9"
+
+The software interface is identical for all those chips, so that
+currently there is no need for the driver to distinguish between the
+different chips. Nevertheless distinct compatible strings are used so
+that a distinction can be added if necessary without changing the DT
+bindings.
+
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible:  "edt,edt-ft5206"
+           or:  "edt,edt-ft5306"
+           or:  "edt,edt-ft5406"
+
+ - reg:         I2C slave address of the chip (0x38)
+ - interrupt-parent: a phandle pointing to the interrupt controller
+                     serving the interrupt for this chip
+ - interrupts:       interrupt specification for the touchdetect
+                     interrupt
+
+Optional properties:
+ - reset-gpios: GPIO specification for the RESET input
+ - wake-gpios:  GPIO specification for the WAKE input
+
+ - pinctrl-names: should be "default"
+ - pinctrl-0:   a phandle pointing to the pin settings for the
+                control gpios
+
+ - threshold:   allows setting the "click"-threshold in the range
+                from 20 to 80.
+
+ - gain:        allows setting the sensitivity in the range from 0 to
+                31. Note that lower values indicate higher
+                sensitivity.
+
+ - offset:      allows setting the edge compensation in the range from
+                0 to 31.
+
+Example:
+	polytouch: edt-ft5x06@38 {
+		compatible = "edt,edt-ft5406", "edt,edt-ft5x06";
+		reg = <0x38>;
+		pinctrl-names = "default";
+		pinctrl-0 = <&edt_ft5x06_pins>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&gpio2>;
+		interrupts = <5 0>;
+		reset-gpios = <&gpio2 6 1>;
+		wake-gpios = <&gpio4 9 0>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/zforce_ts.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/zforce_ts.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2faf1f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/zforce_ts.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+* Neonode infrared touchscreen controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: must be "neonode,zforce"
+- reg: I2C address of the chip
+- interrupts: interrupt to which the chip is connected
+- gpios: gpios the chip is connected to
+  first one is the interrupt gpio and second one the reset gpio
+- x-size: horizontal resolution of touchscreen
+- y-size: vertical resolution of touchscreen
+
+Example:
+
+	i2c@00000000 {
+		/* ... */
+
+		zforce_ts@50 {
+			compatible = "neonode,zforce";
+			reg = <0x50>;
+			interrupts = <2 0>;
+
+			gpios = <&gpio5 6 0>, /* INT */
+				<&gpio5 9 0>; /* RST */
+
+			x-size = <800>;
+			y-size = <600>;
+		};
+
+		/* ... */
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/cirrus,clps711x-intc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/cirrus,clps711x-intc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..759339c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/cirrus,clps711x-intc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+Cirrus Logic CLPS711X Interrupt Controller
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: Should be "cirrus,clps711x-intc".
+- reg: Specifies base physical address of the registers set.
+- interrupt-controller: Identifies the node as an interrupt controller.
+- #interrupt-cells: Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an
+  interrupt source. The value shall be 1.
+
+The interrupt sources are as follows:
+ID	Name	Description
+---------------------------
+1:	BLINT	Battery low (FIQ)
+3:	MCINT	Media changed (FIQ)
+4:	CSINT	CODEC sound
+5:	EINT1	External 1
+6:	EINT2	External 2
+7:	EINT3	External 3
+8:	TC1OI	TC1 under flow
+9:	TC2OI	TC2 under flow
+10:	RTCMI	RTC compare match
+11:	TINT	64Hz tick
+12:	UTXINT1	UART1 transmit FIFO half empty
+13:	URXINT1	UART1 receive FIFO half full
+14:	UMSINT	UART1 modem status changed
+15:	SSEOTI	SSI1 end of transfer
+16:	KBDINT	Keyboard
+17:	SS2RX	SSI2 receive FIFO half or greater full
+18:	SS2TX	SSI2 transmit FIFO less than half empty
+28:	UTXINT2	UART2 transmit FIFO half empty
+29:	URXINT2	UART2 receive FIFO half full
+32:	DAIINT	DAI interface (FIQ)
+
+Example:
+	intc: interrupt-controller {
+		compatible = "cirrus,clps711x-intc";
+		reg = <0x80000000 0x4000>;
+		interrupt-controller;
+		#interrupt-cells = <1>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/arm,smmu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/arm,smmu.txt
index e34c6cd..f284b99 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/arm,smmu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/arm,smmu.txt
@@ -48,6 +48,12 @@
                   from the mmu-masters towards memory) node for this
                   SMMU.
 
+- calxeda,smmu-secure-config-access : Enable proper handling of buggy
+                  implementations that always use secure access to
+                  SMMU configuration registers. In this case non-secure
+                  aliases of secure registers have to be used during
+                  SMMU configuration.
+
 Example:
 
         smmu {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/ti,omap-iommu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/ti,omap-iommu.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..42531dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/ti,omap-iommu.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+OMAP2+ IOMMU
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : Should be one of,
+		"ti,omap2-iommu" for OMAP2/OMAP3 IOMMU instances
+		"ti,omap4-iommu" for OMAP4/OMAP5 IOMMU instances
+		"ti,dra7-iommu" for DRA7xx IOMMU instances
+- ti,hwmods  : Name of the hwmod associated with the IOMMU instance
+- reg        : Address space for the configuration registers
+- interrupts : Interrupt specifier for the IOMMU instance
+
+Optional properties:
+- ti,#tlb-entries : Number of entries in the translation look-aside buffer.
+                    Should be either 8 or 32 (default: 32)
+- ti,iommu-bus-err-back : Indicates the IOMMU instance supports throwing
+		          back a bus error response on MMU faults.
+
+Example:
+	/* OMAP3 ISP MMU */
+	mmu_isp: mmu@480bd400 {
+		compatible = "ti,omap2-iommu";
+		reg = <0x480bd400 0x80>;
+		interrupts = <24>;
+		ti,hwmods = "mmu_isp";
+		ti,#tlb-entries = <8>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-gpio.txt
index df1b308..f77148f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-gpio.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-gpio.txt
@@ -21,6 +21,8 @@
   on).  The "keep" setting will keep the LED at whatever its current
   state is, without producing a glitch.  The default is off if this
   property is not present.
+- retain-state-suspended: (optional) The suspend state can be retained.Such
+  as charge-led gpio.
 
 Examples:
 
@@ -50,3 +52,13 @@
 		default-state = "on";
 	};
 };
+
+leds {
+	compatible = "gpio-leds";
+
+	charger-led {
+		gpios = <&gpio1 2 0>;
+		linux,default-trigger = "max8903-charger-charging";
+		retain-state-suspended;
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/img-ir-rev1.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/img-ir-rev1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5434ce6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/img-ir-rev1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+* ImgTec Infrared (IR) decoder version 1
+
+This binding is for Imagination Technologies' Infrared decoder block,
+specifically major revision 1.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:		Should be "img,ir-rev1"
+- reg:			Physical base address of the controller and length of
+			memory mapped region.
+- interrupts:		The interrupt specifier to the cpu.
+
+Optional properties:
+- clocks:		List of clock specifiers as described in standard
+			clock bindings.
+			Up to 3 clocks may be specified in the following order:
+			1st:	Core clock (defaults to 32.768KHz if omitted).
+			2nd:	System side (fast) clock.
+			3rd:	Power modulation clock.
+- clock-names:		List of clock names corresponding to the clocks
+			specified in the clocks property.
+			Accepted clock names are:
+			"core":	Core clock.
+			"sys":	System clock.
+			"mod":	Power modulation clock.
+
+Example:
+
+	ir@02006200 {
+		compatible = "img,ir-rev1";
+		reg = <0x02006200 0x100>;
+		interrupts = <29 4>;
+		clocks = <&clk_32khz>;
+		clock-names =  "core";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/samsung-fimc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/samsung-fimc.txt
index 96312f6..922d6f8 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/samsung-fimc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/samsung-fimc.txt
@@ -15,11 +15,21 @@
 
 Required properties:
 
-- compatible	: must be "samsung,fimc", "simple-bus"
-- clocks	: list of clock specifiers, corresponding to entries in
-		  the clock-names property;
-- clock-names	: must contain "sclk_cam0", "sclk_cam1", "pxl_async0",
-		  "pxl_async1" entries, matching entries in the clocks property.
+- compatible: must be "samsung,fimc", "simple-bus"
+- clocks: list of clock specifiers, corresponding to entries in
+  the clock-names property;
+- clock-names : must contain "sclk_cam0", "sclk_cam1", "pxl_async0",
+  "pxl_async1" entries, matching entries in the clocks property.
+
+- #clock-cells: from the common clock bindings (../clock/clock-bindings.txt),
+  must be 1. A clock provider is associated with the 'camera' node and it should
+  be referenced by external sensors that use clocks provided by the SoC on
+  CAM_*_CLKOUT pins. The clock specifier cell stores an index of a clock.
+  The indices are 0, 1 for CAM_A_CLKOUT, CAM_B_CLKOUT clocks respectively.
+
+- clock-output-names: from the common clock bindings, should contain names of
+  clocks registered by the camera subsystem corresponding to CAM_A_CLKOUT,
+  CAM_B_CLKOUT output clocks respectively.
 
 The pinctrl bindings defined in ../pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt must be used
 to define a required pinctrl state named "default" and optional pinctrl states:
@@ -32,6 +42,7 @@
 
 The 'camera' node must include at least one 'fimc' child node.
 
+
 'fimc' device nodes
 -------------------
 
@@ -88,8 +99,8 @@
 
 Optional properties
 
-- samsung,camclk-out : specifies clock output for remote sensor,
-		       0 - CAM_A_CLKOUT, 1 - CAM_B_CLKOUT;
+- samsung,camclk-out (deprecated) : specifies clock output for remote sensor,
+  0 - CAM_A_CLKOUT, 1 - CAM_B_CLKOUT;
 
 Image sensor nodes
 ------------------
@@ -97,8 +108,6 @@
 The sensor device nodes should be added to their control bus controller (e.g.
 I2C0) nodes and linked to a port node in the csis or the parallel-ports node,
 using the common video interfaces bindings, defined in video-interfaces.txt.
-The implementation of this bindings requires clock-frequency property to be
-present in the sensor device nodes.
 
 Example:
 
@@ -114,7 +123,7 @@
 			vddio-supply = <...>;
 
 			clock-frequency = <24000000>;
-			clocks = <...>;
+			clocks = <&camera 1>;
 			clock-names = "mclk";
 
 			port {
@@ -135,7 +144,7 @@
 			vddio-supply = <...>;
 
 			clock-frequency = <24000000>;
-			clocks = <...>;
+			clocks = <&camera 0>;
 			clock-names = "mclk";
 
 			port {
@@ -149,12 +158,17 @@
 
 	camera {
 		compatible = "samsung,fimc", "simple-bus";
-		#address-cells = <1>;
-		#size-cells = <1>;
-		status = "okay";
-
+		clocks = <&clock 132>, <&clock 133>, <&clock 351>,
+			 <&clock 352>;
+		clock-names = "sclk_cam0", "sclk_cam1", "pxl_async0",
+			      "pxl_async1";
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+		clock-output-names = "cam_a_clkout", "cam_b_clkout";
 		pinctrl-names = "default";
 		pinctrl-0 = <&cam_port_a_clk_active>;
+		status = "okay";
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <1>;
 
 		/* parallel camera ports */
 		parallel-ports {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/samsung-s5c73m3.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/samsung-s5c73m3.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2c85c45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/samsung-s5c73m3.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+Samsung S5C73M3 8Mp camera ISP
+------------------------------
+
+The S5C73M3 camera ISP supports MIPI CSI-2 and parallel (ITU-R BT.656) video
+data busses. The I2C bus is the main control bus and additionally the SPI bus
+is used, mostly for transferring the firmware to and from the device. Two
+slave device nodes corresponding to these control bus interfaces are required
+and should be placed under respective bus controller nodes.
+
+I2C slave device node
+---------------------
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible	    : "samsung,s5c73m3";
+- reg		    : I2C slave address of the sensor;
+- vdd-int-supply    : digital power supply (1.2V);
+- vdda-supply	    : analog power supply (1.2V);
+- vdd-reg-supply    : regulator input power supply (2.8V);
+- vddio-host-supply : host I/O power supply (1.8V to 2.8V);
+- vddio-cis-supply  : CIS I/O power supply (1.2V to 1.8V);
+- vdd-af-supply     : lens power supply (2.8V);
+- xshutdown-gpios   : specifier of GPIO connected to the XSHUTDOWN pin;
+- standby-gpios     : specifier of GPIO connected to the STANDBY pin;
+- clocks	    : should contain list of phandle and clock specifier pairs
+		      according to common clock bindings for the clocks described
+		      in the clock-names property;
+- clock-names	    : should contain "cis_extclk" entry for the CIS_EXTCLK clock;
+
+Optional properties:
+
+- clock-frequency   : the frequency at which the "cis_extclk" clock should be
+		      configured to operate, in Hz; if this property is not
+		      specified default 24 MHz value will be used.
+
+The common video interfaces bindings (see video-interfaces.txt) should be used
+to specify link from the S5C73M3 to an external image data receiver. The S5C73M3
+device node should contain one 'port' child node with an 'endpoint' subnode for
+this purpose. The data link from a raw image sensor to the S5C73M3 can be
+similarly specified, but it is optional since the S5C73M3 ISP and a raw image
+sensor are usually inseparable and form a hybrid module.
+
+Following properties are valid for the endpoint node(s):
+
+endpoint subnode
+----------------
+
+- data-lanes : (optional) specifies MIPI CSI-2 data lanes as covered in
+  video-interfaces.txt. This sensor doesn't support data lane remapping
+  and physical lane indexes in subsequent elements of the array should
+  be only consecutive ascending values.
+
+SPI device node
+---------------
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible	    : "samsung,s5c73m3";
+
+For more details see description of the SPI busses bindings
+(../spi/spi-bus.txt) and bindings of a specific bus controller.
+
+Example:
+
+i2c@138A000000 {
+	...
+	s5c73m3@3c {
+		compatible = "samsung,s5c73m3";
+		reg = <0x3c>;
+		vdd-int-supply = <&buck9_reg>;
+		vdda-supply = <&ldo17_reg>;
+		vdd-reg-supply = <&cam_io_reg>;
+		vddio-host-supply = <&ldo18_reg>;
+		vddio-cis-supply = <&ldo9_reg>;
+		vdd-af-supply = <&cam_af_reg>;
+		clock-frequency = <24000000>;
+		clocks = <&clk 0>;
+		clock-names = "cis_extclk";
+		reset-gpios = <&gpf1 3 1>;
+		standby-gpios = <&gpm0 1 1>;
+		port {
+			s5c73m3_ep: endpoint {
+				remote-endpoint = <&csis0_ep>;
+				data-lanes = <1 2 3 4>;
+			};
+		};
+	};
+};
+
+spi@1392000 {
+	...
+	s5c73m3_spi: s5c73m3@0 {
+		compatible = "samsung,s5c73m3";
+		reg = <0>;
+		...
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/samsung-s5k6a3.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/samsung-s5k6a3.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cce01e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/samsung-s5k6a3.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+Samsung S5K6A3(YX) raw image sensor
+---------------------------------
+
+S5K6A3(YX) is a raw image sensor with MIPI CSI-2 and CCP2 image data interfaces
+and CCI (I2C compatible) control bus.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible	: "samsung,s5k6a3";
+- reg		: I2C slave address of the sensor;
+- svdda-supply	: core voltage supply;
+- svddio-supply	: I/O voltage supply;
+- afvdd-supply	: AF (actuator) voltage supply;
+- gpios		: specifier of a GPIO connected to the RESET pin;
+- clocks	: should contain list of phandle and clock specifier pairs
+		  according to common clock bindings for the clocks described
+		  in the clock-names property;
+- clock-names	: should contain "extclk" entry for the sensor's EXTCLK clock;
+
+Optional properties:
+
+- clock-frequency : the frequency at which the "extclk" clock should be
+		    configured to operate, in Hz; if this property is not
+		    specified default 24 MHz value will be used.
+
+The common video interfaces bindings (see video-interfaces.txt) should be
+used to specify link to the image data receiver. The S5K6A3(YX) device
+node should contain one 'port' child node with an 'endpoint' subnode.
+
+Following properties are valid for the endpoint node:
+
+- data-lanes : (optional) specifies MIPI CSI-2 data lanes as covered in
+  video-interfaces.txt.  The sensor supports only one data lane.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/arizona.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/arizona.txt
index 0e295c9..36a0c3d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/arizona.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/arizona.txt
@@ -5,9 +5,10 @@
 
 Required properties:
 
-  - compatible : one of the following chip-specific strings:
-	"wlf,wm5102"
-	"wlf,wm5110"
+  - compatible : One of the following chip-specific strings:
+        "wlf,wm5102"
+        "wlf,wm5110"
+        "wlf,wm8997"
   - reg : I2C slave address when connected using I2C, chip select number when
     using SPI.
 
@@ -25,8 +26,9 @@
   - #gpio-cells : Must be 2. The first cell is the pin number and the
     second cell is used to specify optional parameters (currently unused).
 
-  - AVDD1-supply, DBVDD1-supply, DBVDD2-supply, DBVDD3-supply, CPVDD-supply,
-    SPKVDDL-supply, SPKVDDR-supply : power supplies for the device, as covered
+  - AVDD-supply, DBVDD1-supply, DBVDD2-supply, DBVDD3-supply (wm5102, wm5110),
+    CPVDD-supply, SPKVDDL-supply (wm5102, wm5110), SPKVDDR-supply (wm5102,
+    wm5110), SPKVDD-supply (wm8997) : Power supplies for the device, as covered
     in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt
 
 Optional properties:
@@ -46,6 +48,7 @@
 	compatible = "wlf,wm5102";
 	reg = <0x1a>;
 	interrupts = <347>;
+	interrupt-controller;
 	#interrupt-cells = <2>;
         interrupt-parent = <&gic>;
 
@@ -53,10 +56,10 @@
 	#gpio-cells = <2>;
 
 	wlf,gpio-defaults = <
-		0x00000000, /* AIF1TXLRCLK */
-		0xffffffff,
-		0xffffffff,
-		0xffffffff,
-		0xffffffff,
+		0x00000000 /* AIF1TXLRCLK */
+		0xffffffff
+		0xffffffff
+		0xffffffff
+		0xffffffff
 	>;
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/bcm590xx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/bcm590xx.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1fe30e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/bcm590xx.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+-------------------------------
+BCM590xx Power Management Units
+-------------------------------
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "brcm,bcm59056"
+- reg: I2C slave address
+- interrupts: interrupt for the PMU. Generic interrupt client node bindings
+  are described in interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt
+
+------------------
+Voltage Regulators
+------------------
+
+Optional child nodes:
+- regulators: container node for regulators following the generic
+  regulator binding in regulator/regulator.txt
+
+  The valid regulator node names for BCM59056 are:
+  	rfldo, camldo1, camldo2, simldo1, simldo2, sdldo, sdxldo,
+	mmcldo1, mmcldo2, audldo, micldo, usbldo, vibldo,
+	csr, iosr1, iosr2, msr, sdsr1, sdsr2, vsr
+
+Example:
+	pmu: bcm59056@8 {
+		compatible = "brcm,bcm59056";
+		reg = <0x08>;
+		interrupts = <GIC_SPI 215 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+		regulators {
+			rfldo_reg: rfldo {
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <1200000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>;
+			};
+
+			...
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/da9055.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/da9055.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6dab34d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/da9055.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+* Dialog DA9055 Power Management Integrated Circuit (PMIC)
+
+DA9055 consists of a large and varied group of sub-devices (I2C Only):
+
+Device			 Supply Names	 Description
+------			 ------------	 -----------
+da9055-gpio		:		: GPIOs
+da9055-regulator	:		: Regulators
+da9055-onkey		:		: On key
+da9055-rtc		:		: RTC
+da9055-hwmon		:		: ADC
+da9055-watchdog		:		: Watchdog
+
+The CODEC device in DA9055 has a separate, configurable I2C address and so
+is instantiated separately from the PMIC.
+
+For details on accompanying CODEC I2C device, see the following:
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/da9055.txt
+
+======
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : Should be "dlg,da9055-pmic"
+- reg: Specifies the I2C slave address (defaults to 0x5a but can be modified)
+- interrupt-parent: Specifies the phandle of the interrupt controller to which
+  the IRQs from da9055 are delivered to.
+- interrupts: IRQ line info for da9055 chip.
+- interrupt-controller: da9055 has internal IRQs (has own IRQ domain).
+- #interrupt-cells: Should be 1, is the local IRQ number for da9055.
+
+Sub-nodes:
+- regulators : Contain the regulator nodes. The DA9055 regulators are
+  bound using their names as listed below:
+
+    buck1     : regulator BUCK1
+    buck2     : regulator BUCK2
+    ldo1      : regulator LDO1
+    ldo2      : regulator LDO2
+    ldo3      : regulator LDO3
+    ldo4      : regulator LDO4
+    ldo5      : regulator LDO5
+    ldo6      : regulator LDO6
+
+  The bindings details of individual regulator device can be found in:
+  Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt
+
+
+Example:
+
+	pmic: da9055-pmic@5a {
+		compatible = "dlg,da9055-pmic";
+		reg = <0x5a>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&intc>;
+		interrupts = <5 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>;
+		interrupt-controller;
+		#interrupt-cells = <1>;
+
+		regulators {
+			buck1: BUCK1 {
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <725000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <2075000>;
+			};
+			buck2: BUCK2 {
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <925000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <2500000>;
+			};
+			ldo1: LDO1 {
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <900000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>;
+			};
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/mc13xxx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/mc13xxx.txt
index abd9e3c..1413f39 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/mc13xxx.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/mc13xxx.txt
@@ -10,9 +10,44 @@
 - fsl,mc13xxx-uses-touch : Indicate the touchscreen controller is being used
 
 Sub-nodes:
+- leds : Contain the led nodes and initial register values in property
+  "led-control". Number of register depends of used IC, for MC13783 is 6,
+  for MC13892 is 4, for MC34708 is 1. See datasheet for bits definitions of
+  these registers.
+  - #address-cells: Must be 1.
+  - #size-cells: Must be 0.
+  Each led node should contain "reg", which used as LED ID (described below).
+  Optional properties "label" and "linux,default-trigger" is described in
+  Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt.
 - regulators : Contain the regulator nodes. The regulators are bound using
   their names as listed below with their registers and bits for enabling.
 
+MC13783 LED IDs:
+    0  : Main display
+    1  : AUX display
+    2  : Keypad
+    3  : Red 1
+    4  : Green 1
+    5  : Blue 1
+    6  : Red 2
+    7  : Green 2
+    8  : Blue 2
+    9  : Red 3
+    10 : Green 3
+    11 : Blue 3
+
+MC13892 LED IDs:
+    0  : Main display
+    1  : AUX display
+    2  : Keypad
+    3  : Red
+    4  : Green
+    5  : Blue
+
+MC34708 LED IDs:
+    0  : Charger Red
+    1  : Charger Green
+
 MC13783 regulators:
     sw1a      : regulator SW1A      (register 24, bit 0)
     sw1b      : regulator SW1B      (register 25, bit 0)
@@ -89,6 +124,18 @@
 		interrupt-parent = <&gpio0>;
 		interrupts = <8>;
 
+		leds {
+			#address-cells = <1>;
+			#size-cells = <0>;
+			led-control = <0x000 0x000 0x0e0 0x000>;
+
+			sysled {
+				reg = <3>;
+				label = "system:red:live";
+				linux,default-trigger = "heartbeat";
+			};
+		};
+
 		regulators {
 			sw1_reg: mc13892__sw1 {
 				regulator-min-microvolt = <600000>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/omap-usb-host.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/omap-usb-host.txt
index b381fa6..4721b2d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/omap-usb-host.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/omap-usb-host.txt
@@ -32,6 +32,29 @@
 - single-ulpi-bypass: Must be present if the controller contains a single
   ULPI bypass control bit. e.g. OMAP3 silicon <= ES2.1
 
+- clocks: a list of phandles and clock-specifier pairs, one for each entry in
+  clock-names.
+
+- clock-names: should include:
+  For OMAP3
+  * "usbhost_120m_fck" - 120MHz Functional clock.
+
+  For OMAP4+
+  * "refclk_60m_int" - 60MHz internal reference clock for UTMI clock mux
+  * "refclk_60m_ext_p1" - 60MHz external ref. clock for Port 1's UTMI clock mux.
+  * "refclk_60m_ext_p2" - 60MHz external ref. clock for Port 2's UTMI clock mux
+  * "utmi_p1_gfclk" - Port 1 UTMI clock mux.
+  * "utmi_p2_gfclk" - Port 2 UTMI clock mux.
+  * "usb_host_hs_utmi_p1_clk" - Port 1 UTMI clock gate.
+  * "usb_host_hs_utmi_p2_clk" - Port 2 UTMI clock gate.
+  * "usb_host_hs_utmi_p3_clk" - Port 3 UTMI clock gate.
+  * "usb_host_hs_hsic480m_p1_clk" - Port 1 480MHz HSIC clock gate.
+  * "usb_host_hs_hsic480m_p2_clk" - Port 2 480MHz HSIC clock gate.
+  * "usb_host_hs_hsic480m_p3_clk" - Port 3 480MHz HSIC clock gate.
+  * "usb_host_hs_hsic60m_p1_clk" - Port 1 60MHz HSIC clock gate.
+  * "usb_host_hs_hsic60m_p2_clk" - Port 2 60MHz HSIC clock gate.
+  * "usb_host_hs_hsic60m_p3_clk" - Port 3 60MHz HSIC clock gate.
+
 Required properties if child node exists:
 
 - #address-cells: Must be 1
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/omap-usb-tll.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/omap-usb-tll.txt
index 62fe697..c58d704 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/omap-usb-tll.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/omap-usb-tll.txt
@@ -7,6 +7,16 @@
 - interrupts : should contain the TLL module's interrupt
 - ti,hwmod : must contain "usb_tll_hs"
 
+Optional properties:
+
+- clocks: a list of phandles and clock-specifier pairs, one for each entry in
+  clock-names.
+
+- clock-names: should include:
+  * "usb_tll_hs_usb_ch0_clk" - USB TLL channel 0 clock
+  * "usb_tll_hs_usb_ch1_clk" - USB TLL channel 1 clock
+  * "usb_tll_hs_usb_ch2_clk" - USB TLL channel 2 clock
+
 Example:
 
 	usbhstll: usbhstll@4a062000 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom,pm8xxx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom,pm8xxx.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..03518dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom,pm8xxx.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+Qualcomm PM8xxx PMIC multi-function devices
+
+The PM8xxx family of Power Management ICs are used to provide regulated
+voltages and other various functionality to Qualcomm SoCs.
+
+= PROPERTIES
+
+- compatible:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <string>
+	Definition: must be one of:
+		    "qcom,pm8058"
+		    "qcom,pm8921"
+
+- #address-cells:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <u32>
+	Definition: must be 1
+
+- #size-cells:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <u32>
+	Definition: must be 0
+
+- interrupts:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
+	Definition: specifies the interrupt that indicates a subdevice
+		    has generated an interrupt (summary interrupt). The
+		    format of the specifier is defined by the binding document
+		    describing the node's interrupt parent.
+
+- #interrupt-cells:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type : <u32>
+	Definition: must be 2. Specifies the number of cells needed to encode
+		    an interrupt source. The 1st cell contains the interrupt
+		    number. The 2nd cell is the trigger type and level flags
+		    encoded as follows:
+
+			1 = low-to-high edge triggered
+			2 = high-to-low edge triggered
+			4 = active high level-sensitive
+			8 = active low level-sensitive
+
+- interrupt-controller:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <empty>
+	Definition: identifies this node as an interrupt controller
+
+= SUBCOMPONENTS
+
+The PMIC contains multiple independent functions, each described in a subnode.
+The below bindings specify the set of valid subnodes.
+
+== Real-Time Clock
+
+- compatible:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <string>
+	Definition: must be one of:
+		    "qcom,pm8058-rtc"
+		    "qcom,pm8921-rtc"
+
+- reg:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
+	Definition: single entry specifying the base address of the RTC registers
+
+- interrupts:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
+	Definition: single entry specifying the RTC's alarm interrupt
+
+- allow-set-time:
+	Usage: optional
+	Value type: <empty>
+	Definition: indicates that the setting of RTC time is allowed by
+		    the host CPU
+
+= EXAMPLE
+
+	pmicintc: pmic@0 {
+		compatible = "qcom,pm8921";
+		interrupts = <104 8>;
+		#interrupt-cells = <2>;
+		interrupt-controller;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+
+		rtc@11d {
+			compatible = "qcom,pm8921-rtc";
+			reg = <0x11d>;
+			interrupts = <0x27 0>;
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/s2mps11.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/s2mps11.txt
index f69bec2..802e839 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/s2mps11.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/s2mps11.txt
@@ -16,20 +16,25 @@
 - interrupts: Interrupt specifiers for interrupt sources.
 
 Optional nodes:
-- clocks: s2mps11 provides three(AP/CP/BT) buffered 32.768 KHz outputs, so to
-  register these as clocks with common clock framework instantiate a sub-node
-  named "clocks". It uses the common clock binding documented in :
+- clocks: s2mps11 and s5m8767 provide three(AP/CP/BT) buffered 32.768 KHz
+  outputs, so to register these as clocks with common clock framework
+  instantiate a sub-node named "clocks". It uses the common clock binding
+  documented in :
   [Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt]
+  The s2mps14 provides two (AP/BT) buffered 32.768 KHz outputs.
   - #clock-cells: should be 1.
 
   - The following is the list of clocks generated by the controller. Each clock
     is assigned an identifier and client nodes use this identifier to specify
     the clock which they consume.
-    Clock               ID
-    ----------------------
-    32KhzAP		0
-    32KhzCP		1
-    32KhzBT		2
+    Clock               ID           Devices
+    ----------------------------------------------------------
+    32KhzAP		0            S2MPS11, S2MPS14, S5M8767
+    32KhzCP		1            S2MPS11, S5M8767
+    32KhzBT		2            S2MPS11, S2MPS14, S5M8767
+
+  - compatible: Should be one of: "samsung,s2mps11-clk", "samsung,s2mps14-clk",
+		"samsung,s5m8767-clk"
 
 - regulators: The regulators of s2mps11 that have to be instantiated should be
 included in a sub-node named 'regulators'. Regulator nodes included in this
@@ -75,7 +80,8 @@
 		compatible = "samsung,s2mps11-pmic";
 		reg = <0x66>;
 
-		s2m_osc: clocks{
+		s2m_osc: clocks {
+			compatible = "samsung,s2mps11-clk";
 			#clock-cells = 1;
 			clock-output-names = "xx", "yy", "zz";
 		};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt
index 458b57f..9dce540 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt
@@ -26,9 +26,18 @@
   this system, even if the controller claims it is.
 - cap-sd-highspeed: SD high-speed timing is supported
 - cap-mmc-highspeed: MMC high-speed timing is supported
+- sd-uhs-sdr12: SD UHS SDR12 speed is supported
+- sd-uhs-sdr25: SD UHS SDR25 speed is supported
+- sd-uhs-sdr50: SD UHS SDR50 speed is supported
+- sd-uhs-sdr104: SD UHS SDR104 speed is supported
+- sd-uhs-ddr50: SD UHS DDR50 speed is supported
 - cap-power-off-card: powering off the card is safe
 - cap-sdio-irq: enable SDIO IRQ signalling on this interface
 - full-pwr-cycle: full power cycle of the card is supported
+- mmc-highspeed-ddr-1_8v: eMMC high-speed DDR mode(1.8V I/O) is supported
+- mmc-highspeed-ddr-1_2v: eMMC high-speed DDR mode(1.2V I/O) is supported
+- mmc-hs200-1_8v: eMMC HS200 mode(1.8V I/O) is supported
+- mmc-hs200-1_2v: eMMC HS200 mode(1.2V I/O) is supported
 
 *NOTE* on CD and WP polarity. To use common for all SD/MMC host controllers line
 polarity properties, we have to fix the meaning of the "normal" and "inverted"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-msm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-msm.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..81b33b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-msm.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+* Qualcomm SDHCI controller (sdhci-msm)
+
+This file documents differences between the core properties in mmc.txt
+and the properties used by the sdhci-msm driver.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should contain "qcom,sdhci-msm-v4".
+- reg: Base address and length of the register in the following order:
+	- Host controller register map (required)
+	- SD Core register map (required)
+- interrupts: Should contain an interrupt-specifiers for the interrupts:
+	- Host controller interrupt (required)
+- pinctrl-names: Should contain only one value - "default".
+- pinctrl-0: Should specify pin control groups used for this controller.
+- clocks: A list of phandle + clock-specifier pairs for the clocks listed in clock-names.
+- clock-names: Should contain the following:
+	"iface" - Main peripheral bus clock (PCLK/HCLK - AHB Bus clock) (required)
+	"core"	- SDC MMC clock (MCLK) (required)
+	"bus"	- SDCC bus voter clock (optional)
+
+Example:
+
+	sdhc_1: sdhci@f9824900 {
+		compatible = "qcom,sdhci-msm-v4";
+		reg = <0xf9824900 0x11c>, <0xf9824000 0x800>;
+		interrupts = <0 123 0>;
+		bus-width = <8>;
+		non-removable;
+
+		vmmc = <&pm8941_l20>;
+		vqmmc = <&pm8941_s3>;
+
+		pinctrl-names = "default";
+		pinctrl-0 = <&sdc1_clk &sdc1_cmd &sdc1_data>;
+
+		clocks = <&gcc GCC_SDCC1_APPS_CLK>, <&gcc GCC_SDCC1_AHB_CLK>;
+		clock-names = "core", "iface";
+	};
+
+	sdhc_2: sdhci@f98a4900 {
+		compatible = "qcom,sdhci-msm-v4";
+		reg = <0xf98a4900 0x11c>, <0xf98a4000 0x800>;
+		interrupts = <0 125 0>;
+		bus-width = <4>;
+		cd-gpios = <&msmgpio 62 0x1>;
+
+		vmmc = <&pm8941_l21>;
+		vqmmc = <&pm8941_l13>;
+
+		pinctrl-names = "default";
+		pinctrl-0 = <&sdc2_clk &sdc2_cmd &sdc2_data>;
+
+		clocks = <&gcc GCC_SDCC2_APPS_CLK>, <&gcc GCC_SDCC2_AHB_CLK>;
+		clock-names = "core", "iface";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-pxa.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-pxa.txt
index dbe98a3..86223c3 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-pxa.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-pxa.txt
@@ -4,7 +4,14 @@
 and the properties used by the sdhci-pxav2 and sdhci-pxav3 drivers.
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible: Should be "mrvl,pxav2-mmc" or "mrvl,pxav3-mmc".
+- compatible: Should be "mrvl,pxav2-mmc", "mrvl,pxav3-mmc" or
+  "marvell,armada-380-sdhci".
+- reg:
+  * for "mrvl,pxav2-mmc" and "mrvl,pxav3-mmc", one register area for
+    the SDHCI registers.
+  * for "marvell,armada-380-sdhci", two register areas. The first one
+    for the SDHCI registers themselves, and the second one for the
+    AXI/Mbus bridge registers of the SDHCI unit.
 
 Optional properties:
 - mrvl,clk-delay-cycles: Specify a number of cycles to delay for tuning.
@@ -19,3 +26,11 @@
 	non-removable;
 	mrvl,clk-delay-cycles = <31>;
 };
+
+sdhci@d8000 {
+	compatible = "marvell,armada-380-sdhci";
+	reg = <0xd8000 0x1000>, <0xdc000 0x100>;
+	interrupts = <0 25 0x4>;
+	clocks = <&gateclk 17>;
+	mrvl,clk-delay-cycles = <0x1F>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/socfpga-dw-mshc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/socfpga-dw-mshc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4897bea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/socfpga-dw-mshc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+* Altera SOCFPGA specific extensions to the Synopsys Designware Mobile
+  Storage Host Controller
+
+The Synopsys designware mobile storage host controller is used to interface
+a SoC with storage medium such as eMMC or SD/MMC cards. This file documents
+differences between the core Synopsys dw mshc controller properties described
+by synopsys-dw-mshc.txt and the properties used by the Altera SOCFPGA specific
+extensions to the Synopsys Designware Mobile Storage Host Controller.
+
+Required Properties:
+
+* compatible: should be
+	- "altr,socfpga-dw-mshc": for Altera's SOCFPGA platform
+
+Example:
+
+	mmc: dwmmc0@ff704000 {
+		compatible = "altr,socfpga-dw-mshc";
+		reg = <0xff704000 0x1000>;
+		interrupts = <0 129 4>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/ti-omap-hsmmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/ti-omap-hsmmc.txt
index 8c8908a..ce80561 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/ti-omap-hsmmc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/ti-omap-hsmmc.txt
@@ -10,6 +10,7 @@
 - compatible:
  Should be "ti,omap2-hsmmc", for OMAP2 controllers
  Should be "ti,omap3-hsmmc", for OMAP3 controllers
+ Should be "ti,omap3-pre-es3-hsmmc" for OMAP3 controllers pre ES3.0
  Should be "ti,omap4-hsmmc", for OMAP4 controllers
 - ti,hwmods: Must be "mmc<n>", n is controller instance starting 1
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/nand.txt
index 03855c8..b53f92e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/nand.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/nand.txt
@@ -5,3 +5,17 @@
   "soft_bch".
 - nand-bus-width : 8 or 16 bus width if not present 8
 - nand-on-flash-bbt: boolean to enable on flash bbt option if not present false
+
+- nand-ecc-strength: integer representing the number of bits to correct
+		     per ECC step.
+
+- nand-ecc-step-size: integer representing the number of data bytes
+		      that are covered by a single ECC step.
+
+The ECC strength and ECC step size properties define the correction capability
+of a controller. Together, they say a controller can correct "{strength} bit
+errors per {size} bytes".
+
+The interpretation of these parameters is implementation-defined, so not all
+implementations must support all possible combinations. However, implementations
+are encouraged to further specify the value(s) they support.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/st-fsm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/st-fsm.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c248939
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/st-fsm.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+* ST-Microelectronics SPI FSM Serial (NOR) Flash Controller
+
+Required properties:
+  - compatible : Should be "st,spi-fsm"
+  - reg        : Contains register's location and length.
+  - reg-names  : Should contain the reg names "spi-fsm"
+  - interrupts : The interrupt number
+  - pinctrl-0  : Standard Pinctrl phandle (see: pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt)
+
+Optional properties:
+  - st,syscfg          : Phandle to boot-device system configuration registers
+  - st,boot-device-reg : Address of the aforementioned boot-device register(s)
+  - st,boot-device-spi : Expected boot-device value if booted via this device
+
+Example:
+	spifsm: spifsm@fe902000{
+	        compatible         = "st,spi-fsm";
+	        reg                =  <0xfe902000 0x1000>;
+	        reg-names          = "spi-fsm";
+	        pinctrl-0          = <&pinctrl_fsm>;
+		st,syscfg	   = <&syscfg_rear>;
+	        st,boot-device-reg = <0x958>;
+	        st,boot-device-spi = <0x1a>;
+		status = "okay";
+	};
+
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/allwinner,sun4i-emac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/allwinner,sun4i-emac.txt
index 863d5b81..10640b1 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/allwinner,sun4i-emac.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/allwinner,sun4i-emac.txt
@@ -5,13 +5,9 @@
               "allwinner,sun4i-emac")
 - reg: address and length of the register set for the device.
 - interrupts: interrupt for the device
-- phy: A phandle to a phy node defining the PHY address (as the reg
-  property, a single integer).
+- phy: see ethernet.txt file in the same directory.
 - clocks: A phandle to the reference clock for this device
 
-Optional properties:
-- (local-)mac-address: mac address to be used by this driver
-
 Example:
 
 emac: ethernet@01c0b000 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/altera_tse.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/altera_tse.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a706297
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/altera_tse.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+* Altera Triple-Speed Ethernet MAC driver (TSE)
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "altr,tse-1.0" for legacy SGDMA based TSE, and should
+		be "altr,tse-msgdma-1.0" for the preferred MSGDMA based TSE.
+		ALTR is supported for legacy device trees, but is deprecated.
+		altr should be used for all new designs.
+- reg: Address and length of the register set for the device. It contains
+  the information of registers in the same order as described by reg-names
+- reg-names: Should contain the reg names
+  "control_port": MAC configuration space region
+  "tx_csr":       xDMA Tx dispatcher control and status space region
+  "tx_desc":      MSGDMA Tx dispatcher descriptor space region
+  "rx_csr" :      xDMA Rx dispatcher control and status space region
+  "rx_desc":      MSGDMA Rx dispatcher descriptor space region
+  "rx_resp":      MSGDMA Rx dispatcher response space region
+  "s1":		  SGDMA descriptor memory
+- interrupts: Should contain the TSE interrupts and it's mode.
+- interrupt-names: Should contain the interrupt names
+  "rx_irq":       xDMA Rx dispatcher interrupt
+  "tx_irq":       xDMA Tx dispatcher interrupt
+- rx-fifo-depth: MAC receive FIFO buffer depth in bytes
+- tx-fifo-depth: MAC transmit FIFO buffer depth in bytes
+- phy-mode: See ethernet.txt in the same directory.
+- phy-handle: See ethernet.txt in the same directory.
+- phy-addr: See ethernet.txt in the same directory. A configuration should
+		include phy-handle or phy-addr.
+- altr,has-supplementary-unicast:
+		If present, TSE supports additional unicast addresses.
+		Otherwise additional unicast addresses are not supported.
+- altr,has-hash-multicast-filter:
+		If present, TSE supports a hash based multicast filter.
+		Otherwise, hash-based multicast filtering is not supported.
+
+- mdio device tree subnode: When the TSE has a phy connected to its local
+		mdio, there must be device tree subnode with the following
+		required properties:
+
+	- compatible: Must be "altr,tse-mdio".
+	- #address-cells: Must be <1>.
+	- #size-cells: Must be <0>.
+
+	For each phy on the mdio bus, there must be a node with the following
+	fields:
+
+	- reg: phy id used to communicate to phy.
+	- device_type: Must be "ethernet-phy".
+
+Optional properties:
+- local-mac-address: See ethernet.txt in the same directory.
+- max-frame-size: See ethernet.txt in the same directory.
+
+Example:
+
+	tse_sub_0_eth_tse_0: ethernet@0x1,00000000 {
+		compatible = "altr,tse-msgdma-1.0";
+		reg =	<0x00000001 0x00000000 0x00000400>,
+			<0x00000001 0x00000460 0x00000020>,
+			<0x00000001 0x00000480 0x00000020>,
+			<0x00000001 0x000004A0 0x00000008>,
+			<0x00000001 0x00000400 0x00000020>,
+			<0x00000001 0x00000420 0x00000020>;
+		reg-names = "control_port", "rx_csr", "rx_desc", "rx_resp", "tx_csr", "tx_desc";
+		interrupt-parent = <&hps_0_arm_gic_0>;
+		interrupts = <0 41 4>, <0 40 4>;
+		interrupt-names = "rx_irq", "tx_irq";
+		rx-fifo-depth = <2048>;
+		tx-fifo-depth = <2048>;
+		address-bits = <48>;
+		max-frame-size = <1500>;
+		local-mac-address = [ 00 00 00 00 00 00 ];
+		phy-mode = "gmii";
+		altr,has-supplementary-unicast;
+		altr,has-hash-multicast-filter;
+		phy-handle = <&phy0>;
+		mdio {
+			compatible = "altr,tse-mdio";
+			#address-cells = <1>;
+			#size-cells = <0>;
+			phy0: ethernet-phy@0 {
+				reg = <0x0>;
+				device_type = "ethernet-phy";
+			};
+
+			phy1: ethernet-phy@1 {
+				reg = <0x1>;
+				device_type = "ethernet-phy";
+			};
+
+		};
+	};
+
+	tse_sub_1_eth_tse_0: ethernet@0x1,00001000 {
+		compatible = "altr,tse-msgdma-1.0";
+		reg = 	<0x00000001 0x00001000 0x00000400>,
+			<0x00000001 0x00001460 0x00000020>,
+			<0x00000001 0x00001480 0x00000020>,
+			<0x00000001 0x000014A0 0x00000008>,
+			<0x00000001 0x00001400 0x00000020>,
+			<0x00000001 0x00001420 0x00000020>;
+		reg-names = "control_port", "rx_csr", "rx_desc", "rx_resp", "tx_csr", "tx_desc";
+		interrupt-parent = <&hps_0_arm_gic_0>;
+		interrupts = <0 43 4>, <0 42 4>;
+		interrupt-names = "rx_irq", "tx_irq";
+		rx-fifo-depth = <2048>;
+		tx-fifo-depth = <2048>;
+		address-bits = <48>;
+		max-frame-size = <1500>;
+		local-mac-address = [ 00 00 00 00 00 00 ];
+		phy-mode = "gmii";
+		altr,has-supplementary-unicast;
+		altr,has-hash-multicast-filter;
+		phy-handle = <&phy1>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/arc_emac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/arc_emac.txt
index bcbc3f0..a1d71eb 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/arc_emac.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/arc_emac.txt
@@ -4,21 +4,18 @@
 - compatible: Should be "snps,arc-emac"
 - reg: Address and length of the register set for the device
 - interrupts: Should contain the EMAC interrupts
-- clock-frequency: CPU frequency. It is needed to calculate and set polling
-period of EMAC.
-- max-speed: Maximum supported data-rate in Mbit/s. In some HW configurations
-bandwidth of external memory controller might be a limiting factor. That's why
-it's required to specify which data-rate is supported on current SoC or FPGA.
-For example if only 10 Mbit/s is supported (10BASE-T) set "10". If 100 Mbit/s is
-supported (100BASE-TX) set "100".
-- phy: PHY device attached to the EMAC via MDIO bus
+- max-speed: see ethernet.txt file in the same directory.
+- phy: see ethernet.txt file in the same directory.
+
+Clock handling:
+The clock frequency is needed to calculate and set polling period of EMAC.
+It must be provided by one of:
+- clock-frequency: CPU frequency.
+- clocks: reference to the clock supplying the EMAC.
 
 Child nodes of the driver are the individual PHY devices connected to the
 MDIO bus. They must have a "reg" property given the PHY address on the MDIO bus.
 
-Optional properties:
-- mac-address: 6 bytes, mac address
-
 Examples:
 
 	ethernet@c0fc2000 {
@@ -26,7 +23,11 @@
 		reg = <0xc0fc2000 0x3c>;
 		interrupts = <6>;
 		mac-address = [ 00 11 22 33 44 55 ];
+
 		clock-frequency = <80000000>;
+		/* or */
+		clocks = <&emac_clock>;
+
 		max-speed = <100>;
 		phy = <&phy0>;
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-bcmgenet.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-bcmgenet.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f2febb9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-bcmgenet.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+* Broadcom BCM7xxx Ethernet Controller (GENET)
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should contain one of "brcm,genet-v1", "brcm,genet-v2",
+  "brcm,genet-v3", "brcm,genet-v4".
+- reg: address and length of the register set for the device
+- interrupts: must be two cells, the first cell is the general purpose
+  interrupt line, while the second cell is the interrupt for the ring
+  RX and TX queues operating in ring mode
+- phy-mode: see ethernet.txt file in the same directory
+- #address-cells: should be 1
+- #size-cells: should be 1
+
+Optional properties:
+- clocks: When provided, must be two phandles to the functional clocks nodes
+  of the GENET block. The first phandle is the main GENET clock used during
+  normal operation, while the second phandle is the Wake-on-LAN clock.
+- clock-names: When provided, names of the functional clock phandles, first
+  name should be "enet" and second should be "enet-wol".
+
+- phy-handle: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory; used to describe
+  configurations where a PHY (internal or external) is used.
+
+- fixed-link: When the GENET interface is connected to a MoCA hardware block or
+  when operating in a RGMII to RGMII type of connection, or when the MDIO bus is
+  voluntarily disabled, this property should be used to describe the "fixed link".
+  See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-tsec-phy.txt for information on
+  the property specifics
+
+Required child nodes:
+
+- mdio bus node: this node should always be present regarless of the PHY
+  configuration of the GENET instance
+
+MDIO bus node required properties:
+
+- compatible: should contain one of "brcm,genet-mdio-v1", "brcm,genet-mdio-v2"
+  "brcm,genet-mdio-v3", "brcm,genet-mdio-v4", the version has to match the
+  parent node compatible property (e.g: brcm,genet-v4 pairs with
+  brcm,genet-mdio-v4)
+- reg: address and length relative to the parent node base register address
+- #address-cells: address cell for MDIO bus addressing, should be 1
+- #size-cells: size of the cells for MDIO bus addressing, should be 0
+
+Ethernet PHY node properties:
+
+See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/phy.txt for the list of required and
+optional properties.
+
+Internal Gigabit PHY example:
+
+ethernet@f0b60000 {
+	phy-mode = "internal";
+	phy-handle = <&phy1>;
+	mac-address = [ 00 10 18 36 23 1a ];
+	compatible = "brcm,genet-v4";
+	#address-cells = <0x1>;
+	#size-cells = <0x1>;
+	reg = <0xf0b60000 0xfc4c>;
+	interrupts = <0x0 0x14 0x0>, <0x0 0x15 0x0>;
+
+	mdio@e14 {
+		compatible = "brcm,genet-mdio-v4";
+		#address-cells = <0x1>;
+		#size-cells = <0x0>;
+		reg = <0xe14 0x8>;
+
+		phy1: ethernet-phy@1 {
+			max-speed = <1000>;
+			reg = <0x1>;
+			compatible = "brcm,28nm-gphy", "ethernet-phy-ieee802.3-c22";
+		};
+	};
+};
+
+MoCA interface / MAC to MAC example:
+
+ethernet@f0b80000 {
+	phy-mode = "moca";
+	fixed-link = <1 0 1000 0 0>;
+	mac-address = [ 00 10 18 36 24 1a ];
+	compatible = "brcm,genet-v4";
+	#address-cells = <0x1>;
+	#size-cells = <0x1>;
+	reg = <0xf0b80000 0xfc4c>;
+	interrupts = <0x0 0x16 0x0>, <0x0 0x17 0x0>;
+
+	mdio@e14 {
+		compatible = "brcm,genet-mdio-v4";
+		#address-cells = <0x1>;
+		#size-cells = <0x0>;
+		reg = <0xe14 0x8>;
+	};
+};
+
+
+External MDIO-connected Gigabit PHY/switch:
+
+ethernet@f0ba0000 {
+	phy-mode = "rgmii";
+	phy-handle = <&phy0>;
+	mac-address = [ 00 10 18 36 26 1a ];
+	compatible = "brcm,genet-v4";
+	#address-cells = <0x1>;
+	#size-cells = <0x1>;
+	reg = <0xf0ba0000 0xfc4c>;
+	interrupts = <0x0 0x18 0x0>, <0x0 0x19 0x0>;
+
+	mdio@0e14 {
+		compatible = "brcm,genet-mdio-v4";
+		#address-cells = <0x1>;
+		#size-cells = <0x0>;
+		reg = <0xe14 0x8>;
+
+		phy0: ethernet-phy@0 {
+			max-speed = <1000>;
+			reg = <0x0>;
+			compatible = "brcm,bcm53125", "ethernet-phy-ieee802.3-c22";
+		};
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/sja1000.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/sja1000.txt
index f2105a4..b4a6d53 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/sja1000.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/sja1000.txt
@@ -12,6 +12,10 @@
 
 Optional properties:
 
+- reg-io-width : Specify the size (in bytes) of the IO accesses that
+	should be performed on the device.  Valid value is 1, 2 or 4.
+	Default to 1 (8 bits).
+
 - nxp,external-clock-frequency : Frequency of the external oscillator
 	clock in Hz. Note that the internal clock frequency used by the
 	SJA1000 is half of that value. If not specified, a default value
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cavium-mix.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cavium-mix.txt
index 5da628d..8d7c309 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cavium-mix.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cavium-mix.txt
@@ -18,12 +18,7 @@
 - interrupts: Two interrupt specifiers.  The first is the MIX
   interrupt routing and the second the routing for the AGL interrupts.
 
-- mac-address: Optional, the MAC address to assign to the device.
-
-- local-mac-address: Optional, the MAC address to assign to the device
-  if mac-address is not specified.
-
-- phy-handle: Optional, a phandle for the PHY device connected to this device.
+- phy-handle: Optional, see ethernet.txt file in the same directory.
 
 Example:
 	ethernet@1070000100800 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cavium-pip.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cavium-pip.txt
index d4c53ba..7dbd158 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cavium-pip.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cavium-pip.txt
@@ -35,12 +35,7 @@
 
 - reg: The port number within the interface group.
 
-- mac-address: Optional, the MAC address to assign to the device.
-
-- local-mac-address: Optional, the MAC address to assign to the device
-  if mac-address is not specified.
-
-- phy-handle: Optional, a phandle for the PHY device connected to this device.
+- phy-handle: Optional, see ethernet.txt file in the same directory.
 
 Example:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cdns-emac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cdns-emac.txt
index 09055c2..abd67c1 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cdns-emac.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cdns-emac.txt
@@ -6,11 +6,7 @@
   or the generic form: "cdns,emac".
 - reg: Address and length of the register set for the device
 - interrupts: Should contain macb interrupt
-- phy-mode: String, operation mode of the PHY interface.
-  Supported values are: "mii", "rmii".
-
-Optional properties:
-- local-mac-address: 6 bytes, mac address
+- phy-mode: see ethernet.txt file in the same directory.
 
 Examples:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cpsw.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cpsw.txt
index 05d660e..ae2b8b7 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cpsw.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cpsw.txt
@@ -28,9 +28,8 @@
 Slave Properties:
 Required properties:
 - phy_id		: Specifies slave phy id
-- phy-mode		: The interface between the SoC and the PHY (a string
-			  that of_get_phy_mode() can understand)
-- mac-address		: Specifies slave MAC address
+- phy-mode		: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory
+- mac-address		: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory
 
 Optional properties:
 - dual_emac_res_vlan	: Specifies VID to be used to segregate the ports
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/davicom-dm9000.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/davicom-dm9000.txt
index 2d39c99..28767ed 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/davicom-dm9000.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/davicom-dm9000.txt
@@ -9,8 +9,6 @@
 - interrupts : interrupt specifier specific to interrupt controller
 
 Optional properties:
-- local-mac-address : A bytestring of 6 bytes specifying Ethernet MAC address
-    to use (from firmware or bootloader)
 - davicom,no-eeprom : Configuration EEPROM is not available
 - davicom,ext-phy : Use external PHY
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/davinci_emac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/davinci_emac.txt
index 6e356d1..0328088 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/davinci_emac.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/davinci_emac.txt
@@ -17,9 +17,8 @@
 			  Miscellaneous Interrupt>
 
 Optional properties:
-- phy-handle: Contains a phandle to an Ethernet PHY.
+- phy-handle: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory.
               If absent, davinci_emac driver defaults to 100/FULL.
-- local-mac-address : 6 bytes, mac address
 - ti,davinci-rmii-en: 1 byte, 1 means use RMII
 - ti,davinci-no-bd-ram: boolean, does EMAC have BD RAM?
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3fc3605
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+The following properties are common to the Ethernet controllers:
+
+- local-mac-address: array of 6 bytes, specifies the MAC address that was
+  assigned to the network device;
+- mac-address: array of 6 bytes, specifies the MAC address that was last used by
+  the boot program; should be used in cases where the MAC address assigned to
+  the device by the boot program is different from the "local-mac-address"
+  property;
+- max-speed: number, specifies maximum speed in Mbit/s supported by the device;
+- max-frame-size: number, maximum transfer unit (IEEE defined MTU), rather than
+  the maximum frame size (there's contradiction in ePAPR).
+- phy-mode: string, operation mode of the PHY interface; supported values are
+  "mii", "gmii", "sgmii", "qsgmii", "tbi", "rev-mii", "rmii", "rgmii", "rgmii-id",
+  "rgmii-rxid", "rgmii-txid", "rtbi", "smii", "xgmii"; this is now a de-facto
+  standard property;
+- phy-connection-type: the same as "phy-mode" property but described in ePAPR;
+- phy-handle: phandle, specifies a reference to a node representing a PHY
+  device; this property is described in ePAPR and so preferred;
+- phy: the same as "phy-handle" property, not recommended for new bindings.
+- phy-device: the same as "phy-handle" property, not recommended for new
+  bindings.
+
+Child nodes of the Ethernet controller are typically the individual PHY devices
+connected via the MDIO bus (sometimes the MDIO bus controller is separate).
+They are described in the phy.txt file in this same directory.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-fec.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-fec.txt
index 845ff84..6bc84ad 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-fec.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-fec.txt
@@ -4,12 +4,9 @@
 - compatible : Should be "fsl,<soc>-fec"
 - reg : Address and length of the register set for the device
 - interrupts : Should contain fec interrupt
-- phy-mode : String, operation mode of the PHY interface.
-  Supported values are: "mii", "gmii", "sgmii", "tbi", "rmii",
-  "rgmii", "rgmii-id", "rgmii-rxid", "rgmii-txid", "rtbi", "smii".
+- phy-mode : See ethernet.txt file in the same directory
 
 Optional properties:
-- local-mac-address : 6 bytes, mac address
 - phy-reset-gpios : Should specify the gpio for phy reset
 - phy-reset-duration : Reset duration in milliseconds.  Should present
   only if property "phy-reset-gpios" is available.  Missing the property
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-tsec-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-tsec-phy.txt
index d2ea460..737cdef 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-tsec-phy.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-tsec-phy.txt
@@ -38,22 +38,17 @@
   - model : Model of the device.  Can be "TSEC", "eTSEC", or "FEC"
   - compatible : Should be "gianfar"
   - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
-  - local-mac-address : List of bytes representing the ethernet address of
-    this controller
   - interrupts : For FEC devices, the first interrupt is the device's
     interrupt.  For TSEC and eTSEC devices, the first interrupt is
     transmit, the second is receive, and the third is error.
-  - phy-handle : The phandle for the PHY connected to this ethernet
-    controller.
+  - phy-handle : See ethernet.txt file in the same directory.
   - fixed-link : <a b c d e> where a is emulated phy id - choose any,
     but unique to the all specified fixed-links, b is duplex - 0 half,
     1 full, c is link speed - d#10/d#100/d#1000, d is pause - 0 no
     pause, 1 pause, e is asym_pause - 0 no asym_pause, 1 asym_pause.
-  - phy-connection-type : a string naming the controller/PHY interface type,
-    i.e., "mii" (default), "rmii", "gmii", "rgmii", "rgmii-id", "sgmii",
-    "tbi", or "rtbi".  This property is only really needed if the connection
-    is of type "rgmii-id", as all other connection types are detected by
-    hardware.
+  - phy-connection-type : See ethernet.txt file in the same directory.
+    This property is only really needed if the connection is of type
+    "rgmii-id", as all other connection types are detected by hardware.
   - fsl,magic-packet : If present, indicates that the hardware supports
     waking up via magic packet.
   - bd-stash : If present, indicates that the hardware supports stashing
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/lpc-eth.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/lpc-eth.txt
index 585021a..b92e927 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/lpc-eth.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/lpc-eth.txt
@@ -6,10 +6,9 @@
 - interrupts: Should contain ethernet controller interrupt
 
 Optional properties:
-- phy-mode: String, operation mode of the PHY interface.
-  Supported values are: "mii", "rmii" (default)
+- phy-mode: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory. If the property is
+  absent, "rmii" is assumed.
 - use-iram: Use LPC32xx internal SRAM (IRAM) for DMA buffering
-- local-mac-address : 6 bytes, mac address
 
 Example:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/macb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/macb.txt
index 70af2ec..aaa6964 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/macb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/macb.txt
@@ -8,16 +8,12 @@
   the Cadence GEM, or the generic form: "cdns,gem".
 - reg: Address and length of the register set for the device
 - interrupts: Should contain macb interrupt
-- phy-mode: String, operation mode of the PHY interface.
-  Supported values are: "mii", "rmii", "gmii", "rgmii".
+- phy-mode: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory.
 - clock-names: Tuple listing input clock names.
 	Required elements: 'pclk', 'hclk'
 	Optional elements: 'tx_clk'
 - clocks: Phandles to input clocks.
 
-Optional properties:
-- local-mac-address: 6 bytes, mac address
-
 Examples:
 
 	macb0: ethernet@fffc4000 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-armada-370-neta.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-armada-370-neta.txt
index 859a6fa..750d577 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-armada-370-neta.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-armada-370-neta.txt
@@ -4,10 +4,8 @@
 - compatible: should be "marvell,armada-370-neta".
 - reg: address and length of the register set for the device.
 - interrupts: interrupt for the device
-- phy: A phandle to a phy node defining the PHY address (as the reg
-  property, a single integer).
-- phy-mode: The interface between the SoC and the PHY (a string that
-  of_get_phy_mode() can understand)
+- phy: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory.
+- phy-mode: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory
 - clocks: a pointer to the reference clock for this device.
 
 Example:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-orion-net.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-orion-net.txt
index c233b61..bce52b2 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-orion-net.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-orion-net.txt
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
       "marvell,kirkwood-eth-port".
  - reg: port number relative to ethernet controller, shall be 0, 1, or 2.
  - interrupts: port interrupt.
- - local-mac-address: 6 bytes MAC address.
+ - local-mac-address: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory.
 
 Optional port properties:
  - marvell,tx-queue-size: size of the transmit ring buffer.
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
 
 and
 
- - phy-handle: phandle reference to ethernet PHY.
+ - phy-handle: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory.
 
 or
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/micrel-ks8851.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/micrel-ks8851.txt
index 4fc3927..d54d0cc 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/micrel-ks8851.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/micrel-ks8851.txt
@@ -6,5 +6,4 @@
 - interrupts : interrupt connection
 
 Optional properties:
-- local-mac-address : Ethernet mac address to use
 - vdd-supply:	supply for Ethernet mac
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/micrel.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/micrel.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..98a3e61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/micrel.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+Micrel PHY properties.
+
+These properties cover the base properties Micrel PHYs.
+
+Optional properties:
+
+ - micrel,led-mode : LED mode value to set for PHYs with configurable LEDs.
+
+              Configure the LED mode with single value. The list of PHYs and
+	      the bits that are currently supported:
+
+	      KSZ8001: register 0x1e, bits 15..14
+	      KSZ8041: register 0x1e, bits 15..14
+	      KSZ8021: register 0x1f, bits 5..4
+	      KSZ8031: register 0x1f, bits 5..4
+	      KSZ8051: register 0x1f, bits 5..4
+
+              See the respective PHY datasheet for the mode values.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/trf7970a.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/trf7970a.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8dd3ef7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/trf7970a.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+* Texas Instruments TRF7970A RFID/NFC/15693 Transceiver
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "ti,trf7970a".
+- spi-max-frequency: Maximum SPI frequency (<= 2000000).
+- interrupt-parent: phandle of parent interrupt handler.
+- interrupts: A single interrupt specifier.
+- ti,enable-gpios: Two GPIO entries used for 'EN' and 'EN2' pins on the
+  TRF7970A.
+- vin-supply: Regulator for supply voltage to VIN pin
+
+Optional SoC Specific Properties:
+- pinctrl-names: Contains only one value - "default".
+- pintctrl-0: Specifies the pin control groups used for this controller.
+
+Example (for ARM-based BeagleBone with TRF7970A on SPI1):
+
+&spi1 {
+	status = "okay";
+
+	nfc@0 {
+		compatible = "ti,trf7970a";
+		reg = <0>;
+		pinctrl-names = "default";
+		pinctrl-0 = <&trf7970a_default>;
+		spi-max-frequency = <2000000>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&gpio2>;
+		interrupts = <14 0>;
+		ti,enable-gpios = <&gpio2 2 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>,
+				  <&gpio2 5 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+		vin-supply = <&ldo3_reg>;
+		status = "okay";
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/phy.txt
index 58307d0..5b8c589 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/phy.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/phy.txt
@@ -21,10 +21,18 @@
   elements.
 - max-speed: Maximum PHY supported speed (10, 100, 1000...)
 
+  If the phy's identifier is known then the list may contain an entry
+  of the form: "ethernet-phy-idAAAA.BBBB" where
+     AAAA - The value of the 16 bit Phy Identifier 1 register as
+            4 hex digits. This is the chip vendor OUI bits 3:18
+     BBBB - The value of the 16 bit Phy Identifier 2 register as
+            4 hex digits. This is the chip vendor OUI bits 19:24,
+            followed by 10 bits of a vendor specific ID.
+
 Example:
 
 ethernet-phy@0 {
-	compatible = "ethernet-phy-ieee802.3-c22";
+	compatible = "ethernet-phy-id0141.0e90", "ethernet-phy-ieee802.3-c22";
 	interrupt-parent = <40000>;
 	interrupts = <35 1>;
 	reg = <0>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/samsung-sxgbe.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/samsung-sxgbe.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..989f6c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/samsung-sxgbe.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+* Samsung 10G Ethernet driver (SXGBE)
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "samsung,sxgbe-v2.0a"
+- reg: Address and length of the register set for the device
+- interrupt-parent: Should be the phandle for the interrupt controller
+  that services interrupts for this device
+- interrupts: Should contain the SXGBE interrupts
+  These interrupts are ordered by fixed and follows variable
+  trasmit DMA interrupts, receive DMA interrupts and lpi interrupt.
+  index 0 - this is fixed common interrupt of SXGBE and it is always
+  available.
+  index 1 to 25 - 8 variable trasmit interrupts, variable 16 receive interrupts
+  and 1 optional lpi interrupt.
+- phy-mode: String, operation mode of the PHY interface.
+  Supported values are: "sgmii", "xgmii".
+- samsung,pbl: Integer, Programmable Burst Length.
+  Supported values are 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, or 32.
+- samsung,burst-map: Integer, Program the possible bursts supported by sxgbe
+  This is an interger and represents allowable DMA bursts when fixed burst.
+  Allowable range is 0x01-0x3F. When this field is set fixed burst is enabled.
+  When fixed length is needed for burst mode, it can be set within allowable
+  range.
+
+Optional properties:
+- mac-address: 6 bytes, mac address
+- max-frame-size: Maximum Transfer Unit (IEEE defined MTU), rather
+		  than the maximum frame size.
+
+Example:
+
+	aliases {
+		ethernet0 = <&sxgbe0>;
+	};
+
+	sxgbe0: ethernet@1a040000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,sxgbe-v2.0a";
+		reg = <0 0x1a040000 0 0x10000>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&gic>;
+		interrupts = <0 209 4>, <0 185 4>, <0 186 4>, <0 187 4>,
+			     <0 188 4>, <0 189 4>, <0 190 4>, <0 191 4>,
+			     <0 192 4>, <0 193 4>, <0 194 4>, <0 195 4>,
+			     <0 196 4>, <0 197 4>, <0 198 4>, <0 199 4>,
+			     <0 200 4>, <0 201 4>, <0 202 4>, <0 203 4>,
+			     <0 204 4>, <0 205 4>, <0 206 4>, <0 207 4>,
+			     <0 208 4>, <0 210 4>;
+		samsung,pbl = <0x08>
+		samsung,burst-map = <0x20>
+		mac-address = [ 00 11 22 33 44 55 ]; /* Filled in by U-Boot */
+		max-frame-size = <9000>;
+		phy-mode = "xgmii";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/sh_eth.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/sh_eth.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e7106b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/sh_eth.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+* Renesas Electronics SH EtherMAC
+
+This file provides information on what the device node for the SH EtherMAC
+interface contains.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "renesas,gether-r8a7740" if the device is a part of R8A7740 SoC.
+	      "renesas,ether-r8a7778"  if the device is a part of R8A7778 SoC.
+	      "renesas,ether-r8a7779"  if the device is a part of R8A7779 SoC.
+	      "renesas,ether-r8a7790"  if the device is a part of R8A7790 SoC.
+	      "renesas,ether-r8a7791"  if the device is a part of R8A7791 SoC.
+	      "renesas,ether-r7s72100" if the device is a part of R7S72100 SoC.
+- reg: offset and length of (1) the E-DMAC/feLic register block (required),
+       (2) the TSU register block (optional).
+- interrupts: interrupt specifier for the sole interrupt.
+- phy-mode: see ethernet.txt file in the same directory.
+- phy-handle: see ethernet.txt file in the same directory.
+- #address-cells: number of address cells for the MDIO bus, must be equal to 1.
+- #size-cells: number of size cells on the MDIO bus, must be equal to 0.
+- clocks: clock phandle and specifier pair.
+- pinctrl-0: phandle, referring to a default pin configuration node.
+
+Optional properties:
+- interrupt-parent: the phandle for the interrupt controller that services
+		    interrupts for this device.
+- pinctrl-names: pin configuration state name ("default").
+- renesas,no-ether-link: boolean, specify when a board does not provide a proper
+			 Ether LINK signal.
+- renesas,ether-link-active-low: boolean, specify when the Ether LINK signal is
+				 active-low instead of normal active-high.
+
+Example (Lager board):
+
+	ethernet@ee700000 {
+		compatible = "renesas,ether-r8a7790";
+		reg = <0 0xee700000 0 0x400>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&gic>;
+		interrupts = <0 162 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+		clocks = <&mstp8_clks R8A7790_CLK_ETHER>;
+		phy-mode = "rmii";
+		phy-handle = <&phy1>;
+		pinctrl-0 = <&ether_pins>;
+		pinctrl-names = "default";
+		renesas,ether-link-active-low;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+
+		phy1: ethernet-phy@1 {
+			reg = <1>;
+			interrupt-parent = <&irqc0>;
+			interrupts = <0 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>;
+			pinctrl-0 = <&phy1_pins>;
+			pinctrl-names = "default";
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/smsc-lan91c111.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/smsc-lan91c111.txt
index 5a41a86..0f8487b8 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/smsc-lan91c111.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/smsc-lan91c111.txt
@@ -6,8 +6,7 @@
 - interrupts : interrupt connection
 
 Optional properties:
-- phy-device : phandle to Ethernet phy
-- local-mac-address : Ethernet mac address to use
+- phy-device : see ethernet.txt file in the same directory
 - reg-io-width : Mask of sizes (in bytes) of the IO accesses that
   are supported on the device.  Valid value for SMSC LAN91c111 are
   1, 2 or 4.  If it's omitted or invalid, the size would be 2 meaning
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/smsc911x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/smsc911x.txt
index adb5b57..3fed3c1 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/smsc911x.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/smsc911x.txt
@@ -6,9 +6,7 @@
 - interrupts : Should contain SMSC LAN interrupt line
 - interrupt-parent : Should be the phandle for the interrupt controller
   that services interrupts for this device
-- phy-mode : String, operation mode of the PHY interface.
-  Supported values are: "mii", "gmii", "sgmii", "tbi", "rmii",
-  "rgmii", "rgmii-id", "rgmii-rxid", "rgmii-txid", "rtbi", "smii".
+- phy-mode : See ethernet.txt file in the same directory
 
 Optional properties:
 - reg-shift : Specify the quantity to shift the register offsets by
@@ -23,7 +21,6 @@
   external PHY
 - smsc,save-mac-address : Indicates that mac address needs to be saved
   before resetting the controller
-- local-mac-address : 6 bytes, mac address
 
 Examples:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/socfpga-dwmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/socfpga-dwmac.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2a60cd3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/socfpga-dwmac.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+Altera SOCFPGA SoC DWMAC controller
+
+This is a variant of the dwmac/stmmac driver an inherits all descriptions
+present in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt.
+
+The device node has additional properties:
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible	: Should contain "altr,socfpga-stmmac" along with
+		  "snps,dwmac" and any applicable more detailed
+		  designware version numbers documented in stmmac.txt
+ - altr,sysmgr-syscon : Should be the phandle to the system manager node that
+   encompasses the glue register, the register offset, and the register shift.
+
+Example:
+
+gmac0: ethernet@ff700000 {
+	compatible = "altr,socfpga-stmmac", "snps,dwmac-3.70a", "snps,dwmac";
+	altr,sysmgr-syscon = <&sysmgr 0x60 0>;
+	status = "disabled";
+	reg = <0xff700000 0x2000>;
+	interrupts = <0 115 4>;
+	interrupt-names = "macirq";
+	mac-address = [00 00 00 00 00 00];/* Filled in by U-Boot */
+	clocks = <&emac_0_clk>;
+	clock-names = "stmmaceth";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt
index 9d92d42..a2acd2b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt
@@ -10,8 +10,7 @@
 - interrupt-names: Should contain the interrupt names "macirq"
   "eth_wake_irq" if this interrupt is supported in the "interrupts"
   property
-- phy-mode: String, operation mode of the PHY interface.
-  Supported values are: "mii", "rmii", "gmii", "rgmii".
+- phy-mode: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory.
 - snps,reset-gpio 	gpio number for phy reset.
 - snps,reset-active-low boolean flag to indicate if phy reset is active low.
 - snps,reset-delays-us  is triplet of delays
@@ -28,12 +27,14 @@
 				ignored if force_thresh_dma_mode is set.
 
 Optional properties:
-- mac-address: 6 bytes, mac address
 - resets: Should contain a phandle to the STMMAC reset signal, if any
 - reset-names: Should contain the reset signal name "stmmaceth", if a
 	reset phandle is given
-- max-frame-size:	Maximum Transfer Unit (IEEE defined MTU), rather
-			than the maximum frame size.
+- max-frame-size: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory
+- clocks: If present, the first clock should be the GMAC main clock,
+  further clocks may be specified in derived bindings.
+- clock-names: One name for each entry in the clocks property, the
+  first one should be "stmmaceth".
 
 Examples:
 
@@ -46,4 +47,6 @@
 		mac-address = [000000000000]; /* Filled in by U-Boot */
 		max-frame-size = <3800>;
 		phy-mode = "gmii";
+		clocks = <&clock>;
+		clock-names = "stmmaceth">;
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/ti,wl1251.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/ti,wl1251.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..189ae5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/ti,wl1251.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+* Texas Instruments wl1251 wireless lan controller
+
+The wl1251 chip can be connected via SPI or via SDIO. This
+document describes the binding for the SPI connected chip.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible :        Should be "ti,wl1251"
+- reg :               Chip select address of device
+- spi-max-frequency : Maximum SPI clocking speed of device in Hz
+- interrupts :        Should contain interrupt line
+- interrupt-parent :  Should be the phandle for the interrupt controller
+                      that services interrupts for this device
+- vio-supply :        phandle to regulator providing VIO
+- ti,power-gpio :     GPIO connected to chip's PMEN pin
+
+Optional properties:
+- ti,wl1251-has-eeprom : boolean, the wl1251 has an eeprom connected, which
+                         provides configuration data (calibration, MAC, ...)
+- Please consult Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt
+  for optional SPI connection related properties,
+
+Examples:
+
+&spi1 {
+	wl1251@0 {
+		compatible = "ti,wl1251";
+
+		reg = <0>;
+		spi-max-frequency = <48000000>;
+		spi-cpol;
+		spi-cpha;
+
+		interrupt-parent = <&gpio2>;
+		interrupts = <10 IRQ_TYPE_NONE>; /* gpio line 42 */
+
+		vio-supply = <&vio>;
+		ti,power-gpio = <&gpio3 23 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; /* 87 */
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/lg,ld070wx3-sl01.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/lg,ld070wx3-sl01.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5e649cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/lg,ld070wx3-sl01.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+LG Corporation 7" WXGA TFT LCD panel
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "lg,ld070wx3-sl01"
+
+This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified
+in simple-panel.txt in this directory.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/lg,lh500wx1-sd03.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/lg,lh500wx1-sd03.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a04fd2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/lg,lh500wx1-sd03.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+LG Corporation 5" HD TFT LCD panel
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "lg,lh500wx1-sd03"
+
+This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified
+in simple-panel.txt in this directory.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/lg,lp129qe.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/lg,lp129qe.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9f262e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/lg,lp129qe.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+LG 12.9" (2560x1700 pixels) TFT LCD panel
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "lg,lp129qe"
+
+This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified
+in simple-panel.txt in this directory.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/samsung,ld9040.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/samsung,ld9040.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..07c36c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/samsung,ld9040.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+Samsung LD9040 AMOLED LCD parallel RGB panel with SPI control bus
+
+Required properties:
+  - compatible: "samsung,ld9040"
+  - reg: address of the panel on SPI bus
+  - vdd3-supply: core voltage supply
+  - vci-supply: voltage supply for analog circuits
+  - reset-gpios: a GPIO spec for the reset pin
+  - display-timings: timings for the connected panel according to [1]
+
+The panel must obey rules for SPI slave device specified in document [2].
+
+Optional properties:
+  - power-on-delay: delay after turning regulators on [ms]
+  - reset-delay: delay after reset sequence [ms]
+  - panel-width-mm: physical panel width [mm]
+  - panel-height-mm: physical panel height [mm]
+
+The device node can contain one 'port' child node with one child
+'endpoint' node, according to the bindings defined in [3]. This
+node should describe panel's video bus.
+
+[1]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/display-timing.txt
+[2]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt
+[3]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt
+
+Example:
+
+	lcd@0 {
+		compatible = "samsung,ld9040";
+		reg = <0>;
+		vdd3-supply = <&ldo7_reg>;
+		vci-supply = <&ldo17_reg>;
+		reset-gpios = <&gpy4 5 0>;
+		spi-max-frequency = <1200000>;
+		spi-cpol;
+		spi-cpha;
+		power-on-delay = <10>;
+		reset-delay = <10>;
+		panel-width-mm = <90>;
+		panel-height-mm = <154>;
+
+		display-timings {
+			timing {
+				clock-frequency = <23492370>;
+				hactive = <480>;
+				vactive = <800>;
+				hback-porch = <16>;
+				hfront-porch = <16>;
+				vback-porch = <2>;
+				vfront-porch = <28>;
+				hsync-len = <2>;
+				vsync-len = <1>;
+				hsync-active = <0>;
+				vsync-active = <0>;
+				de-active = <0>;
+				pixelclk-active = <0>;
+			};
+		};
+
+		port {
+			lcd_ep: endpoint {
+				remote-endpoint = <&fimd_dpi_ep>;
+			};
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/samsung,s6e8aa0.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/samsung,s6e8aa0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e7ee988
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/samsung,s6e8aa0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+Samsung S6E8AA0 AMOLED LCD 5.3 inch panel
+
+Required properties:
+  - compatible: "samsung,s6e8aa0"
+  - reg: the virtual channel number of a DSI peripheral
+  - vdd3-supply: core voltage supply
+  - vci-supply: voltage supply for analog circuits
+  - reset-gpios: a GPIO spec for the reset pin
+  - display-timings: timings for the connected panel as described by [1]
+
+Optional properties:
+  - power-on-delay: delay after turning regulators on [ms]
+  - reset-delay: delay after reset sequence [ms]
+  - init-delay: delay after initialization sequence [ms]
+  - panel-width-mm: physical panel width [mm]
+  - panel-height-mm: physical panel height [mm]
+  - flip-horizontal: boolean to flip image horizontally
+  - flip-vertical: boolean to flip image vertically
+
+The device node can contain one 'port' child node with one child
+'endpoint' node, according to the bindings defined in [2]. This
+node should describe panel's video bus.
+
+[1]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/display-timing.txt
+[2]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt
+
+Example:
+
+	panel {
+		compatible = "samsung,s6e8aa0";
+		reg = <0>;
+		vdd3-supply = <&vcclcd_reg>;
+		vci-supply = <&vlcd_reg>;
+		reset-gpios = <&gpy4 5 0>;
+		power-on-delay= <50>;
+		reset-delay = <100>;
+		init-delay = <100>;
+		panel-width-mm = <58>;
+		panel-height-mm = <103>;
+		flip-horizontal;
+		flip-vertical;
+
+		display-timings {
+			timing0: timing-0 {
+				clock-frequency = <57153600>;
+				hactive = <720>;
+				vactive = <1280>;
+				hfront-porch = <5>;
+				hback-porch = <5>;
+				hsync-len = <5>;
+				vfront-porch = <13>;
+				vback-porch = <1>;
+				vsync-len = <2>;
+			};
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/nvidia,tegra20-pcie.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/nvidia,tegra20-pcie.txt
index 24cee06..c300391 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/nvidia,tegra20-pcie.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/nvidia,tegra20-pcie.txt
@@ -42,6 +42,10 @@
     - 0xc2000000: prefetchable memory region
   Please refer to the standard PCI bus binding document for a more detailed
   explanation.
+- #interrupt-cells: Size representation for interrupts (must be 1)
+- interrupt-map-mask and interrupt-map: Standard PCI IRQ mapping properties
+  Please refer to the standard PCI bus binding document for a more detailed
+  explanation.
 - clocks: Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names.
   See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
 - clock-names: Must include the following entries:
@@ -86,6 +90,10 @@
 		              0 99 0x04>; /* MSI interrupt */
 		interrupt-names = "intr", "msi";
 
+		#interrupt-cells = <1>;
+		interrupt-map-mask = <0 0 0 0>;
+		interrupt-map = <0 0 0 0 &intc GIC_SPI 98 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+
 		bus-range = <0x00 0xff>;
 		#address-cells = <3>;
 		#size-cells = <2>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/samsung-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/samsung-phy.txt
index 28f9edb..b422e38 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/samsung-phy.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/samsung-phy.txt
@@ -74,3 +74,43 @@
 
 Refer to DT bindings documentation of particular PHY consumer devices for more
 information about required PHYs and the way of specification.
+
+Samsung SATA PHY Controller
+---------------------------
+
+SATA PHY nodes are defined to describe on-chip SATA Physical layer controllers.
+Each SATA PHY controller should have its own node.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible        : compatible list, contains "samsung,exynos5250-sata-phy"
+- reg : offset and length of the SATA PHY register set;
+- #phy-cells : must be zero
+- clocks : must be exactly one entry
+- clock-names : must be "sata_phyctrl"
+- samsung,exynos-sataphy-i2c-phandle : a phandle to the I2C device, no arguments
+- samsung,syscon-phandle : a phandle to the PMU system controller, no arguments
+
+Example:
+	sata_phy: sata-phy@12170000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5250-sata-phy";
+		reg = <0x12170000 0x1ff>;
+		clocks = <&clock 287>;
+		clock-names = "sata_phyctrl";
+		#phy-cells = <0>;
+		samsung,exynos-sataphy-i2c-phandle = <&sata_phy_i2c>;
+		samsung,syscon-phandle = <&pmu_syscon>;
+	};
+
+Device-Tree bindings for sataphy i2c client driver
+--------------------------------------------------
+
+Required properties:
+compatible: Should be "samsung,exynos-sataphy-i2c"
+- reg: I2C address of the sataphy i2c device.
+
+Example:
+
+	sata_phy_i2c:sata-phy@38 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos-sataphy-i2c";
+		reg = <0x38>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/brcm,bcm11351-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/brcm,bcm11351-pinctrl.txt
index c119deb..67a5db9 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/brcm,bcm11351-pinctrl.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/brcm,bcm11351-pinctrl.txt
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
 Example:
 // pin controller node
 pinctrl@35004800 {
-	compatible = "brcmbcm11351-pinctrl";
+	compatible = "brcm,bcm11351-pinctrl";
 	reg = <0x35004800 0x430>;
 
 	// pin configuration node
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-st.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-st.txt
index 4bd5be0..26bcb18 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-st.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-st.txt
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
 		reg 		= <0xfe61f080 0x4>;
 		reg-names	= "irqmux";
 		interrupts 	= <GIC_SPI 180 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
-		interrupts-names = "irqmux";
+		interrupt-names	= "irqmux";
 		ranges 		= <0 0xfe610000 0x5000>;
 
 		PIO0: gpio@fe610000 {
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@
 	interrupt-parent = <&PIO3>;
 	#interrupt-cells = <2>;
 	interrupts = <3 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; /* Interrupt line via PIO3-3 */
-	interrupts-names = "card-detect";
+	interrupt-names = "card-detect";
 	pinctrl-names = "default";
 	pinctrl-0	= <&pinctrl_mmc>;
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/qnap-poweroff.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/qnap-poweroff.txt
index 0347d83..af25e77 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/qnap-poweroff.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/qnap-poweroff.txt
@@ -6,8 +6,11 @@
 microcontroller to turn the power off. This driver adds a handler to
 pm_power_off which is called to turn the power off.
 
+Synology NAS devices use a similar scheme, but a different baud rate,
+9600, and a different character, '1'.
+
 Required Properties:
-- compatible: Should be "qnap,power-off"
+- compatible: Should be "qnap,power-off" or "synology,power-off"
 
 - reg: Address and length of the register set for UART1
 - clocks: tclk clock
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/cirrus,clps711x-pwm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/cirrus,clps711x-pwm.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a183db4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/cirrus,clps711x-pwm.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+* Cirris Logic CLPS711X PWM controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Shall contain "cirrus,clps711x-pwm".
+- reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers.
+- clocks: phandle + clock specifier pair of the PWM reference clock.
+- #pwm-cells: Should be 1. The cell specifies the index of the channel.
+
+Example:
+	pwm: pwm@80000400 {
+		compatible = "cirrus,ep7312-pwm",
+			     "cirrus,clps711x-pwm";
+		reg = <0x80000400 0x4>;
+		clocks = <&clks 8>;
+		#pwm-cells = <1>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-fsl-ftm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-fsl-ftm.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0bda229
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-fsl-ftm.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+Freescale FlexTimer Module (FTM) PWM controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "fsl,vf610-ftm-pwm".
+- reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers
+- #pwm-cells: Should be 3. See pwm.txt in this directory for a description of
+  the cells format.
+- clock-names: Should include the following module clock source entries:
+    "ftm_sys" (module clock, also can be used as counter clock),
+    "ftm_ext" (external counter clock),
+    "ftm_fix" (fixed counter clock),
+    "ftm_cnt_clk_en" (external and fixed counter clock enable/disable).
+- clocks: Must contain a phandle and clock specifier for each entry in
+  clock-names, please see clock/clock-bindings.txt for details of the property
+  values.
+- pinctrl-names: Must contain a "default" entry.
+- pinctrl-NNN: One property must exist for each entry in pinctrl-names.
+  See pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt for details of the property values.
+
+
+Example:
+
+pwm0: pwm@40038000 {
+		compatible = "fsl,vf610-ftm-pwm";
+		reg = <0x40038000 0x1000>;
+		#pwm-cells = <3>;
+		clock-names = "ftm_sys", "ftm_ext",
+				"ftm_fix", "ftm_cnt_clk_en";
+		clocks = <&clks VF610_CLK_FTM0>,
+			<&clks VF610_CLK_FTM0_EXT_SEL>,
+			<&clks VF610_CLK_FTM0_FIX_SEL>,
+			<&clks VF610_CLK_FTM0_EXT_FIX_EN>;
+		pinctrl-names = "default";
+		pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_pwm0_1>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/pbias-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/pbias-regulator.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..32aa26f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/pbias-regulator.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+PBIAS internal regulator for SD card dual voltage i/o pads on OMAP SoCs.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:
+  - "ti,pbias-omap" for OMAP2, OMAP3, OMAP4, OMAP5, DRA7.
+- reg: pbias register offset from syscon base and size of pbias register.
+- syscon : phandle of the system control module
+- regulator-name : should be
+			pbias_mmc_omap2430 for OMAP2430, OMAP3 SoCs
+			pbias_sim_omap3 for OMAP3 SoCs
+			pbias_mmc_omap4 for OMAP4 SoCs
+			pbias_mmc_omap5 for OMAP5 and DRA7 SoC
+
+Optional properties:
+- Any optional property defined in bindings/regulator/regulator.txt
+
+Example:
+
+		pbias_regulator: pbias_regulator {
+			compatible = "ti,pbias-omap";
+			reg = <0 0x4>;
+			syscon = <&omap5_padconf_global>;
+			pbias_mmc_reg: pbias_mmc_omap5 {
+				regulator-name = "pbias_mmc_omap5";
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <1800000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <3000000>;
+			};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/sirf,rstc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/sirf,rstc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0505de7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/sirf,rstc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+CSR SiRFSoC Reset Controller
+======================================
+
+Please also refer to reset.txt in this directory for common reset
+controller binding usage.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "sirf,prima2-rstc" or "sirf,marco-rstc"
+- reg: should be register base and length as documented in the
+  datasheet
+- #reset-cells: 1, see below
+
+example:
+
+rstc: reset-controller@88010000 {
+	compatible = "sirf,prima2-rstc";
+	reg = <0x88010000 0x1000>;
+	#reset-cells = <1>;
+};
+
+Specifying reset lines connected to IP modules
+==============================================
+
+The reset controller(rstc) manages various reset sources. This module provides
+reset signals for most blocks in system. Those device nodes should specify the
+reset line on the rstc in their resets property, containing a phandle to the
+rstc device node and a RESET_INDEX specifying which module to reset, as described
+in reset.txt.
+
+For SiRFSoC, RESET_INDEX is just reset_bit defined in SW_RST0 and SW_RST1 registers.
+For modules whose rest_bit is in SW_RST0, its RESET_INDEX is 0~31. For modules whose
+rest_bit is in SW_RST1, its RESET_INDEX is 32~63.
+
+example:
+
+vpp@90020000 {
+	compatible = "sirf,prima2-vpp";
+	reg = <0x90020000 0x10000>;
+	interrupts = <31>;
+	clocks = <&clks 35>;
+	resets = <&rstc 6>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/st,sti-powerdown.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/st,sti-powerdown.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5ab26b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/st,sti-powerdown.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+STMicroelectronics STi family Sysconfig Peripheral Powerdown Reset Controller
+=============================================================================
+
+This binding describes a reset controller device that is used to enable and
+disable on-chip peripheral controllers such as USB and SATA, using
+"powerdown" control bits found in the STi family SoC system configuration
+registers. These have been grouped together into a single reset controller
+device for convenience.
+
+The actual action taken when powerdown is asserted is hardware dependent.
+However, when asserted it may not be possible to access the hardware's
+registers and after an assert/deassert sequence the hardware's previous state
+may no longer be valid.
+
+Please refer to reset.txt in this directory for common reset
+controller binding usage.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "st,<chip>-powerdown"
+	ex: "st,stih415-powerdown", "st,stih416-powerdown"
+- #reset-cells: 1, see below
+
+example:
+
+	powerdown: powerdown-controller {
+		#reset-cells = <1>;
+		compatible = "st,stih415-powerdown";
+	};
+
+
+Specifying powerdown control of devices
+=======================================
+
+Device nodes should specify the reset channel required in their "resets"
+property, containing a phandle to the powerdown device node and an
+index specifying which channel to use, as described in reset.txt
+
+example:
+
+	usb1: usb@fe200000 {
+		resets	= <&powerdown STIH41X_USB1_POWERDOWN>;
+	};
+
+Macro definitions for the supported reset channels can be found in:
+
+include/dt-bindings/reset-controller/stih415-resets.h
+include/dt-bindings/reset-controller/stih416-resets.h
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/st,sti-softreset.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/st,sti-softreset.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a8d3d3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/st,sti-softreset.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+STMicroelectronics STi family Sysconfig Peripheral SoftReset Controller
+=============================================================================
+
+This binding describes a reset controller device that is used to enable and
+disable on-chip peripheral controllers such as USB and SATA, using
+"softreset" control bits found in the STi family SoC system configuration
+registers.
+
+The actual action taken when softreset is asserted is hardware dependent.
+However, when asserted it may not be possible to access the hardware's
+registers and after an assert/deassert sequence the hardware's previous state
+may no longer be valid.
+
+Please refer to reset.txt in this directory for common reset
+controller binding usage.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "st,<chip>-softreset" example:
+	"st,stih415-softreset" or "st,stih416-softreset";
+- #reset-cells: 1, see below
+
+example:
+
+	softreset: softreset-controller {
+		#reset-cells = <1>;
+		compatible = "st,stih415-softreset";
+	};
+
+
+Specifying softreset control of devices
+=======================================
+
+Device nodes should specify the reset channel required in their "resets"
+property, containing a phandle to the softreset device node and an
+index specifying which channel to use, as described in reset.txt
+
+example:
+
+	ethernet0{
+		resets			= <&softreset STIH415_ETH0_SOFTRESET>;
+	};
+
+Macro definitions for the supported reset channels can be found in:
+
+include/dt-bindings/reset-controller/stih415-resets.h
+include/dt-bindings/reset-controller/stih416-resets.h
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/sunxi-rtc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/sunxi-rtc.txt
index 7cb9dbf..6983aad 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/sunxi-rtc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/sunxi-rtc.txt
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 RTC controller for the Allwinner A10/A20
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible : Should be "allwinner,sun4i-rtc" or "allwinner,sun7i-a20-rtc"
+- compatible : Should be "allwinner,sun4i-a10-rtc" or "allwinner,sun7i-a20-rtc"
 - reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
   region.
 - interrupts: IRQ line for the RTC.
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 Example:
 
 rtc: rtc@01c20d00 {
-	compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-rtc";
+	compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-a10-rtc";
 	reg = <0x01c20d00 0x20>;
 	interrupts = <24>;
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/atmel-usart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/atmel-usart.txt
index 9c5d19a..17c1042 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/atmel-usart.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/atmel-usart.txt
@@ -13,6 +13,8 @@
 Optional properties:
 - atmel,use-dma-rx: use of PDC or DMA for receiving data
 - atmel,use-dma-tx: use of PDC or DMA for transmitting data
+- rts-gpios: specify a GPIO for RTS line. It will use specified PIO instead of the peripheral
+  function pin for the USART RTS feature. If unsure, don't specify this property.
 - add dma bindings for dma transfer:
 	- dmas: DMA specifier, consisting of a phandle to DMA controller node,
 		memory peripheral interface and USART DMA channel ID, FIFO configuration.
@@ -33,6 +35,7 @@
 		clock-names = "usart";
 		atmel,use-dma-rx;
 		atmel,use-dma-tx;
+		rts-gpios = <&pioD 15 0>;
 	};
 
 - use DMA:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/efm32-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/efm32-uart.txt
index 1984bdf..3ca0133 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/efm32-uart.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/efm32-uart.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 * Energymicro efm32 UART
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible : Should be "efm32,uart"
+- compatible : Should be "energymicro,efm32-uart"
 - reg : Address and length of the register set
 - interrupts : Should contain uart interrupt
 
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 Example:
 
 uart@0x4000c400 {
-	compatible = "efm32,uart";
+	compatible = "energymicro,efm32-uart";
 	reg = <0x4000c400 0x400>;
 	interrupts = <15>;
 	efm32,location = <0>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/davinci-mcasp-audio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/davinci-mcasp-audio.txt
index 569b26c..60ca079 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/davinci-mcasp-audio.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/davinci-mcasp-audio.txt
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
 	reg = <0x100000 0x3000>;
 	reg-names "mpu";
 	interrupts = <82>, <83>;
-	interrupts-names = "tx", "rx";
+	interrupt-names = "tx", "rx";
 	op-mode = <0>;		/* MCASP_IIS_MODE */
 	tdm-slots = <2>;
 	serial-dir = <
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,ssi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,ssi.txt
index b93e9a9..3aa4a8f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,ssi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,ssi.txt
@@ -20,15 +20,6 @@
                     have.
 - interrupt-parent: The phandle for the interrupt controller that
                     services interrupts for this device.
-- fsl,mode:         The operating mode for the SSI interface.
-                    "i2s-slave" - I2S mode, SSI is clock slave
-                    "i2s-master" - I2S mode, SSI is clock master
-                    "lj-slave" - left-justified mode, SSI is clock slave
-                    "lj-master" - l.j. mode, SSI is clock master
-                    "rj-slave" - right-justified mode, SSI is clock slave
-                    "rj-master" - r.j., SSI is clock master
-                    "ac97-slave" - AC97 mode, SSI is clock slave
-                    "ac97-master" - AC97 mode, SSI is clock master
 - fsl,playback-dma: Phandle to a node for the DMA channel to use for
                     playback of audio.  This is typically dictated by SOC
                     design.  See the notes below.
@@ -47,6 +38,9 @@
                     be connected together, and SRFS and STFS be connected
                     together.  This would still allow different sample sizes,
                     but not different sample rates.
+ - clocks:          "ipg" - Required clock for the SSI unit
+                    "baud" - Required clock for SSI master mode. Otherwise this
+		      clock is not used
 
 Required are also ac97 link bindings if ac97 is used. See
 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/soc-ac97link.txt for the necessary
@@ -64,6 +58,15 @@
 		    Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/dma.txt.
 - dma-names:	    Two dmas have to be defined, "tx" and "rx", if fsl,imx-fiq
 		    is not defined.
+- fsl,mode:         The operating mode for the SSI interface.
+                    "i2s-slave" - I2S mode, SSI is clock slave
+                    "i2s-master" - I2S mode, SSI is clock master
+                    "lj-slave" - left-justified mode, SSI is clock slave
+                    "lj-master" - l.j. mode, SSI is clock master
+                    "rj-slave" - right-justified mode, SSI is clock slave
+                    "rj-master" - r.j., SSI is clock master
+                    "ac97-slave" - AC97 mode, SSI is clock slave
+                    "ac97-master" - AC97 mode, SSI is clock master
 
 Child 'codec' node required properties:
 - compatible:       Compatible list, contains the name of the codec
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320aic31xx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320aic31xx.txt
index 74c66de..eff12be 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320aic31xx.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320aic31xx.txt
@@ -13,6 +13,9 @@
     "ti,tlv320aic3111" - TLV320AIC3111 (stereo speaker amp, MiniDSP)
 
 - reg - <int> -  I2C slave address
+- HPVDD-supply, SPRVDD-supply, SPLVDD-supply, AVDD-supply, IOVDD-supply,
+  DVDD-supply : power supplies for the device as covered in
+  Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt
 
 
 Optional properties:
@@ -24,9 +27,6 @@
         3 or MICBIAS_AVDD - MICBIAS output is connected to AVDD
 	If this node is not mentioned or if the value is unknown, then
 	micbias	is set to 2.0V.
-- HPVDD-supply, SPRVDD-supply, SPLVDD-supply, AVDD-supply, IOVDD-supply,
-  DVDD-supply : power supplies for the device as covered in
-  Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt
 
 CODEC output pins:
   * HPL
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/efm32-spi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/efm32-spi.txt
index 8f081c9..130cd17 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/efm32-spi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/efm32-spi.txt
@@ -8,7 +8,13 @@
 - interrupts: pair specifying rx and tx irq
 - clocks: phandle to the spi clock
 - cs-gpios: see spi-bus.txt
-- efm32,location: Value to write to the ROUTE register's LOCATION bitfield to configure the pinmux for the device, see datasheet for values.
+
+Recommended properties :
+- efm32,location: Value to write to the ROUTE register's LOCATION bitfield to
+                  configure the pinmux for the device, see datasheet for values.
+                  If "efm32,location" property is not provided, keeping what is
+                  already configured in the hardware, so its either the reset
+                  default 0 or whatever the bootloader did.
 
 Example:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/atmel-usb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/atmel-usb.txt
index 55f51af..bc2222c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/atmel-usb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/atmel-usb.txt
@@ -57,8 +57,8 @@
  - ep childnode: To specify the number of endpoints and their properties.
 
 Optional properties:
- - atmel,vbus-gpio: If present, specifies a gpio that needs to be
-   activated for the bus to be powered.
+ - atmel,vbus-gpio: If present, specifies a gpio that allows to detect whether
+   vbus is present (USB is connected).
 
 Required child node properties:
  - name: Name of the endpoint.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ehci-omap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ehci-omap.txt
index 485a9a1..3dc231c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ehci-omap.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ehci-omap.txt
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 Example for OMAP4:
 
 usbhsehci: ehci@4a064c00 {
-	compatible = "ti,ehci-omap", "usb-ehci";
+	compatible = "ti,ehci-omap";
 	reg = <0x4a064c00 0x400>;
 	interrupts = <0 77 0x4>;
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ohci-omap3.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ohci-omap3.txt
index 14ab428..ce8c47cff 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ohci-omap3.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ohci-omap3.txt
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 Example for OMAP4:
 
 usbhsohci: ohci@4a064800 {
-	compatible = "ti,ohci-omap3", "usb-ohci";
+	compatible = "ti,ohci-omap3";
 	reg = <0x4a064800 0x400>;
 	interrupts = <0 76 0x4>;
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt
index 95465d5..abc3080 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt
@@ -22,6 +22,7 @@
 avago	Avago Technologies
 bosch	Bosch Sensortec GmbH
 brcm	Broadcom Corporation
+buffalo	Buffalo, Inc.
 calxeda	Calxeda
 capella	Capella Microsystems, Inc
 cavium	Cavium, Inc.
@@ -33,13 +34,18 @@
 crystalfontz	Crystalfontz America, Inc.
 dallas	Maxim Integrated Products (formerly Dallas Semiconductor)
 davicom	DAVICOM Semiconductor, Inc.
-dlink	D-Link Systems, Inc.
 denx	Denx Software Engineering
+digi	Digi International Inc.
+dlink	D-Link Corporation
+dmo	Data Modul AG
+ebv	EBV Elektronik
 edt	Emerging Display Technologies
 emmicro	EM Microelectronic
 epfl	Ecole Polytechnique Fédérale de Lausanne
 epson	Seiko Epson Corp.
 est	ESTeem Wireless Modems
+eukrea  Eukréa Electromatique
+excito	Excito
 fsl	Freescale Semiconductor
 GEFanuc	GE Fanuc Intelligent Platforms Embedded Systems, Inc.
 gef	GE Fanuc Intelligent Platforms Embedded Systems, Inc.
@@ -51,13 +57,17 @@
 hisilicon	Hisilicon Limited.
 honeywell	Honeywell
 hp	Hewlett Packard
+i2se	I2SE GmbH
 ibm	International Business Machines (IBM)
 idt	Integrated Device Technologies, Inc.
+iom	Iomega Corporation
 img	Imagination Technologies Ltd.
 intel	Intel Corporation
 intercontrol	Inter Control Group
+isee	ISEE 2007 S.L.
 isl	Intersil
 karo	Ka-Ro electronics GmbH
+keymile	Keymile GmbH
 lacie	LaCie
 lantiq	Lantiq Semiconductor
 lg	LG Corporation
@@ -68,9 +78,12 @@
 microchip	Microchip Technology Inc.
 mosaixtech	Mosaix Technologies, Inc.
 moxa	Moxa
+mpl	MPL AG
+mxicy	Macronix International Co., Ltd.
 national	National Semiconductor
 neonode		Neonode Inc.
 netgear	NETGEAR
+newhaven	Newhaven Display International
 nintendo	Nintendo
 nokia	Nokia
 nvidia	NVIDIA
@@ -80,20 +93,26 @@
 panasonic	Panasonic Corporation
 phytec	PHYTEC Messtechnik GmbH
 picochip	Picochip Ltd
+plathome	Plat'Home Co., Ltd.
 powervr	PowerVR (deprecated, use img)
 qca	Qualcomm Atheros, Inc.
 qcom	Qualcomm Technologies, Inc
+qnap	QNAP Systems, Inc.
+raidsonic	RaidSonic Technology GmbH
 ralink	Mediatek/Ralink Technology Corp.
 ramtron	Ramtron International
 realtek Realtek Semiconductor Corp.
 renesas	Renesas Electronics Corporation
+ricoh	Ricoh Co. Ltd.
 rockchip	Fuzhou Rockchip Electronics Co., Ltd
 samsung	Samsung Semiconductor
 sbs	Smart Battery System
 schindler	Schindler
+seagate	Seagate Technology PLC
 sil	Silicon Image
 silabs	Silicon Laboratories
 simtek
+sii	Seiko Instruments, Inc.
 sirf	SiRF Technology, Inc.
 smsc	Standard Microsystems Corporation
 snps 	Synopsys, Inc.
@@ -101,14 +120,18 @@
 st	STMicroelectronics
 ste	ST-Ericsson
 stericsson	ST-Ericsson
+synology	Synology, Inc.
 ti	Texas Instruments
 tlm	Trusted Logic Mobility
 toshiba	Toshiba Corporation
 toumaz	Toumaz
+usi	Universal Scientifc Industrial Co., Ltd.
 v3	V3 Semiconductor
 via	VIA Technologies, Inc.
+voipac	Voipac Technologies s.r.o.
 winbond Winbond Electronics corp.
 wlf	Wolfson Microelectronics
 wm	Wondermedia Technologies, Inc.
 xes	Extreme Engineering Solutions (X-ES)
 xlnx	Xilinx
+zyxel	ZyXEL Communications Corp.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/analog-tv-connector.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/analog-tv-connector.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0218fcd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/analog-tv-connector.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+Analog TV Connector
+===================
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "composite-connector" or "svideo-connector"
+
+Optional properties:
+- label: a symbolic name for the connector
+
+Required nodes:
+- Video port for TV input
+
+Example
+-------
+
+tv: connector {
+	compatible = "composite-connector";
+	label = "tv";
+
+	port {
+		tv_connector_in: endpoint {
+			remote-endpoint = <&venc_out>;
+		};
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/backlight/gpio-backlight.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/backlight/gpio-backlight.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..321be66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/backlight/gpio-backlight.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+gpio-backlight bindings
+
+Required properties:
+  - compatible: "gpio-backlight"
+  - gpios: describes the gpio that is used for enabling/disabling the backlight.
+    refer to bindings/gpio/gpio.txt for more details.
+
+Optional properties:
+  - default-on: enable the backlight at boot.
+
+Example:
+	backlight {
+		compatible = "gpio-backlight";
+		gpios = <&gpio3 4 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+		default-on;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/dvi-connector.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/dvi-connector.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fc53f7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/dvi-connector.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+DVI Connector
+==============
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "dvi-connector"
+
+Optional properties:
+- label: a symbolic name for the connector
+- ddc-i2c-bus: phandle to the i2c bus that is connected to DVI DDC
+- analog: the connector has DVI analog pins
+- digital: the connector has DVI digital pins
+- dual-link: the connector has pins for DVI dual-link
+
+Required nodes:
+- Video port for DVI input
+
+Note: One (or both) of 'analog' or 'digital' must be set.
+
+Example
+-------
+
+dvi0: connector@0 {
+	compatible = "dvi-connector";
+	label = "dvi";
+
+	digital;
+
+	ddc-i2c-bus = <&i2c3>;
+
+	port {
+		dvi_connector_in: endpoint {
+			remote-endpoint = <&tfp410_out>;
+		};
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_dp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_dp.txt
index 3289d76..57ccdde 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_dp.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_dp.txt
@@ -49,6 +49,8 @@
 	-samsung,lane-count:
 		number of lanes supported by the panel.
 			LANE_COUNT1 = 1, LANE_COUNT2 = 2, LANE_COUNT4 = 4
+	- display-timings: timings for the connected panel as described by
+		Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/display-timing.txt
 
 Optional properties for dp-controller:
 	-interlaced:
@@ -84,4 +86,19 @@
 		samsung,color-depth = <1>;
 		samsung,link-rate = <0x0a>;
 		samsung,lane-count = <4>;
+
+		display-timings {
+			native-mode = <&lcd_timing>;
+			lcd_timing: 1366x768 {
+				clock-frequency = <70589280>;
+				hactive = <1366>;
+				vactive = <768>;
+				hfront-porch = <40>;
+				hback-porch = <40>;
+				hsync-len = <32>;
+				vback-porch = <10>;
+				vfront-porch = <12>;
+				vsync-len = <6>;
+			};
+		};
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_dsim.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_dsim.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..33b5730
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_dsim.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+Exynos MIPI DSI Master
+
+Required properties:
+  - compatible: "samsung,exynos4210-mipi-dsi"
+  - reg: physical base address and length of the registers set for the device
+  - interrupts: should contain DSI interrupt
+  - clocks: list of clock specifiers, must contain an entry for each required
+    entry in clock-names
+  - clock-names: should include "bus_clk"and "pll_clk" entries
+  - phys: list of phy specifiers, must contain an entry for each required
+    entry in phy-names
+  - phy-names: should include "dsim" entry
+  - vddcore-supply: MIPI DSIM Core voltage supply (e.g. 1.1V)
+  - vddio-supply: MIPI DSIM I/O and PLL voltage supply (e.g. 1.8V)
+  - samsung,pll-clock-frequency: specifies frequency of the "pll_clk" clock
+  - #address-cells, #size-cells: should be set respectively to <1> and <0>
+    according to DSI host bindings (see MIPI DSI bindings [1])
+
+Optional properties:
+  - samsung,power-domain: a phandle to DSIM power domain node
+
+Child nodes:
+  Should contain DSI peripheral nodes (see MIPI DSI bindings [1]).
+
+Video interfaces:
+  Device node can contain video interface port nodes according to [2].
+  The following are properties specific to those nodes:
+
+  port node:
+    - reg: (required) can be 0 for input RGB/I80 port or 1 for DSI port;
+
+  endpoint node of DSI port (reg = 1):
+    - samsung,burst-clock-frequency: specifies DSI frequency in high-speed burst
+      mode
+    - samsung,esc-clock-frequency: specifies DSI frequency in escape mode
+
+[1]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mipi/dsi/mipi-dsi-bus.txt
+[2]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt
+
+Example:
+
+	dsi@11C80000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos4210-mipi-dsi";
+		reg = <0x11C80000 0x10000>;
+		interrupts = <0 79 0>;
+		clocks = <&clock 286>, <&clock 143>;
+		clock-names = "bus_clk", "pll_clk";
+		phys = <&mipi_phy 1>;
+		phy-names = "dsim";
+		vddcore-supply = <&vusb_reg>;
+		vddio-supply = <&vmipi_reg>;
+		samsung,power-domain = <&pd_lcd0>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+		samsung,pll-clock-frequency = <24000000>;
+
+		panel@1 {
+			reg = <0>;
+			...
+			port {
+				panel_ep: endpoint {
+					remote-endpoint = <&dsi_ep>;
+				};
+			};
+		};
+
+		ports {
+			#address-cells = <1>;
+			#size-cells = <0>;
+
+			port@1 {
+				dsi_ep: endpoint {
+					reg = <0>;
+					samsung,burst-clock-frequency = <500000000>;
+					samsung,esc-clock-frequency = <20000000>;
+					remote-endpoint = <&panel_ep>;
+				};
+			};
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_hdmi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_hdmi.txt
index 50decf8..f9187a2 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_hdmi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_hdmi.txt
@@ -25,6 +25,9 @@
 		sclk_pixel.
 - clock-names: aliases as per driver requirements for above clock IDs:
 	"hdmi", "sclk_hdmi", "sclk_pixel", "sclk_hdmiphy" and "mout_hdmi".
+- ddc: phandle to the hdmi ddc node
+- phy: phandle to the hdmi phy node
+
 Example:
 
 	hdmi {
@@ -32,4 +35,6 @@
 		reg = <0x14530000 0x100000>;
 		interrupts = <0 95 0>;
 		hpd-gpio = <&gpx3 7 1>;
+		ddc = <&hdmi_ddc_node>;
+		phy = <&hdmi_phy_node>;
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/fsl,imx-fb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/fsl,imx-fb.txt
index 46da08d..0329f60 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/fsl,imx-fb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/fsl,imx-fb.txt
@@ -15,8 +15,12 @@
 	- fsl,pcr: LCDC PCR value
 
 Optional properties:
+- lcd-supply: Regulator for LCD supply voltage.
 - fsl,dmacr: DMA Control Register value. This is optional. By default, the
 	register is not modified as recommended by the datasheet.
+- fsl,lpccr: Contrast Control Register value. This property provides the
+	default value for the contrast control register.
+	If that property is ommited, the register is zeroed.
 - fsl,lscr1: LCDC Sharp Configuration Register value.
 
 Example:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/hdmi-connector.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/hdmi-connector.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ccccc19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/hdmi-connector.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+HDMI Connector
+==============
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "hdmi-connector"
+- type: the HDMI connector type: "a", "b", "c", "d" or "e"
+
+Optional properties:
+- label: a symbolic name for the connector
+
+Required nodes:
+- Video port for HDMI input
+
+Example
+-------
+
+hdmi0: connector@1 {
+	compatible = "hdmi-connector";
+	label = "hdmi";
+
+	type = "a";
+
+	port {
+		hdmi_connector_in: endpoint {
+			remote-endpoint = <&tpd12s015_out>;
+		};
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/panel-dsi-cm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/panel-dsi-cm.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dce48eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/panel-dsi-cm.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+Generic MIPI DSI Command Mode Panel
+===================================
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "panel-dsi-cm"
+
+Optional properties:
+- label: a symbolic name for the panel
+- reset-gpios: panel reset gpio
+- te-gpios: panel TE gpio
+
+Required nodes:
+- Video port for DSI input
+
+Example
+-------
+
+lcd0: display {
+	compatible = "tpo,taal", "panel-dsi-cm";
+	label = "lcd0";
+
+	reset-gpios = <&gpio4 6 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+
+	port {
+		lcd0_in: endpoint {
+			remote-endpoint = <&dsi1_out_ep>;
+		};
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/samsung-fimd.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/samsung-fimd.txt
index 778838a..2dad41b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/samsung-fimd.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/samsung-fimd.txt
@@ -39,6 +39,23 @@
 
 Optional Properties:
 - samsung,power-domain: a phandle to FIMD power domain node.
+- samsung,invert-vden: video enable signal is inverted
+- samsung,invert-vclk: video clock signal is inverted
+- display-timings: timing settings for FIMD, as described in document [1].
+		Can be used in case timings cannot be provided otherwise
+		or to override timings provided by the panel.
+
+The device node can contain 'port' child nodes according to the bindings defined
+in [2]. The following are properties specific to those nodes:
+- reg: (required) port index, can be:
+		0 - for CAMIF0 input,
+		1 - for CAMIF1 input,
+		2 - for CAMIF2 input,
+		3 - for parallel output,
+		4 - for write-back interface
+
+[1]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/display-timing.txt
+[2]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt
 
 Example:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/sony,acx565akm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/sony,acx565akm.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e123332
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/sony,acx565akm.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+Sony ACX565AKM SDI Panel
+========================
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "sony,acx565akm"
+
+Optional properties:
+- label: a symbolic name for the panel
+- reset-gpios: panel reset gpio
+
+Required nodes:
+- Video port for SDI input
+
+Example
+-------
+
+acx565akm@2 {
+	compatible = "sony,acx565akm";
+	spi-max-frequency = <6000000>;
+	reg = <2>;
+
+	label = "lcd";
+	reset-gpios = <&gpio3 26 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; /* 90 */
+
+	port {
+		lcd_in: endpoint {
+			remote-endpoint = <&sdi_out>;
+		};
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ti,omap-dss.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ti,omap-dss.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d5f1a3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ti,omap-dss.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+Texas Instruments OMAP Display Subsystem
+========================================
+
+Generic Description
+-------------------
+
+This document is a generic description of the OMAP Display Subsystem bindings.
+Binding details for each OMAP SoC version are described in respective binding
+documentation.
+
+The OMAP Display Subsystem (DSS) hardware consists of DSS Core, DISPC module and
+a number of encoder modules. All DSS versions contain DSS Core and DISPC, but
+the encoder modules vary.
+
+The DSS Core is the parent of the other DSS modules, and manages clock routing,
+integration to the SoC, etc.
+
+DISPC is the display controller, which reads pixels from the memory and outputs
+a RGB pixel stream to encoders.
+
+The encoder modules encode the received RGB pixel stream to a video output like
+HDMI, MIPI DPI, etc.
+
+Video Ports
+-----------
+
+The DSS Core and the encoders have video port outputs. The structure of the
+video ports is described in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/video-
+ports.txt, and the properties for the ports and endpoints for each encoder are
+described in the SoC's DSS binding documentation.
+
+The video ports are used to describe the connections to external hardware, like
+panels or external encoders.
+
+Aliases
+-------
+
+The board dts file may define aliases for displays to assign "displayX" style
+name for each display. If no aliases are defined, a semi-random number is used
+for the display.
+
+Example
+-------
+
+A shortened example of the DSS description for OMAP4, with non-relevant parts
+removed, defined in omap4.dtsi:
+
+dss: dss@58000000 {
+	compatible = "ti,omap4-dss";
+	reg = <0x58000000 0x80>;
+	status = "disabled";
+	ti,hwmods = "dss_core";
+	clocks = <&dss_dss_clk>;
+	clock-names = "fck";
+	#address-cells = <1>;
+	#size-cells = <1>;
+	ranges;
+
+	dispc@58001000 {
+		compatible = "ti,omap4-dispc";
+		reg = <0x58001000 0x1000>;
+		interrupts = <GIC_SPI 25 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+		ti,hwmods = "dss_dispc";
+		clocks = <&dss_dss_clk>;
+		clock-names = "fck";
+	};
+
+	hdmi: encoder@58006000 {
+		compatible = "ti,omap4-hdmi";
+		reg = <0x58006000 0x200>,
+		      <0x58006200 0x100>,
+		      <0x58006300 0x100>,
+		      <0x58006400 0x1000>;
+		reg-names = "wp", "pll", "phy", "core";
+		interrupts = <GIC_SPI 101 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+		status = "disabled";
+		ti,hwmods = "dss_hdmi";
+		clocks = <&dss_48mhz_clk>, <&dss_sys_clk>;
+		clock-names = "fck", "sys_clk";
+	};
+};
+
+A shortened example of the board description for OMAP4 Panda board, defined in
+omap4-panda.dts.
+
+The Panda board has a DVI and a HDMI connector, and the board contains a TFP410
+chip (MIPI DPI to DVI encoder) and a TPD12S015 chip (HDMI ESD protection & level
+shifter). The video pipelines for the connectors are formed as follows:
+
+DSS Core --(MIPI DPI)--> TFP410 --(DVI)--> DVI Connector
+OMAP HDMI --(HDMI)--> TPD12S015 --(HDMI)--> HDMI Connector
+
+/ {
+	aliases {
+		display0 = &dvi0;
+		display1 = &hdmi0;
+	};
+
+	tfp410: encoder@0 {
+		compatible = "ti,tfp410";
+		gpios = <&gpio1 0 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;	/* 0, power-down */
+
+		pinctrl-names = "default";
+		pinctrl-0 = <&tfp410_pins>;
+
+		ports {
+			#address-cells = <1>;
+			#size-cells = <0>;
+
+			port@0 {
+				reg = <0>;
+
+				tfp410_in: endpoint@0 {
+					remote-endpoint = <&dpi_out>;
+				};
+			};
+
+			port@1 {
+				reg = <1>;
+
+				tfp410_out: endpoint@0 {
+					remote-endpoint = <&dvi_connector_in>;
+				};
+			};
+		};
+	};
+
+	dvi0: connector@0 {
+		compatible = "dvi-connector";
+		label = "dvi";
+
+		i2c-bus = <&i2c3>;
+
+		port {
+			dvi_connector_in: endpoint {
+				remote-endpoint = <&tfp410_out>;
+			};
+		};
+	};
+
+	tpd12s015: encoder@1 {
+		compatible = "ti,tpd12s015";
+
+		pinctrl-names = "default";
+		pinctrl-0 = <&tpd12s015_pins>;
+
+		gpios = <&gpio2 28 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>,	/* 60, CT CP HPD */
+			<&gpio2 9 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>,	/* 41, LS OE */
+			<&gpio2 31 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;	/* 63, HPD */
+
+		ports {
+			#address-cells = <1>;
+			#size-cells = <0>;
+
+			port@0 {
+				reg = <0>;
+
+				tpd12s015_in: endpoint@0 {
+					remote-endpoint = <&hdmi_out>;
+				};
+			};
+
+			port@1 {
+				reg = <1>;
+
+				tpd12s015_out: endpoint@0 {
+					remote-endpoint = <&hdmi_connector_in>;
+				};
+			};
+		};
+	};
+
+	hdmi0: connector@1 {
+		compatible = "hdmi-connector";
+		label = "hdmi";
+
+		port {
+			hdmi_connector_in: endpoint {
+				remote-endpoint = <&tpd12s015_out>;
+			};
+		};
+	};
+};
+
+&dss {
+	status = "ok";
+
+	pinctrl-names = "default";
+	pinctrl-0 = <&dss_dpi_pins>;
+
+	port {
+		dpi_out: endpoint {
+			remote-endpoint = <&tfp410_in>;
+			data-lines = <24>;
+		};
+	};
+};
+
+&hdmi {
+	status = "ok";
+	vdda-supply = <&vdac>;
+
+	pinctrl-names = "default";
+	pinctrl-0 = <&dss_hdmi_pins>;
+
+	port {
+		hdmi_out: endpoint {
+			remote-endpoint = <&tpd12s015_in>;
+		};
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ti,omap2-dss.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ti,omap2-dss.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fa8bb2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ti,omap2-dss.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+Texas Instruments OMAP2 Display Subsystem
+=========================================
+
+See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ti,omap-dss.txt for generic
+description about OMAP Display Subsystem bindings.
+
+DSS Core
+--------
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "ti,omap2-dss"
+- reg: address and length of the register space
+- ti,hwmods: "dss_core"
+
+Optional nodes:
+- Video port for DPI output
+
+DPI Endpoint required properties:
+- data-lines: number of lines used
+
+
+DISPC
+-----
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "ti,omap2-dispc"
+- reg: address and length of the register space
+- ti,hwmods: "dss_dispc"
+- interrupts: the DISPC interrupt
+
+
+RFBI
+----
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "ti,omap2-rfbi"
+- reg: address and length of the register space
+- ti,hwmods: "dss_rfbi"
+
+
+VENC
+----
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "ti,omap2-venc"
+- reg: address and length of the register space
+- ti,hwmods: "dss_venc"
+- vdda-supply: power supply for DAC
+
+VENC Endpoint required properties:
+
+Required properties:
+- ti,invert-polarity: invert the polarity of the video signal
+- ti,channels: 1 for composite, 2 for s-video
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ti,omap3-dss.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ti,omap3-dss.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0023fa4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ti,omap3-dss.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+Texas Instruments OMAP3 Display Subsystem
+=========================================
+
+See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ti,omap-dss.txt for generic
+description about OMAP Display Subsystem bindings.
+
+DSS Core
+--------
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "ti,omap3-dss"
+- reg: address and length of the register space
+- ti,hwmods: "dss_core"
+- clocks: handle to fclk
+- clock-names: "fck"
+
+Optional nodes:
+- Video ports:
+	- Port 0: DPI output
+	- Port 1: SDI output
+
+DPI Endpoint required properties:
+- data-lines: number of lines used
+
+SDI Endpoint required properties:
+- datapairs: number of datapairs used
+
+
+DISPC
+-----
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "ti,omap3-dispc"
+- reg: address and length of the register space
+- ti,hwmods: "dss_dispc"
+- interrupts: the DISPC interrupt
+- clocks: handle to fclk
+- clock-names: "fck"
+
+
+RFBI
+----
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "ti,omap3-rfbi"
+- reg: address and length of the register space
+- ti,hwmods: "dss_rfbi"
+- clocks: handles to fclk and iclk
+- clock-names: "fck", "ick"
+
+
+VENC
+----
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "ti,omap3-venc"
+- reg: address and length of the register space
+- ti,hwmods: "dss_venc"
+- vdda-supply: power supply for DAC
+- clocks: handle to fclk
+- clock-names: "fck"
+
+VENC Endpoint required properties:
+- ti,invert-polarity: invert the polarity of the video signal
+- ti,channels: 1 for composite, 2 for s-video
+
+
+DSI
+---
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "ti,omap3-dsi"
+- reg: addresses and lengths of the register spaces for 'proto', 'phy' and 'pll'
+- reg-names: "proto", "phy", "pll"
+- interrupts: the DSI interrupt line
+- ti,hwmods: "dss_dsi1"
+- vdd-supply: power supply for DSI
+- clocks: handles to fclk and pll clock
+- clock-names: "fck", "sys_clk"
+
+DSI Endpoint required properties:
+- lanes: list of pin numbers for the DSI lanes: CLK+, CLK-, DATA0+, DATA0-,
+  DATA1+, DATA1-, ...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ti,omap4-dss.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ti,omap4-dss.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f85d6fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ti,omap4-dss.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+Texas Instruments OMAP4 Display Subsystem
+=========================================
+
+See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ti,omap-dss.txt for generic
+description about OMAP Display Subsystem bindings.
+
+DSS Core
+--------
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "ti,omap4-dss"
+- reg: address and length of the register space
+- ti,hwmods: "dss_core"
+- clocks: handle to fclk
+- clock-names: "fck"
+
+Required nodes:
+- DISPC
+
+Optional nodes:
+- DSS Submodules: RFBI, VENC, DSI, HDMI
+- Video port for DPI output
+
+DPI Endpoint required properties:
+- data-lines: number of lines used
+
+
+DISPC
+-----
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "ti,omap4-dispc"
+- reg: address and length of the register space
+- ti,hwmods: "dss_dispc"
+- interrupts: the DISPC interrupt
+- clocks: handle to fclk
+- clock-names: "fck"
+
+
+RFBI
+----
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "ti,omap4-rfbi"
+- reg: address and length of the register space
+- ti,hwmods: "dss_rfbi"
+- clocks: handles to fclk and iclk
+- clock-names: "fck", "ick"
+
+Optional nodes:
+- Video port for RFBI output
+- RFBI controlled peripherals
+
+
+VENC
+----
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "ti,omap4-venc"
+- reg: address and length of the register space
+- ti,hwmods: "dss_venc"
+- vdda-supply: power supply for DAC
+- clocks: handle to fclk
+- clock-names: "fck"
+
+Optional nodes:
+- Video port for VENC output
+
+VENC Endpoint required properties:
+- ti,invert-polarity: invert the polarity of the video signal
+- ti,channels: 1 for composite, 2 for s-video
+
+
+DSI
+---
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "ti,omap4-dsi"
+- reg: addresses and lengths of the register spaces for 'proto', 'phy' and 'pll'
+- reg-names: "proto", "phy", "pll"
+- interrupts: the DSI interrupt line
+- ti,hwmods: "dss_dsi1" or "dss_dsi2"
+- vdd-supply: power supply for DSI
+- clocks: handles to fclk and pll clock
+- clock-names: "fck", "sys_clk"
+
+Optional nodes:
+- Video port for DSI output
+- DSI controlled peripherals
+
+DSI Endpoint required properties:
+- lanes: list of pin numbers for the DSI lanes: CLK+, CLK-, DATA0+, DATA0-,
+  DATA1+, DATA1-, ...
+
+
+HDMI
+----
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "ti,omap4-hdmi"
+- reg: addresses and lengths of the register spaces for 'wp', 'pll', 'phy',
+       'core'
+- reg-names: "wp", "pll", "phy", "core"
+- interrupts: the HDMI interrupt line
+- ti,hwmods: "dss_hdmi"
+- vdda-supply: vdda power supply
+- clocks: handles to fclk and pll clock
+- clock-names: "fck", "sys_clk"
+
+Optional nodes:
+- Video port for HDMI output
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ti,tfp410.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ti,tfp410.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2cbe32a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ti,tfp410.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+TFP410 DPI to DVI encoder
+=========================
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "ti,tfp410"
+
+Optional properties:
+- powerdown-gpios: power-down gpio
+
+Required nodes:
+- Video port 0 for DPI input
+- Video port 1 for DVI output
+
+Example
+-------
+
+tfp410: encoder@0 {
+	compatible = "ti,tfp410";
+	powerdown-gpios = <&twl_gpio 2 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+
+	ports {
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+
+		port@0 {
+			reg = <0>;
+
+			tfp410_in: endpoint@0 {
+				remote-endpoint = <&dpi_out>;
+			};
+		};
+
+		port@1 {
+			reg = <1>;
+
+			tfp410_out: endpoint@0 {
+				remote-endpoint = <&dvi_connector_in>;
+			};
+		};
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ti,tpd12s015.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ti,tpd12s015.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..26e6d32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ti,tpd12s015.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+TPD12S015 HDMI level shifter and ESD protection chip
+====================================================
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "ti,tpd12s015"
+
+Optional properties:
+- gpios: CT CP HPD, LS OE and HPD gpios
+
+Required nodes:
+- Video port 0 for HDMI input
+- Video port 1 for HDMI output
+
+Example
+-------
+
+tpd12s015: encoder@1 {
+	compatible = "ti,tpd12s015";
+
+	gpios = <&gpio2 28 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>,	/* 60, CT CP HPD */
+		<&gpio2 9 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>,	/* 41, LS OE */
+		<&gpio2 31 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;	/* 63, HPD */
+
+	ports {
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+
+		port@0 {
+			reg = <0>;
+
+			tpd12s015_in: endpoint@0 {
+				remote-endpoint = <&hdmi_out>;
+			};
+		};
+
+		port@1 {
+			reg = <1>;
+
+			tpd12s015_out: endpoint@0 {
+				remote-endpoint = <&hdmi_connector_in>;
+			};
+		};
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/marvel.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/marvel.txt
index 5dc8d30..de11eb4 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/marvel.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/marvel.txt
@@ -3,17 +3,24 @@
 Required Properties:
 
 - Compatibility : "marvell,orion-wdt"
-- reg		: Address of the timer registers
+		  "marvell,armada-370-wdt"
+		  "marvell,armada-xp-wdt"
+
+- reg		: Should contain two entries: first one with the
+		  timer control address, second one with the
+		  rstout enable address.
 
 Optional properties:
 
+- interrupts	: Contains the IRQ for watchdog expiration
 - timeout-sec	: Contains the watchdog timeout in seconds
 
 Example:
 
 	wdt@20300 {
 		compatible = "marvell,orion-wdt";
-		reg = <0x20300 0x28>;
+		reg = <0x20300 0x28>, <0x20108 0x4>;
+		interrupts = <3>;
 		timeout-sec = <10>;
 		status = "okay";
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/dontdiff b/Documentation/dontdiff
index b89a739..9de9813 100644
--- a/Documentation/dontdiff
+++ b/Documentation/dontdiff
@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
 *.a
 *.aux
+*.bc
 *.bin
 *.bz2
 *.cis
@@ -21,6 +22,7 @@
 *.i
 *.jpeg
 *.ko
+*.ll
 *.log
 *.lst
 *.lzma
@@ -35,6 +37,7 @@
 *.out
 *.patch
 *.pdf
+*.plist
 *.png
 *.pot
 *.ps
diff --git a/Documentation/dvb/get_dvb_firmware b/Documentation/dvb/get_dvb_firmware
index 5d5ee4c..d91b8be 100755
--- a/Documentation/dvb/get_dvb_firmware
+++ b/Documentation/dvb/get_dvb_firmware
@@ -28,8 +28,8 @@
 		"opera1", "cx231xx", "cx18", "cx23885", "pvrusb2", "mpc718",
 		"af9015", "ngene", "az6027", "lme2510_lg", "lme2510c_s7395",
 		"lme2510c_s7395_old", "drxk", "drxk_terratec_h5",
-		"drxk_hauppauge_hvr930c", "tda10071", "it9135", "it9137",
-		"drxk_pctv", "drxk_terratec_htc_stick", "sms1xxx_hcw");
+		"drxk_hauppauge_hvr930c", "tda10071", "it9135", "drxk_pctv",
+		"drxk_terratec_htc_stick", "sms1xxx_hcw");
 
 # Check args
 syntax() if (scalar(@ARGV) != 1);
@@ -727,24 +727,6 @@
 	"$fwfile1 $fwfile2"
 }
 
-sub it9137 {
-    my $url = "http://kworld.server261.com/kworld/CD/ITE_TiVme/V1.00/";
-    my $zipfile = "Driver_V10.323.1.0412.100412.zip";
-    my $hash = "79b597dc648698ed6820845c0c9d0d37";
-    my $tmpdir = tempdir(DIR => "/tmp", CLEANUP => 0);
-    my $drvfile = "Driver_V10.323.1.0412.100412/Data/x86/IT9135BDA.sys";
-    my $fwfile = "dvb-usb-it9137-01.fw";
-
-    checkstandard();
-
-    wgetfile($zipfile, $url . $zipfile);
-    verify($zipfile, $hash);
-    unzip($zipfile, $tmpdir);
-    extract("$tmpdir/$drvfile", 69632, 5731, "$fwfile");
-
-    "$fwfile"
-}
-
 sub tda10071 {
     my $sourcefile = "PCTV_460e_reference.zip";
     my $url = "ftp://ftp.pctvsystems.com/TV/driver/PCTV%2070e%2080e%20100e%20320e%20330e%20800e/";
diff --git a/Documentation/dvb/it9137.txt b/Documentation/dvb/it9137.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 9e6726e..0000000
--- a/Documentation/dvb/it9137.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-To extract firmware for Kworld UB499-2T (id 1b80:e409) you need to copy the
-following file(s) to this directory.
-
-IT9135BDA.sys Dated Mon 22 Mar 2010 02:20:08 GMT
-
-extract using dd
-dd if=IT9135BDA.sys ibs=1 skip=69632 count=5731 of=dvb-usb-it9137-01.fw
-
-copy to default firmware location.
diff --git a/Documentation/edac.txt b/Documentation/edac.txt
index 56c7e93..cb4c2cef 100644
--- a/Documentation/edac.txt
+++ b/Documentation/edac.txt
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 7 Dec 2005
 17 Jul 2007	Updated
 
-(c) Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
+(c) Mauro Carvalho Chehab
 05 Aug 2009	Nehalem interface
 
 EDAC is maintained and written by:
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/Locking b/Documentation/filesystems/Locking
index 5b0c083..eba7901 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/Locking
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/Locking
@@ -47,6 +47,8 @@
 	int (*mknod) (struct inode *,struct dentry *,umode_t,dev_t);
 	int (*rename) (struct inode *, struct dentry *,
 			struct inode *, struct dentry *);
+	int (*rename2) (struct inode *, struct dentry *,
+			struct inode *, struct dentry *, unsigned int);
 	int (*readlink) (struct dentry *, char __user *,int);
 	void * (*follow_link) (struct dentry *, struct nameidata *);
 	void (*put_link) (struct dentry *, struct nameidata *, void *);
@@ -78,6 +80,7 @@
 unlink:		yes (both)
 rmdir:		yes (both)	(see below)
 rename:		yes (all)	(see below)
+rename2:	yes (all)	(see below)
 readlink:	no
 follow_link:	no
 put_link:	no
@@ -96,7 +99,8 @@
 
 	Additionally, ->rmdir(), ->unlink() and ->rename() have ->i_mutex on
 victim.
-	cross-directory ->rename() has (per-superblock) ->s_vfs_rename_sem.
+	cross-directory ->rename() and rename2() has (per-superblock)
+->s_vfs_rename_sem.
 
 See Documentation/filesystems/directory-locking for more detailed discussion
 of the locking scheme for directory operations.
@@ -198,7 +202,7 @@
 				unsigned long *);
 	int (*migratepage)(struct address_space *, struct page *, struct page *);
 	int (*launder_page)(struct page *);
-	int (*is_partially_uptodate)(struct page *, read_descriptor_t *, unsigned long);
+	int (*is_partially_uptodate)(struct page *, unsigned long, unsigned long);
 	int (*error_remove_page)(struct address_space *, struct page *);
 	int (*swap_activate)(struct file *);
 	int (*swap_deactivate)(struct file *);
@@ -525,6 +529,7 @@
 open:		yes
 close:		yes
 fault:		yes		can return with page locked
+map_pages:	yes
 page_mkwrite:	yes		can return with page locked
 access:		yes
 
@@ -536,6 +541,15 @@
 subsequent truncate), and then return with VM_FAULT_LOCKED, and the page
 locked. The VM will unlock the page.
 
+	->map_pages() is called when VM asks to map easy accessible pages.
+Filesystem should find and map pages associated with offsets from "pgoff"
+till "max_pgoff". ->map_pages() is called with page table locked and must
+not block.  If it's not possible to reach a page without blocking,
+filesystem should skip it. Filesystem should use do_set_pte() to setup
+page table entry. Pointer to entry associated with offset "pgoff" is
+passed in "pte" field in vm_fault structure. Pointers to entries for other
+offsets should be calculated relative to "pte".
+
 	->page_mkwrite() is called when a previously read-only pte is
 about to become writeable. The filesystem again must ensure that there are
 no truncate/invalidate races, and then return with the page locked. If
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/affs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/affs.txt
index 81ac488..71b63c2 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/affs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/affs.txt
@@ -49,6 +49,10 @@
 		This is useful since most of the plain AmigaOS files
 		will map to 600.
 
+nofilenametruncate
+		The file system will return an error when filename exceeds
+		standard maximum filename length (30 characters).
+
 reserved=num	Sets the number of reserved blocks at the start of the
 		partition to num. You should never need this option.
 		Default is 2.
@@ -181,9 +185,8 @@
 this fs. For a most up-to-date list of bugs please consult
 fs/affs/Changes.
 
-Filenames are truncated to 30 characters without warning (this
-can be changed by setting the compile-time option AFFS_NO_TRUNCATE
-in include/linux/amigaffs.h).
+By default, filenames are truncated to 30 characters without warning.
+'nofilenametruncate' mount option can change that behavior.
 
 Case is ignored by the affs in filename matching, but Linux shells
 do care about the case. Example (with /wb being an affs mounted fs):
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt
index b8d2849..25311e11 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt
@@ -122,6 +122,10 @@
 inline_xattr           Enable the inline xattrs feature.
 inline_data            Enable the inline data feature: New created small(<~3.4k)
                        files can be written into inode block.
+flush_merge	       Merge concurrent cache_flush commands as much as possible
+                       to eliminate redundant command issues. If the underlying
+		       device handles the cache_flush command relatively slowly,
+		       recommend to enable this option.
 
 ================================================================================
 DEBUGFS ENTRIES
@@ -169,9 +173,11 @@
 
  reclaim_segments             This parameter controls the number of prefree
                               segments to be reclaimed. If the number of prefree
-			      segments is larger than this number, f2fs tries to
-			      conduct checkpoint to reclaim the prefree segments
-			      to free segments. By default, 100 segments, 200MB.
+			      segments is larger than the number of segments
+			      in the proportion to the percentage over total
+			      volume size, f2fs tries to conduct checkpoint to
+			      reclaim the prefree segments to free segments.
+			      By default, 5% over total # of segments.
 
  max_small_discards	      This parameter controls the number of discard
 			      commands that consist small blocks less than 2MB.
@@ -195,6 +201,17 @@
 			      cleaning operations. The default value is 4096
 			      which covers 8GB block address range.
 
+ dir_level                    This parameter controls the directory level to
+			      support large directory. If a directory has a
+			      number of files, it can reduce the file lookup
+			      latency by increasing this dir_level value.
+			      Otherwise, it needs to decrease this value to
+			      reduce the space overhead. The default value is 0.
+
+ ram_thresh                   This parameter controls the memory footprint used
+			      by free nids and cached nat entries. By default,
+			      10 is set, which indicates 10 MB / 1 GB RAM.
+
 ================================================================================
 USAGE
 ================================================================================
@@ -444,9 +461,11 @@
   # of blocks in level #n = |
                             `- 4, Otherwise
 
-                             ,- 2^n, if n < MAX_DIR_HASH_DEPTH / 2,
+                             ,- 2^ (n + dir_level),
+			     |            if n < MAX_DIR_HASH_DEPTH / 2,
   # of buckets in level #n = |
-                             `- 2^((MAX_DIR_HASH_DEPTH / 2) - 1), Otherwise
+                             `- 2^((MAX_DIR_HASH_DEPTH / 2 + dir_level) - 1),
+			                  Otherwise
 
 When F2FS finds a file name in a directory, at first a hash value of the file
 name is calculated. Then, F2FS scans the hash table in level #0 to find the
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nilfs2.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/nilfs2.txt
index 06887d4..41c3d33 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/nilfs2.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nilfs2.txt
@@ -25,9 +25,8 @@
 cleaner or garbage collector) are required.  Details on the tools are
 described in the man pages included in the package.
 
-Project web page:    http://www.nilfs.org/en/
-Download page:       http://www.nilfs.org/en/download.html
-Git tree web page:   http://www.nilfs.org/git/
+Project web page:    http://nilfs.sourceforge.net/
+Download page:       http://nilfs.sourceforge.net/en/download.html
 List info:           http://vger.kernel.org/vger-lists.html#linux-nilfs
 
 Caveats
@@ -111,6 +110,13 @@
 			        nilfs_resize utilities and by nilfs_cleanerd
 			        daemon.
 
+ NILFS_IOCTL_SET_SUINFO         Modify segment usage info of requested
+				segments. This ioctl is used by
+				nilfs_cleanerd daemon to skip unnecessary
+				cleaning operation of segments and reduce
+				performance penalty or wear of flash device
+				due to redundant move of in-use blocks.
+
  NILFS_IOCTL_GET_SUSTAT         Return segment usage statistics. This ioctl
 			        is used in lssu, nilfs_resize utilities and
 			        by nilfs_cleanerd daemon.
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ntfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/ntfs.txt
index 791af8d..61947fa 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/ntfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/ntfs.txt
@@ -455,8 +455,6 @@
 ChangeLog
 =========
 
-Note, a technical ChangeLog aimed at kernel hackers is in fs/ntfs/ChangeLog.
-
 2.1.30:
 	- Fix writev() (it kept writing the first segment over and over again
 	  instead of moving onto subsequent segments).
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/porting b/Documentation/filesystems/porting
index fe2b7ae..0f3a139 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/porting
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/porting
@@ -295,9 +295,9 @@
 	->clear_inode() and ->delete_inode() are gone; ->evict_inode() should
 be used instead.  It gets called whenever the inode is evicted, whether it has
 remaining links or not.  Caller does *not* evict the pagecache or inode-associated
-metadata buffers; getting rid of those is responsibility of method, as it had
-been for ->delete_inode(). Caller makes sure async writeback cannot be running
-for the inode while (or after) ->evict_inode() is called.
+metadata buffers; the method has to use truncate_inode_pages_final() to get rid
+of those. Caller makes sure async writeback cannot be running for the inode while
+(or after) ->evict_inode() is called.
 
 	->drop_inode() returns int now; it's called on final iput() with
 inode->i_lock held and it returns true if filesystems wants the inode to be
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
index f00bee1..8b9cd8e 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
@@ -1648,18 +1648,21 @@
 if precise results are needed.
 
 
-3.7	/proc/<pid>/fdinfo/<fd> - Information about opened file
+3.8	/proc/<pid>/fdinfo/<fd> - Information about opened file
 ---------------------------------------------------------------
 This file provides information associated with an opened file. The regular
-files have at least two fields -- 'pos' and 'flags'. The 'pos' represents
-the current offset of the opened file in decimal form [see lseek(2) for
-details] and 'flags' denotes the octal O_xxx mask the file has been
-created with [see open(2) for details].
+files have at least three fields -- 'pos', 'flags' and mnt_id. The 'pos'
+represents the current offset of the opened file in decimal form [see lseek(2)
+for details], 'flags' denotes the octal O_xxx mask the file has been
+created with [see open(2) for details] and 'mnt_id' represents mount ID of
+the file system containing the opened file [see 3.5 /proc/<pid>/mountinfo
+for details].
 
 A typical output is
 
 	pos:	0
 	flags:	0100002
+	mnt_id:	19
 
 The files such as eventfd, fsnotify, signalfd, epoll among the regular pos/flags
 pair provide additional information particular to the objects they represent.
@@ -1668,6 +1671,7 @@
 	~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 	pos:	0
 	flags:	04002
+	mnt_id:	9
 	eventfd-count:	5a
 
 	where 'eventfd-count' is hex value of a counter.
@@ -1676,6 +1680,7 @@
 	~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 	pos:	0
 	flags:	04002
+	mnt_id:	9
 	sigmask:	0000000000000200
 
 	where 'sigmask' is hex value of the signal mask associated
@@ -1685,6 +1690,7 @@
 	~~~~~~~~~~~
 	pos:	0
 	flags:	02
+	mnt_id:	9
 	tfd:        5 events:       1d data: ffffffffffffffff
 
 	where 'tfd' is a target file descriptor number in decimal form,
@@ -1718,6 +1724,7 @@
 
 	pos:	0
 	flags:	02
+	mnt_id:	9
 	fanotify flags:10 event-flags:0
 	fanotify mnt_id:12 mflags:40 mask:38 ignored_mask:40000003
 	fanotify ino:4f969 sdev:800013 mflags:0 mask:3b ignored_mask:40000000 fhandle-bytes:8 fhandle-type:1 f_handle:69f90400c275b5b4
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt
index c53784c..617f6d7 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt
@@ -347,6 +347,8 @@
 	int (*mknod) (struct inode *,struct dentry *,umode_t,dev_t);
 	int (*rename) (struct inode *, struct dentry *,
 			struct inode *, struct dentry *);
+	int (*rename2) (struct inode *, struct dentry *,
+			struct inode *, struct dentry *, unsigned int);
 	int (*readlink) (struct dentry *, char __user *,int);
         void * (*follow_link) (struct dentry *, struct nameidata *);
         void (*put_link) (struct dentry *, struct nameidata *, void *);
@@ -414,6 +416,20 @@
   rename: called by the rename(2) system call to rename the object to
 	have the parent and name given by the second inode and dentry.
 
+  rename2: this has an additional flags argument compared to rename.
+	If no flags are supported by the filesystem then this method
+	need not be implemented.  If some flags are supported then the
+	filesystem must return -EINVAL for any unsupported or unknown
+	flags.  Currently the following flags are implemented:
+	(1) RENAME_NOREPLACE: this flag indicates that if the target
+	of the rename exists the rename should fail with -EEXIST
+	instead of replacing the target.  The VFS already checks for
+	existence, so for local filesystems the RENAME_NOREPLACE
+	implementation is equivalent to plain rename.
+	(2) RENAME_EXCHANGE: exchange source and target.  Both must
+	exist; this is checked by the VFS.  Unlike plain rename,
+	source and target may be of different type.
+
   readlink: called by the readlink(2) system call. Only required if
 	you want to support reading symbolic links
 
@@ -580,7 +596,7 @@
 	/* migrate the contents of a page to the specified target */
 	int (*migratepage) (struct page *, struct page *);
 	int (*launder_page) (struct page *);
-	int (*is_partially_uptodate) (struct page *, read_descriptor_t *,
+	int (*is_partially_uptodate) (struct page *, unsigned long,
 					unsigned long);
 	void (*is_dirty_writeback) (struct page *, bool *, bool *);
 	int (*error_remove_page) (struct mapping *mapping, struct page *page);
diff --git a/Documentation/gpio/consumer.txt b/Documentation/gpio/consumer.txt
index e42f77d..09854fe 100644
--- a/Documentation/gpio/consumer.txt
+++ b/Documentation/gpio/consumer.txt
@@ -154,6 +154,7 @@
 	void gpiod_set_raw_value(struct gpio_desc *desc, int value)
 	int gpiod_get_raw_value_cansleep(const struct gpio_desc *desc)
 	void gpiod_set_raw_value_cansleep(struct gpio_desc *desc, int value)
+	int gpiod_direction_output_raw(struct gpio_desc *desc, int value)